Case International 7110series Shop Manual Sec Wat Sec

www.classicmachinery.
net
SHOP MANUAL
CASE/INTERNATIONAL
MAGNUM SERIES
MODELS
7110-7120-7130-7140
IDENTIFICATION
Tractor model number and identification seriai number are
iocated on a piate on iower ieft side of instrument panei
cover. Engine seriai number is iocated on a piate on left
side of timing gear iiousing. Cab seriai number is iocated
on a piate just to the ieft of inching pedai. Transmission
seriai number is located on a piate on right front side of
speed transmission housing. On modeis so equipped,
front-wheei drive seriai number is iocated on a piate on
right rear side of front drive axie housing.
INDEX (By Starting Paragraph)

Models
7110 7120 7130 7140
AFTER COOLER 71
AIR CLEANER SYSTEM . . 72 72 72 72
AXLE, FRONT (TWO

WHEEL DRIVE)
Axle Main Memter 4 4 4 4
Front Support 5 5 5 5
Spindles 2 2 2 2
Tie Rod & Toe-In 3 3 3 3
Wheel Bearings 1 1 1 1
BRAKES
Adjustment 178 178 178 178
Bleed System 181 181 181 181
Brake Cylinders 179 179 179 179
Control Valve 180 180 180 180
CAB
Remove & Reinstall 228 228 228 228
COOLING SYSTEM
Belt Tensioner 75 75 75 75
Fan 74 74 74 74
Filter & Conditioner 78 78 78 78
Radiator 73 73 73 73
Thermostat 77 11 11 11
Water Pump 76 76 76 76
www.classicmachinery.net
INDEX (CONT.)
Models
7110 7120 7130 7140
DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM
Bleed System 55 55 55 55
Ether Starting Aid 67 67 67 67
Fuel, Filters & Transfer
Pump 52,53,54 52,53,54 : 52,53,54 52,53,54
Fuel Solenoid Shut-Off . . . . 66 66 66 66
Injection Pump 56 56 56 56
Injector Nozzle 59 59 59 59
Timing 57 57 57 57
DIFFERENTIAL (REAR)
R&R and Overhaul . 171 171 171 171
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Accessory Systems 95 95 95 95
Alternator 85 85 85 85
Batteries 79 79 79 79
Cab Fan 130 130 130 130
Charging System 81 81 81 81
Digital Instrument Cluster .. 96 96 96 96
Heater & Air Conditioning . 131 131 131 131
Protective Circuits 93 93 93 93
Starting Motor 88 88 88 88
Windshield Wiper 129 129 129 129
ENGINE
Cam Followers 30 30 30 30
Camshaft 37 37 37 37
Connecting Rods &
Bearings 42 42 42 42
Crankshaft & Bearings 43 43 43 43
Cylinder Head 25 25 25 25
Cylinder Sleeves 40 40 40 40
Flywheel 47 47 47 47
Main Bearings 43 43 43 43
Oil Pan 48 48 48 48
Oil Pump 49 49 49 49
Piston & Rod Removal 39 39 39 39
Piston Pins & Bushings 41 41 41 41
Pistons & Rings 40 40 40 40
Remove & Reinstall Engine
Assembly 24 24 24 24
Timing Gear Cover 31 31 31 31
Timing Gears 32 32 32 32
Valve Adjustment 27 27 27 27
Valve Guides & Springs . . . 28 28 28 28
Valves & Seats 26 26 26 26
INDEX (CONT.)
Models
7110 7120 7130 7140
FINAL DRIVES
Overhaul 177 177 177 177
FRONT WHEEL DRIVE

Differential 11 11 11 H
Front Drive Shaft 12 12 12 12
Front Support 7 7 7 7
Pivot Housing & Axle
shaft 10 10 10 10
R&R Drive Axle Assy 6 6 6 6
Tie Rod & Toe-In 8 8 8 8
Wheel Hub & Planetary . . . . 9 9 9 9
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM

Electronic Diagnostic
Codes 203 203 203 203
Control Circuit Tests 204 204 204 204
Hitch Adjustments 216 216 216 216
Hitch Lift Assist Cylinders . 223 223 223 223
LiftHousing 222 222 222 222
Operation 200 200 200 200
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Priority Valve 198 1% 1% 198
Pto Control Valve 199 199 199 199
Pump Compensator Valve .. 196 196 196 196
Pump Drive Unit 197 197 197 197
Pumps 193 193 193 193
Remote Control Valves . . . . 224 224 224 224
PARK LOCK
Linkage Adjustment 182 182 182 182
Overhaul Park Lock 183 183 183 183
POWER SHIFT
Adjustment 134 134 134 134
Power Shift Operation 133 133 133 133
Speed Transmission,
Overhaul 150 150 150 150
Range Transmission,
Overhaul 161 161 161 161
POWER STEERING SYSTEM

Huid, Filters & Bleeding . . . 13 13 13 13
Hand Pump 20 20 20 20
Operational Tests 16 16 16 16
Steering Cylinder 22,23 22,23 22,23 22,23
System Pressure 15 15 15 15
Trouble-Shooting 14 14 14 14
INDEX (CONT.)
Models
7110 7120 7130 7140
POWER TAKE-OFF
Clutch Overhaul 188,191 188,191 188,191 188,191
Linkage Adjustment 184 184 184 184
Overhaul Dual Shaft 190 190 190 190
Overhaul Single Shdft 189 189 189 189
Pressure Adjustment 185 185 185 185
Rear Unit, R&R 187 187 187 187
Reduction Gears 192 192 192 192
TURBOCHARGER
Operation 68 68 68 68
Overhaul 70 70 70 70
DUAL DIMENSIONS
This service manual provides specifications in both the U.S. Customary and Metric (SI) system of measurements. The first
specification is given in the measuring system used during manufacture, while the second specification (given in parenthesis) is
the converted measurement. For instance, a specification of "0.011 inch (0.279 mm)" would indicate that the equipment was
manufactured using the U.S. system of measurement and the metric equivalent of 0.011 inch is 0.279 mm.
CONDENSED SERVICE DATA

Models
7110 7120 7130 7140
GENERAL
Engine Make _ ^ Case-International ^
Engine Model 6T-830 6TA-830
Cylinders, No. of 6
Bore 4.488 in.
(114mm)
Stroke 5.315 in.
(135 mm)
Displacement 505 cu. in.
(8.3 L)
Compression Ratio 17.3:1 16.5:1
Main Bearings, No. of 7
Cylinder Sleeves Wet
Forward Speeds 18 or 24 ^___
TUNE-UP
Firing Order __^^__ 1-5-3-6-2-4.
Valve Tappet Gap, C o l d -
Intake 0.012 i n . _
(0.305 mm)
Exhaust 0.024 in.__
(0.609 mm)
CONDENSED SERVICE DATA (CONT.)

Models
7110 7120 7130 7140
TUNE-UP (CONT.)
Injection Pump—
Make Robert Bosch
Model PS6A PS6MW
Timing TDC
Injection Nozzles—
Make Robert Bosch 17 mm
Opening Pressure,
New 2968-3084 psi
(20464-21263 kPa)
Used 2722-3084 psi
(18768-21263 kPa)
Turbocharger—
Make Holset
Engine Governed Speeds (Rpm)—
Low Idle 825-875
High Idle 2315-2395
Rated Load 2200
Battery Terminal Grounded Negative
CAPACITIES
Cooling System 30 U.S. qts. 31 U.S. qts.
(28.6 L) (29.3 L)
Crankcase (w/filters) 22 U.S. qts.
(21 L)
Transmission & Hydraulic
System 202 U.S. qts.
(191 L)
Oil Type Hy-Tran Plus
Fuel Tank 78 U.S. gal.* 78 U.S. gal.* 95 U.S. gal. 95 U.S. gal.
(295 L)* (295 L)* (359 L) (359 L)
Front Drive Axle—
Differential (Axle) Housing Refer to paragraph 11.
Oil Type Case IH 135 HEP or SAE 85W-140.
Planetary (Each Side) 1 U.S. qt.
(0.9 L)
Oil Type Case IH 135 HEP or SAE 85W-140.
*95 U.S. gallons (359 liters) with auxiliary tank.

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraphs 1-4
FRONT AXLE (TWO-WHEEL DRIVE)

FRONT WHEEL BEARINGS TIE RODS AND TOE-IN
All Models All Modeis

1. Refer to Fig. 1 for typical wheel hub and bearing 3. Removal and disassembly ofthe tie rods is obvi-
assembly. The tapered inner and outer roller bearings ous after examination ofthe xmit and reference to Fig.
are not interchangeable. Clean and inspect bearing 2. Tighten tie rod end slotted nuts to a torque of 100
cups and cones and renew as necessary. ft.-lbs. (136 N.m) and install new cotter pins. Tighten
Install dust shield (2) outer flange toward hub and clamp bolts to a torque of 40-50 ft.-lbs (55-70 N.m).
with open section on the bottom. Install oil seal (3) on Front wheel toe-in must be 0.187-0.312 inch (4.7-
the spindle (1) so that metal face of seal is toward the 7.9 mm). Ib adjust toe-in, remove clamp bolts from tie
hub. Press bearing cups (6) into hub until seated. rod extension. Loosen jam nut, then rotate extension
Pack bearing cones (5 and 8) with No. 2 lithium in or out to obtain correct toe-in. Install clamp bolts
grease and install bearing cone (5) in hub. Install hub and tighten jam nut. Recheck toe-in and readjust if
wear ring (4) into hub until outer flange contacts hub. necessary. Both tie rods should be approximately the
Coat lips of seal (3) with grease and install hub onto same length.
spindle. Install outer bearing cone (8), washer (9) and
nut (10). Tighten nut to a torque of 15fl;.-lbs.(20 N.m)
while rotating hub. Back off nut to flrst slot where AXLE MAIN MEMBER
cotter pin can be installed. Install cotter pin and cap
(12). Lubricate the assembly through lube fitting (13). All Models
Install wheel and tire assembly and tighten lug bolts
to a torque of 140-160 ft.-lbs. (190-220 N.m). 4. Tb remove the axle main member (6—Fig. 3), first
raise and support tractor under engine side rails with
SPINDLES
All Models
2. R&R SPINDLES. Ib remove either spindle, lift

and support front of tractor and remove wheel. Dis-
connect tie rod ball joint (9—Fig. 2) from steering arm
(5). Remove cap screw (3) and washer (4). If not
marked, install alignment punch marks on steering
arm and spindle. Remove steering arm (5) and lower
spindle assembly (11) from axle extension (7). Remove
thrust bearing (10) from spindle. Inspect spindle
bushings (6 and 8) in axle extension and renew as
necessary.
If removed, install bushings (6 and 8) into axle
extension with open end of oil grooves in bushings
toward inside. Install bushings imtil recessed 0.157
inch (4 mm) below flush with top and bottom. New
bushings are presized and should not require ream-
ing if carefully installed.
Install thrust bearing (10) on spindle (11), then
install spindle into axle extension. Align punch marks
and install steering arm (5) on spindle. Apply Loctite
262 on threads of cap screw (3), then install cap screw Fig. 1—Exploded view of front wheel hub and bearing
and washer (4). Connect tie rod end to steering arm assembly used on all two-wheel drive tractors.
1. Spindle
and tighten nut (1) to a torque of 100 ft.-lbs. (136 2. Dust shield 8. Bearing cone (outer)
N.m). Secure with cotter pin (2). Install wheel and tire 3. Oil seal . 9. Washer
assembly and tighten lug bolts to a torque of 140-160 4. Hub wear ring 10. Nut
5. Bearing cone (inner) 11. Cotter pin
ft.-lbs. (190-220 N.m). Lubricate with Case/IH 251EP 6. Bearing cups 12. Cap
or equivalent No. 2 multipurpose lithium grease. 7. Hub 13. Lube fitting
Paragraph 4 (Cont.) CASE/INTERNATIONAL
suitable split stands (CAS-10749 or equivalent). If so two 0.156 inch (3.96 mm) thick shim washers below
equipped, remove front weights and weight bracket. steering arm and one 0.156 inch (3.96 mm) and one
Disconnect and remove tie rods, then disconnect 0.042 inch (1.067 mm) shim washer above steering
steering cylinder from lug on axle main member and arm. Reinstall center steering arm assembly and
center steering arm. Tie cylinder assembly up out of pivot pin. Measure clearance between upper washer
the way, being careful not to damage steering cylinder (15) and axle main member. If clearance is more than
hoses. Remove bolts (10) and using a hoist, remove 0.042 inch (1.067 mm), add shim washers (16) as
axle extension (12), spindle and wheel from both required to obtain clearance of less than 0.042 inch
sides. (1.067 nmi). Secure pivot pin (20) with new roll pin
Place a floor jack under axle main member (6). (14).
Remove cap screw (1), flat washer (2) and spacer (3).
Remove front grease fitting and install a slide ham-
mer to pivot shaft (4). Support weight of axle with Axle pivot bushings (9) can now be removed using
floor jack and withdraw pivot shaft from front support a suitable drift punch. Drive new bushings into bore
(5). Catch thrust washers (7 and 8) as shaft is with- of axle main member until Vie inch (1.6 mm) below
drawn. Lower axle main member to clear fi:'ont sup- outer surface. When reassembling, coat pivot shaft (4)
port and roll forward from tractor. and bushings vdth anti-seize compound. Install one
Drive out roll pin (14) from pivot pin (20). Withdraw steel washer (7), one nylon washer (8) and second
pivot pin, then carefully remove center steering arm steel washer (7) at front and rear of axle main mem-
(19) with shim washers (15 and 16) and "O" rings (17). ber. Install pivot shaft, then check axle main member
Inspect bushings (18) and renew as required. Press end clearance. If end clearance exceeds 0.059 inch
new bushings in from top and bottom of steering arm (1.5 mm), add steel washer (7) at rear side of axle.
until they are recessed 0.196 inch (5 mm) below flush. Install spacer (3), flat washer (2) and cap screw (1).
Lubricate new "O" rings (17) with petroleum jelly arid Tighten cap screw to a torque of 65-75 ft.-lbs. (90-100
install in recesses above and below bushings. Install N.m).
Fig, 2—Exploded view showing axie extension, spindie and bushings used on aii two-wheei drive tractors.
1. Nut 4. Washer 7. Axle extension 10. Thrust bearing
2. Cotter pin 5. Steering arm 8. Bushing (lower) 11. Spindle
3. Cap screw 6. Bushing (upper) 9. Tie rod end 12. Hub assy.
8
The balance of reassembly is the reverse of disas- lever in PARK position and block rear wheels se-
sembly procedure. Tighten axle extension bolts (10) curely. If so equipped, remove front weights and
to a torque of 375-425 ft.-lbs. (510-575 N.m). weight bracket. Loosen front wheel lug nuts. Raise
hood and remove side panels. Install front split
FRONT SUPPORT stands, CAS-10749 or equivalent, to side rails. Raise
front of tractor and remove fi-ont wheels. Install axle
All Models carrier CAS-10500-4 to support drive axle. Unbolt
front of drive shaft shield (10) and slide shield rear-
ward. Unbolt front drive shaft "U" joint (9) and lower
5. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove the
front end of drive shaft. Disconnect steering cylinder
fi-ont support (5—Fig. 3), first remove hood, grille and
hoses and plug or cap all openings to prevent entrance
side panels. Disconnect air intake hose. Drain radia-
of dirt into system. Remove cap screw (1) and washer
tor and disconnect front wiring harness connector.
(2), then remove pivot shaft (3). Catch washers (5 and
Disconnect upper and lower radiator hoses, coolant
6) as shaft is withdrawn. Lower axle carrier and
filter hose and coolant recovery hose. Disconnect
remove axle assembly forward from tractor.
ether starting line from intake manifold. Remove
hoses from clip on radiator, then remove air condition-
ing condenser and lay back on top of engine. Identify
and disconnect oil cooler lines and remove oil cooler.
Attach a hoist with lift straps to radiator support.
Unbolt radiator support from front support and tilt
radiator forward to clear fan as the assembly is re-
moved.
If so equipped, remove front weights and weight
bracket. Remove front axle assembly as in paragraph
4, but do not separate axle extensions from axle main
member. Attach a hoist to front support, unbolt from
side rails and slide support forward from tractor.
Reinstall by reversing the removal procedure.
Tighten side rail to front support bolts to a torque of
162-184 ft.-lbs. (220-250 N.m). Tighten the five cap
screws securing radiator support to firont support to
a torque of 34-38 ft.-lbs. (46-52 N.m).
FRONT DRIVE AXLE

All models are available with a Spicer front drive
axle. Front drive axle can be engaged or disengaged
with tractor on the go. Front drive axle is spring
clutch engaged £ind hydraulically disengaged. The
solenoid control valve is located on left side of rear
frame housing and is identical to the rear differential
lock valve. Refer to paragraph 175 for service infor-
mation. Unit is equipped with a limited slip differen-
tial.
NOTE: The front drive axle clutch is located in

the RANGE transmission iiousing and the ciutch Fig. 3—Expioded view of axie main member, front sup-
output shaft is iocated in the SPEED transmission port and reiated parts used on aii two-wheei drive trac-
housing. Refer to these sections for R&R AND tors,
OVERHAUL procedures. 1. Cap screw 12. Axle extension
2. Flat washer 13. Square nut
3. Spacer 14. Roll pin
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY 4. Pivot shaft 15. Washer, 0.156 in.
5. Front support (3.96 mm)
6. Axle main member 16. Washer, 0.042 in.
Models So Equipped 7. Washer (steel) (1.067 mm)
8. Thrust washer (nylon) 17. "O" Ring
9. Pivot bushings 18. Bushing
6. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove fi-ont 10. Bolt 19. Center steering arm
drive axle assembly (8—Fig. 4), place shift control 11. Washer 20. Pivot pin
Paragraphs 7-9 CASE/INTERNATIONAL
Inspect bushings (7) and renew as necessary. When FRONT SUPPORT

installing new bushings, apply a coat of Loctite anti-
seize to bore in axle housing. Freeze bushings in dry
ice and carefully install flush to Vie inch (1.6 mm)
Models So Equipped
below the face of axle housing.
7. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove fiônt
support (4—Fig. 4), first remove hood, grille and side
Inspect thrust washers (5 and 6) for excessive wear panels. Disconnect air intake hose. Drain radiator
and renew as necessary. Reinstall axle assembly to and disconnect front wiring harness connector. Dis-
front support. Make sure that nylon thrust washer (6) connect upper and lower radiator hoses, coolant air
is installed between steel thrust washers (5) at both bleed hose and coolant recovery hose. Disconnect
front and rear sides of axle. Use as many additional ether starting line from intake manifold. Remove
steel washers as possible at rear side of axle housing hoses from clip on radiator, then remove air condition-
to shim axle housing forward. Secure pivot shaft (3) ing condenser and lay back on top of engine. Identify
in place with washer (2) and cap screw (1), tightened and disconnect oil cooler lines and remove oil cooler.
to a torque of 93-112 ft.-lbs. (126-152 N.m). Connect Attach a hoist with lift straps to radiator support.
steering cylinder lines and reinstall front drive shaft. Unbolt radiator support from front support and tilt
Tighten drive shaft coupling bolts to a torque of 45-54 radiator forward to clear fan as the assembly is re-
ft.-lbs. (61-73 N.m). Install fi-ont drive shaft shield. moved.
Remove axle carrier. Install front wheels and remove If so equipped, remove front weights and weight
split standsfif-omside rails. Tighten front wheel lug bracket. Remove front drive axle assembly as out-
nuts to a torque of 300-370 ft.-lbs. (407-502 N.m). If lined in paragraph 6. Attach a hoist to front support,
so equipped, install front weight bracket and tighten unbolt from side rails and slide front support forward
cap screws to a torque of 450-540 ft.-lbs. (610-730 from tractor.
N.m), then install front weights. Reinstall by reversing removal procedure. Tighten
side rail to front support bolts to a torque of 162-184
ft.-lbs. (220-250 N.m). Tighten the five cap screws
securing radiator support to front support to a torque
of 34-38 ft.-lbs. (46-52 N.m).
TIE ROD AND TOE-iN
Models So Equipped
8. Due to the closeness between tie rod and firont
support, removal of tie rod and toe-in adjustment can
be accomplished only after removal of front drive axle
assembly as outlined in paragraph 6. Disassembly of
tie rod is obvious after removal and reference to Fig.
5. Tbe-in should be adjusted to 0-0.5 inch (0-12.7 mm).
One full turn of a tie rod end (2 or 6) will change toe-in
% inch (9.5 mm). Make sure bow of tie rod tube (4) is
down.
Tighten slotted nuts (1) to a torque of 140 ft.-lbs.
(190 N.m). Tighten jam nuts (3 and 5) to a torque of
250-300 ft.-lbs. (340-405 N.m).
WHEEL HUB AND PLANETARY
Modeis So Equipped
9. R&R AND OVERHAUL, Tb remove the wheel
Fig. 4^-View of front drive axie and front support re- hub and planetary, support axle housing and remove
moved from tractor. front wheel and tire assembly. Rotate wheel hub until
1. Cap screw 6. Thrust washer (nylon) drain plug (13—Fig. 6) is at bottom.
2. Flat washer 7. Bushings
3. Pivot shaft 8. Drive axle assy.
4. Front support 9. Front drive shaft NOTE: Front drive shaft must be disconnected
5. Washer (steel) 10. Drive shaft shield before wheei hub can be rotated.
10
MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraph 9 (Cont.)
Remove drain plug and allow oil to drain. Remove of 20 ft.-lbs. (27 N.m). Use a torque wrench and
the two socket head cap screws (14), then remove special tool CAS-1768 as shown in Fig. 7, to check
planetary carrier (12). Withdraw sun gear (11). Re- rolling torque of hub. Tighten or loosen cap screws
move the three cap screws (10), retaining plate (9) and (10—Fig. 6) until rolling torque is 50-90 in.-lbs. (6-10
shim (8), then lift off ring gear (21). Remove wheel N.m). Then, using a depth micrometer through hole
hub (4). Remove bearing cone (6)fiiômring gear (21). in retaining plate (9), measure distance from outer
Remove oil seal (1), inner bearing cone (2), "O" ring face of plate to end of pivot housing. See Fig. 8. Record
(7) and, if necessary, bearing cups (3 and 5) from this measurement. Remove retaining plate and meas-
wheel hub (4). ure thickness of the plate. Subtract this measure-
Remove retaining rings (20), spacers (16) and ment from the first measurement. The difference will
planetary gears (18) with needle rollers (17) and be the correct thickness of shim pack (8—Fig. 6) to be
spacers (19). Clean and inspect all parts and renew installed. Shims are available in thicknesses of 0.001,
as necessary. Needle rollers (17) are available in a set 0.002, 0.005, 0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 inch (0.0254,
of 376 and planetary gears (18) are available in a set 0.0508, 0.127, 0.254, 0.508 and 0.762 mm). Remove
of four. sun gear (11), ring gear (21) and hub (4). Install new
Install first spacer plate (16) over pin in planetary oil seal (1) in hub with lip facing away from bearing
carrier (12). Use petroleum jelly to hold needle rollers (2). Reinstall hub, ring gear, correct shim pack and
in place and install two rows of needle rollers in gear retaining plate. Install cap screws (10) and tighten to
(18) with spacer (19) between the two rows. Install a torque of 65-75 ft.-lbs. (88-102 N.m). Install sun
planetary gear and needle roller assembly over pin in gear (11) and new "O" ring (7). Align holes for socket
planetary carrier. When all four plsmetary gears and head screws (14) and install planetary carrier (12).
needle rollers are installed, install second spacer Install socket head screws (14) and tighten secure^.
plate (16) and secure with retaining rings (20). Rotate hub until oil level arrow points downward.
If removed, install bearing cups (3 and 5) in hub. Remove plug (13) and fill planetary unit to level plug
Heat bearing cone (6) in a bearing oven to a tempera-
ture of 250° F (120° C) and install on ring gear (21)
until seated.
WARNING: Always wear heat protective gioves

when handiing heated parts.
Install bearing cone (2), but do not install oil seal

(1) at this time. Install Hub (2) on pivot housing and
install ring gear (21) and retaining plate (9) without
shims (8). Tighten cap screws (10) evenly to a torque
Fig. &--Expioded view of wheei hub and pianetary unit

used on front drive axie.
1. Oil seal
2. Bearing cone (inner) 12. Planetary carrier
3. Bearing cup 13. Plug
4. Hub 14. Socket head screw (2)
Fig. S—Front drive axle, tie rod and steering cylinders 5. Bearing cup 15. Plug
removed from tractor. 6. Bearing cone (outer) 16. Spacer
7. "O"Ring 17. Needle rollers
1. Slotted nut 5. Jam nut 8. Shim 18. Planetary gear
2. Tie rod end (LH thread) 6. Tie rod end (RH thread) 9. Retaining plate 19. Spacer
3. Jam nut 7. Steering cylinders 10. Cap screw (3) 20. Retaining ring
4. Tie rod tube 8. Drive axle ass^. 11. Sun gear 21. Ring gear
11
Paragraph 10 CASE/INTERNATIONAL
opening with Case IH 135H EP or equivalent SAE cotter pins and slotted nuts that secure steering cyl-
85W-140 gear oil. Capacity is approximately 1.0 quart inder and tie rod to arm on pivot housing. Move pivot
(0.9 L). Gear oil in planetary units should be changed housing rearward to provide clearance to remove
every 1000 hours of operation or once each year, stoedng cylinder and tie rod ends from pivot housing.
whichever occurs first. Remove pivot housing (24). Remove upper and lower
Reinstall wheel and tire and remove jack stands. seal rings (2), bearing cones (3), bearing cups (4) and
Reconnect front drive shaft. Repeat procedures for cup plugs (5) from axle housing (1). Remove the three
opposite planetary as required. cap screws (9) with flat washers, then withdraw axle
assembly (6 through 18). Remove snap rings (12) and
PIVOT HOUSING AND AXLE SHAFT disassemble the double "U" joints. Remove outer oil
seal (18), inner oil seal (15) and snap ring (16) from
Modeis So Equipped outer yoke (17). Press axle shaft (11) from collar (6),
bearing (7), retainer (8) and oil seal (10). Remove oil
10. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove pivot seal and bearing from retainer. Remove oil seal (19)
housing (24—Fig. 9), first remove drain plugs from and bushing (20) from pivot housing (24).
axle housing and planetary carrier and drain gear oil.
Remove wheel hub and planetary as outlined in para- Clean and inspect all parts and renew as necessary.
graph 9. Disconnect hoses from steering cylinder and Apply Loctite 515 to bearing seat in retainer (8) and
plug all openings. Remove cap screws (21 and 26— press bearing in until seated. Install new oil seal (10)
Fig. 9) and support pivot housing with a hoist. Re- in retainer so that lip of seal is toward bearing.
move king pins (22 and 25) and shims (23). Remove Lubricate oil seal with grease and install retainer
assembly on axle shaft until seal is against yoke. Heat
collar (6) in a bearing oven to a temperature of 250°
Fig. 7—Use torque wrench and speciai tooi CAS-1768

to measure hub roiiing torque.
Fig. 9—Expioded view of pivot housing and axie as-

sembiy used on front drive axie.
1. Axle housing 14. Center yoke
2. Seal ring 15. Oil seal (inner)
3. Bearing cone , 16. Snap ring
4. Bearing cup 17. Outer yoke
5. Cup plug 18. Oil seal(outer)
6. Collar . 19. Oil seal
7. Bearing 20. Bushing
8. Bearing retainer 21. Cap screw
9. Cap screw (3) 22. King pin (upper)
10. Oil seal 23. Shims
Fig. 8—Use a depth micrometer through hole in retain- 11. Axle shaft 24. Pivot housing
ing piate to determine correct shim thicicness to be 12. Snap ring 25. King pin (lower)
used. 13. Bearing and cross as^. 26. Cap screw
12
MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragrapii 11
F (120° C) and install collar onto axle shaft until assemblies as in paragraph 9 and pivot housings and
firmly against bearing (7). axles as in paragraph 10. Support the differential
carrier assembly with a hoist, unbolt carrier from axle
WARNING: Aiways wear heat protective gloves housing and remove the assembly. Place unit on a
when handiing heated parts. clean bench.
Tb disassemble the differential assembly, refer to
Install bushing (20) and oil seal (19) in pivot hous- Fig. 11 and remove cap screws (22), washers and locks
ing so that lip of seal is toward bushing. Install (23). Remove cap screws (19), washers (20) and bear-
retaining ring (16), inner oil seal (15) and outer oil ing caps (21) with adjusting rings (24). Separate bevel
seal (18) in outer yoke (17) as shown in Fig. 10. ring gear and differential case from carrier. Remove
Reassemble double *TJ" joints and yokes, then install bearing cups (1 and 14). Place match marks across
axle assembly (6 through 18—Fig. 9). Apply Loctite differential case halves (4 and 10). Remove cap screws
515 to threads of cap screws (9), install cap screws (12) and adapters (11) and lift off case half (10).
and fiat washers and tighten to a torque of 35-45 Remove cap screws (12) and adapters (11) and lift off
ft.-lbs. (47-61 N.m). Apply Loctite 515 to lips of cup case half (10). Remove dished plate (6), dished disc
plugs (5), then install cup plugs and bearing cups (4) (7), fiat plates (8) and fiat disc (9). Remove pressure
in axle housing. Lubricate bearing cones (3) with Case ring (36) and side gear (37), then lift out cross pins
IH 25 IH EP or equivalent No. 2 multipurpose lithium (39) and differential pinions (38). Remove side gear
grease and install bearing cones. Do not install seal (37), pressure ring (36), fiat plates (8), fiat disc (9),
rings (2) at this time. Install pivot housing (24) over dished disc (7) and dished plate (6) from left case half
axle housing (1). Do not install tie rod or steering (4). Remove cap screws (3) and separate bevel ring
cylinder. Install lower king pin (25) with 0.015 inch gear (5) from case half (4). Using a suitable puller,
(0.381 mm) thick shim pack (23). Tighten cap screws remove bearing cones (2 and 13).
(26) with washers, alternately and evenly to a torque Clean and inspect all parts and renew as necessary.
of 80-90 ft.-lbs. (108-122 N.m). Install upper king pin Bevel ring gear (5) and bevel pinion shaft (15) are
(22) with 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) thick shim pack (23). available only as a matched set. When reassembling,
Tighten cap screws (21) with washers, alternately heat bearing cones (2 and 13) in a bearing oven to a
and evenly to a torque of 80-90 ft.-lbs. (108-122 N.m). temperature of 250° F (120° C) and install on case
Using a torque wrench on one of the upper king pin halves (4 and 10).
cap screws (21), check the amount of torque required
to move the pivot housing. The torque must be be- WARNING: Aiways wear heat protective gioves
tween 16 and 25 ft.-lbs. (22 and 34 N.m). If necessary, when handiing heated parts.
add shims to decrease torque or remove shims to
increase torque. Shims are available in thicknesses Assemble bevel ring gear (5) to case half (4), then
of 0.005 and 0.010 inch (0.127-0.254 mm). Upper and install and tighten retaining cap screws (3) to a torque
lower king pins must be shimmed evenly. of 100-120 ft.-lbs. (135-162 N.m). Apply a coat of
Unbolt and remove upper and lower king pins and friction modifier (Case IH part number 990063R2) to
shim packs. Move pivot housing as required to install all disc and plate friction surfaces. Place case half (4)
new seal rings (2) and to connect steering cylinder assembly on a bench with bevel ring gear facing up.
and tie rod ends. Apply Loctite anti-seize to king pins, Install dished plate (6) with concave side down. In-
then reinstall king pins with correct shim packs. stall dished disc (7) with concave side down. Install
Tighten cap screws (21 and 26) to a torque of 80-90 one flat plate (8), one flat disc (9) and second flat Plate
ft.-lbs. (108-122 N.m). Tighten slotted nuts on steer-
ing cylinder and tie rod ends to a torque of 140 ft.-lbs.
(190 N.m) and secure with new cotter pins. OUTER
SEAL
Refer to paragraph 9 for balance of reassembly. Fill
axle housing to level plug opening with recommended
gear oil. Refer to paragraph 11 for capacity.
DIFFERENTIAL AND BEVEL GEARS
Modeis So Equipped
11. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the front
differential assembly, place transmission lever in
PARK position and securely block rear wheels. Re- Fig^ 10--View showing correct instaiiation of retaining
move front drive axle assembly as outlined in para- ring, and inner and outer oil seals in outer yoke (17—
graph 6, then remove both planetary and hub Fig. 9).
13
Paragraph 11 (Cont.) CASE/iNTERNATiONAL
(8). Install pressure ring (36) and side gear (37). bearing cone (29). Remove shims (27) and spacer (26)
Assemble differential cross pins (39) and differential from pinion shaft, then press bearing cone (16) from
pinions (38), then install the cross pin and pinion pinion shaft. Using a suitable puller, remove bearing
assembly. Install second side gear (37) and pressure cup (28), bearing cup (17) and shims (18).
ring (36). Install one fiat plate (8), one flat disc (9) and Clean and inspect all parts and renew as necessary.
second fiat plate (8). Install dished disc (7) with Bevel drive pinion (15) and bevel ring gear (5) are
concave side up and dished plate (6) with concave side available only as a matched set. On end of pinion
up. Align match marks and install case half (10). shaft, there is etched a zero (0), plus (+) or minus (-)
Install adapters (11) and cap screws (12). Tighten cap nimiber in inches. This indicates the best running
screws to a torque of 65-70 ft.-lbs. (88-95 N.m). position for each gear set. The dimension is set by
Tb remove bevel pinion shaft (15), remove nut (35) shims (18) behind inner bearing cup (17). Tb set the
and washer (34). Place differential carrier (25) in a pinion depth, install bearing cup (17) without shims
press and push bevel pinion shaft (15) from yoke (33), (18). Install outer bearing cup (28) and install inner
oil seal (31), washer (30) and bearing cone (29) and and outer bearing cones (16 and 29). Insert special
remove from carrier. Remove dust shield (32) from tools (handle CAS-1898-1 and threaded shaft CAS
yoke (33). Remove oil seal (31), washer (30) and 1898-2) through the bearing cones from the front.
Install gage disc (CAS-1898-3) against inner bearing
cone and install gage block CAS-898-4. Finger tighten
to hold the gage assembly and bearing cones in posi-
tion. Place tube CAS-1898-6 in differential carrier
bearing grooves as shown in Fig. 12. Install bearing
caps (21—Fig. 11) and secure with cap screws and
washers (19 and 20), tightened to a torque of 180-200
ft.-lbs. (240-270 N.m). Using a feeler gage, measure
distance between gage block CAS-1898-4 and tube
CAS-1898-6. This measurement is the correct thick-
ness of shim pack (18) to be installed if pinion is
marked zero (0). If pinion has a plus (+) marking,
subtract the amount shown fi:'om measurement. If
pinion has a minus (-) marking, add the amount
shown to measurement. This will give the correct
shim thickness to be installed. Shims are available in
thicknesses of 0.003, 0.005 and 0.010 inch (0.076,
15
0.127 and 0.254 mm). Accepted tolerance is 0.0-0.004
inch (0.0-0.1016 mm). Remove special tools, bearing
cones (16 and 29) and bearing cup (17). Install calcu-
latod shim pack (18) and bearing cup (17). Press
24 bearing cone (16) on pinion shaft (15). Install spacer
(26) on pinion shaft and install assembly in carrier
(25). Install a shim pack (27) 0.060 inch (1.5 mm)
thick onto pinion shaft and install bearing cone (29).
Fig. 11—Expioded view of front drive axie limited siip
differentiai assembiy.
1. Bearing cup
2. Bearing cone 21. Bearing cap
3. Cap screw 22. Cap screw
4. Differential case (L.H.) 23. Lock
5. Bevel ring gear 24. Adjusting ring
6. Dished plate 25. Differential carrier
7. Dished disc 26. Spacer
8. Flat plate 27. Shims
9. Flat disc 28. Bearing cup
10. Differential case (R.H.) 29. Bearing cone
11. Adapter 30. Washer
12. Cap screw 31. Oil seal
13. Bearing cone 32. Dust shield
14. Bearing cup 33. Yoke
15. Bevel pinion shaft 34. Washer
16. Bearing cone 35. Nut
17. Bearing cup 36. Pressure ring
18. Shims 37. Side gear Fig. 12—View showing speciai tooi CAS-1898-6 in-
19. Cap screw 38. Differential pinions staiied in carrier bearing grooves when checking for
20. Washer 39. Differential cross pins pinion position shim adjustment.
14
Install yoke (33) without shield (32), oil seal (31) or drained. Slide rear yoke off the shaft, then unbolt and
washer (30). Install washer (34) and nut (35) and remove drive shaft shield rear support (4).
tighten nut to a torque of 250-260 ft.-lbs. (340-353 When reassembling, reverse the disassembly pro-
N.m). Using a torque wrench on pinion nut, check the cedure. Tighten cap screws securing rear support (4)
torque required to rotate pinion shaft. The torque to a torque of 69-78 ft.-lbs. (94-106 N.m). Tighten
should be 10-50 in.-lbs. (1.9-4.8 N.m). Tb increase cross and bearing cap screws to a torque of 33-37
torque, remove shims (27). Tb decrease torque, add ft.-lbs. (45-50 N.m).
shims. Remove yoke and, using Loctite 515 on new oil
seal (31), install washer (30) and oil seal (31). Install
new dust shield (32) on yoke. Apply Loctite 515 to the POWER STEERING
washer seal area between yoke and pinion shaft and
install washer aind pinion nut. Tbrque pinion nut to
SYSTEM
250-260 ft.-lbs. (340-353 N.m). All models are equipped with hydrostatic
Install bearing cups (1 and 14) over bearing cones power steering using a Ross steering unit. The
(2 and 13) and install differential assembly in carrier piston pump furnishes pressurized oil to the
(25). Install bearing caps (21), washers (20) and cap priority valve where a portion of the oil is di-
screws (19). Tighten cap screws finger tight. Install verted to the steering unit at a pressure of
adjusting rings (24). Using special tool CAS 1898-9, 2350-2450 psi (16,203-16,892 kPa). One double-
tighten adjusting rings to a torque of 85-95 ft.-lbs. acting steering cylinder is used on the stand-
(115-129 N.m) while maintaining some backlash. Use ard axle and two double-acting cylinders are
a dial indicator and measure backlash between bevel used on the front drive axle.
ring gear and bevel drive pinion. Backlash should be
approximately 0.005 inch (0.127 mm). Loosen one
adjusting ring and tighten the opposite ring to correct FLUID, FiLTERS AND BLEEDiNG
the backlash. Rotate adjusting rings exactly the same
amount. Install adjusting ring locks (23) and secure Aii Modeis
with washers and cap screws, tightened to a torque
of 15-17 ft.-lbs. (20-23 N.m). Tighten cap screws (19) 13. The transmission and hydraulic system fluid is
to a torque of 180-200 ft.-lbs. (240-270 N.m). used in the power steering system. A dip stick located
At this time, pinion shaft rolling torque should be at the left rear of the tractor rear housing indicates
60-80 in.-lbs. (6.8-9.0 N.m). If not, recheck assembly fiuid level. Use Hy-Tran Plus fiuid in all models. Refer
procedures.
Apply Loctite gasket eliminator to mounting sur-
faces of carrier and axle housing and reinstall differ-
ential carrier assembly. Install washers and
mounting cap screws. Tighten cap screws to a torque
of 110-120 ft.-lbs. (149-163 N.m).
The balance of reassembly is the reverse of disas-
sembly procedure. Fill axle housing to level plug
opening with correct gear oil. Capacity is 12.0 quarts
(11.0 L). Use 11.5 quarts (10.8 L) of Case IH 135HEP
or equivalent SAE 85W-140 gear oil plus 1.0 pint (0.47
L) of limited slip additive. Gear lubricant should be
changed every 1000 hours of operation or once each
year, whichever occurs first.
FRONT DRiVE SHAFT
Modeis So Equipped
12. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the front
drive shaft, refer to Fig. 13, then unbolt sleeves (1 and
3) and slide over shield (2). Unbolt cross and bearing
assemblies (6) from front and rear yokes. Lower drive
shaft and shield from tractor. Unbolt cross and bear- Fig. 13—Expioded view of front drive shaft and shield.
ing assemblies (6) from drive shaft (7). Cross and 1. Sleeve (rear)
2. Shield 5. Rear yoke
bearing units are available only as assemblies. If rear 3. Sleeve (front) 6. Cross and bearing as^.
yoke (5) is to be removed, speed transmission must be 4. Shield support (rear) 7. Drive shaft
15
Paragraphs 14-15 CASE/iNTERNATiONAL
to CONDENSED SERVICE DATA for reservoir ca- until gasket contacts filter head. Then, hand tighten
pacity and to HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SECTION for element an additional one-third turn.
additional hydraulic system information. A suction Start engine and check for leaks. Reinstall filter'
screen-type filter is located in right side of range shield and check transmission oil level.
transmission housing and an externally mounted Tb bleed the steering hydraulic system, operate
pressure screw-on-type filter is located on right side engine at half throttle and rotate steering wheel from
of transmission. See Fig. 14. Tb clean filter screen lock to lock several times until steering action is firm.
(13), first drain transmission housing, then remove
plug and drain filter base (12). Unbolt and remove TROUBLE-SHOOTING
cover (17) with "O" ring (16), screen locator (15) with
"O" ring (14) and withdraw screen (13). Clean screen
in suitable solvent and blow dry with compressed air.
All Models
When reinstalling, install screen with gasket end
outward. Lubricate new "O" rings (14 and 16) with 14. Some of the troubles that may occur in the
petroleum jelly and install with screen locator (15) operation of the power steering system and their
possible causes are as follows:
and cover (17). Install and tighten cover cap screws.
Install drain plugs and refill transmission to dip stick
"FULL" level. 1. No power steering or steers slowly.
a. Binding hiechanical linkage.
The manufacturer recommends that transmission
b. Excessive load on front wheels and/or air pres-
and hydraulic fluid be drained and new Hy-Tran Plus
sure low in front tires.
fluid be installed each 1000 hours of operation. Suc-
c. Steering cylinder piston seal faulty or cylinder
tion filter screen should be removed, cleaned and
reinstalled each 1000 hours of operation. Filter ele- damaged.
ment (5) should be changed whenever service monitor d. Faulty power steering supply pump.
on digital instrument cluster indicates a clogged filter e. Faulty hand pump.
or at least once each 1000 hours of operation f Faulty priority flow divider valve.
Tb change the filter element (5), unbolt and remove 2. Will not steer manual^.
filter shield. Using a strap wrench, rotate filter ele- a. Binding mechanical linkage.
ment counterclockwise to remove. Lubricate gasket b. Excessive load on front wheels and/or air pres-
on new element with clean oil and install element sure low in front tires.
c. Pumping element in hand pump faulty.
d. Faulty seal in steering cylinder or cylinder dam-
aged.
3. Hard steering through complete cycle.

a. Low pressure from supply pump.
b. Internal or external leakage.
c. Faulty steering cylinder.
d. Binding mechanical linkage.
e. Excessive load on front wheels and/or air pres-
sure low in front tires.
4. Momentary hard or lumpy steering.

a. Air in power stoering circuit.
SYSTEM OPERATiNG PRESSURE

Fig. 14^-Expioded view of transmission and hydraulic
niters used on aii modeis. Refer to text. Aii Modeis
1. Filter head
2. "O"ring 10. «O"ring
3. "O"ring 11. "O" ring retainer 15. The power steering operating pressure is con-
4. Pressure switch 12. Filter base trolled by a relief valve located in the priority flow
5. Filter element 13. Screen divider valve. The priority flow divider valve is lo-
6. Filter container (in housing) 14. "O**ring cated on inner side of remote valves on right side of
7. "0^'ring 15. Screen locator
8. Gasket 16. "Oaring tractor. Operating pressure should be 2350-2450 psi
9. Suction tube retainer 17. Cover (16,203-16,892 kPa).
16
Tb check the operating pressure, disconnect one 18. STEERING CYLINDER TEST. If steering
steering line at front of tractor and install a tee in line wheel slip as checked in paragraph 17 exceeds the
with a 3000 psi (21,000 kPa) test gage. Start engine maximum one revolution per minute, proceed as fol-
and operate until transmission and hydraulic oil is lows: Disconnect and plug lines to steering cylin-
warmed to a temperature of 150° F (65.5° C). Turn der(s). Make sure t h a t fluid is at operating
steering wheel in direction to apply pressure to test temperature, then repeat wheel slip test as outlined
gage and hold on pressure against lock. Check pres- in paragraph 17. If steering wheel slip is less than
sure reading on test gage. If pressure reading is that recorded in previous test, overhaul or renew
incorrect, refer to Fig. 15 and loosen locknut. Turn steering cylinders). If steering wheel slip (with steer-
adjusting screw in or out to obtain correct operating ing cylinder(s) disconnected) still exceeds maximum
pressure, then tighten locknut., Remove tee fitting one revolution per minute, overhaul or renew steer-
and test gage and reconnect steering line. ing hgind pump.
OPERATiONAL TESTS HYDRAULIC PUMP
Aii Modeis Aii Modeis
The following tests are valid only when the power 19. The power source for the hydrostatic steering
steering system is void of any air. If necessary, bleed system is the 27 gpm (102 L/m) piston pimip. This
system as outlined in paragraph 13 before performing pump also furnishes pressurized oil for the main
tests. hydraulic system. Refer to HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SECTION for information and service procedures for
the pump.
16. HAND PUMP. With power steering supply
pump inoperative (engine not running), attempt to
stoer manually in both directions. HAND PUMP (STEERiNG UNIT)
NOTE: Manual steering with power steering sup- Aii Modeis

piy pump inoperative, wiii require high steering
effort. If manual steering can be accomplished with 20. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. The steering
supply pump inoperative, it can be assumed that hand pump mounts on front side of engine fire wall.
the manual steering hand pump will operate satis-
factoriiy with the supply pump operating. Tb remove the hand pump, place hood in raised posi-
tion. Identify and remove the four steering tubes and
17. STEERING WHEEL SLIP TEST. Steering the signal port tube from the hand pump. Plug or cap
wheel slip is the term used to describe the inability of all openings immediately to prevent dirt from enter-
the steering wheel to hold a given position without ing the system. Unbolt pump mounting bracket from
further steering movement. Wheel slip is generally fire wall and remove the assembly. The universal joint
due to either internal or external leakage, or a faulty will be removed with the steering hand pump.
hand pump or steering cylinder. Some steering wheel Tb reinstall hand pump assembly, first disconnect
slip, with hydraulic fluid at operating temperature, battery ground cable. Remove four screws securing
is normal and permissible. A maximum of one revolu- instrument cluster to instrument panel. Raise instru-
tion per minute is acceptable. ment cluster and disconnect wiring harnesses. (See
Tb check for steering wheel slip, proceed as follows:
Operate tractor until hydraulic fiuid is warmed to a
temperature of 150° F (65.5° C). Remove steering
wheel cap, then turn front wheels until they are
against the stop. Attach a torque wrench to steering
wheel nut. Apply 72 in.-lbs. (8 N.m) of force to steering
shaft in same direction as front wheels are positioned
against stop, then count revolutions of steering wheel
in a period of one minute. Use same procedure and
check stoering wheel slip in opposite direction. Up to
one revolution in one minute in either direction is
acceptable and system can be considered as operating
satisfactorily. If steering wheel revolutions per min-
ute exceed the maximum, record total rpm for use in
checking steering cylinder(s) or hand pump as out- Fig. 15—Bottom view of priority vaive showing reiief
hned in the following paragraph. pressure adjusting screw.
17
Paragraph 21 CASE/iNTERNATIONAL
Fig. 16.) Lay cluster unit aside. This will provide is not equipped with vanes or springs and is a
access to the steering shaft. Have helper ahgn steer- thicker set.
ing shaft in "U" joint as steering hand pump assembly
is installed in fire wall. Tighten bracket to fire wall The spacer (28) used with two-wheel drive imits is
cap screws to a torque of 20-24 ft.-lbs. (27-32 N.m). located in the center of rotor. Spacer (28A) used with
Reconnect steering lines and signal port line. Rein- front drive axle hand pump is located in the recess in
stall instrument cluster and connect battery ground input shaft (31).
cable. Start engine and bleed air from steering system Remove adjusting screw (12) and torsion blades
as outlined in paragraph 13. (13) from spool (17). Clean and inspect all parts for
21. OVERHAUL (ROSS UNIT). Tb disassemble

the removed hand pump, drive out roll pin and re-
move "U" joint and collar (32—Fig. 17) from input
shaft (31). Remove dust shield (33), then unbolt and
remove pump mounting bracket. Identify and remove
hydraulic fittings, inlet (3) and outlet (1) check valves
and signal check valve (14). Mark check valves for aid
in reassembly. Remove guide pin (7) with "O" ring (6)
and check ball (5). Remove cap screws (37) and wash-
ers (38) and lift off cover (39). Remove seal ring (40),
snap ring (34), back-up ring (35) and seal (36) from
cover. Remove thrust washer (41) and thrust bearing
(42) from input shaft (31). With input shaft in hori-
zontal position, carefully withdraw input shaft as-
sembly with commutator (20). Remove washer (22)
from pump body (16), drive plate (18) from spool (17)
and seal assembly (19) from sleeve in body (16). Hold
adjusting screw (12) from turning and remove
locknut (8). Push adjusting screw (12), torsion blades
(13) and spool (17)fi'ombody. Remove adjusting screw
and torsion blades from spool. Remove plug (9) and
"O" ring (10). Remove commutator (20) and seal as-
sembly (21). Clamp not more than one inch (25.4 mm)
of input shaft (31) in protected jaws of vise and
remove seven cap screws (23). Remove manifold (24),
drive link (26 or 26A) with pins (25), stator-rotor set
(27 or 27A) and spacer (28 or 28A).
37
NOTE: The rotor used in two-wheei drive hand Fig. 17—Expioded view of Ross steering hand pump
pumps is equipped with vanes (29) and vane sp- used on aii tractors, items 26 through 30 are used on
rings (30) that can fali out. Do not lose these parts. two-wheei drive modeis. items 26A through 28A are
The rotor set used on models with front drive axie used on modeis with front drive axie.
1. Outlet check valve 22. Washer
2. "O"ring 23. Ferry head cap screw (7)
3. Inlet check valve 24. Manifold
4. "O''ring 25. Drive pin
5. Check ball 26. &26A. Drive link
6. "O**ring 27. &27A. Stator-rotor set
7. Guide pin 28. & 28A. Spacer
8. Locknut 29. Rotor vane
9. Plug 30. Vane spring
10. "Oaring 31. Input shaft
11. "Oaring 32. Collar
12. Adjusting screw 33. Dust shield
13, Ibrsion blade (2) 34. Snap ring
14. Signal port check valve 35. Back-up washer
15. "O'ring 36. Shaft seal
16. Body 37. Ferry head cap screw (8)
17. Spool 38. Washer
18. Drive plate 39. Cover
19. Seal assy. 40. Seal ring
Fig. 16—Instrument cluster being removed from instru- 20. Commutator 41. Thrust washer
ment panei for access to steering shaft and "U" joint. 21. Seal assy. 42. Thrust hearing
18
excessive wear or other damage. If spool (17) or sleeve drive hand pump, install spacer (28) in rotor, then
in body (16) are worn, renew hand pump assembly. install vanes and springs in rotor slots. Convex side
Commutator (20) and manifold (24) are available only of spring must he towards the vane. On models with
as a matched set, as are the stator and rotor. Refer to front drive axle, install spacer (28A) in end of input
Fig. 18 when checking the stator-rotor set and to Fig. shaft (31). On all models, lubricate rotor set with new
19 when checking vane springs. Hy-Tran Plus oil and place input shaft on top of rotor
When reassembling, use all new seal rings, "O** set. Align mounting bolt holes. Holding the commu-
rings and oil seals and lubricate seals with white tator in place, turn the assembly over and clamp only
petroleum jelly. the first one-inch (25.4 mm) of the shaft in a protected
jaw vise. Install and tighten cap screws (23), using
Install "O" ring (10—Fig. 17) and pump plug (9) in sequence shown in Fig. 20, to a torque of 2-3 fl.-lbs.
body and tighten plug to a torque of 55-75 ft.-lhs. (3-4 N.m). Rotate the commutator to make sure all
(75-102 N.m). Install new "O'' ring (11) on adjusting components are free. Then, tighten the seven cap
screw (12) and place the two torsion blades in slot in screws in sequence to a torque of 10-14 ft.-lbs. (14-19
adjusting screw. Each torsion hlade has an identifica- N»m). Lubricate and install thrust bearing (42—Fig.
tion dot. Torsion blades must be installed with dots 17) on input shaft. Free rotating thrust race side of
facing the outside, so dots are at opposite ends of the bearing is first on shaft. Install thrust washer (41).
spool. Insert torsion blades and adjusting screw into This thrust washer must be selected from a washer
flat end of valve spool (17) so blades are installed in kit. Ten washers are available in thicknesses from
the narrowest slot in valve spool. Lubricate exterior 0.046 inch (1.17 mm) to 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) in
of valve spool with new Hy-Tran Plus oil and install increments of 0.006 inch (0.15 mm). Select and install
valve spool. Tighten nut (8) on adjusting screw finger a 0.082-0.083 inch (2.08-2.11 mm) thick thrust
tight. Use drive plate (18) and commutator (20) as washer. Place new seal ring (40) in groove in cover
assembly guides to position valve spool. Center the (39), then install input shaft assembly in cover. In-
commutator lugs in the slots of body. Remove commu- stall new seal assembly (19) in valve sleeve in pump
tator and drive plate. Tighten locknut (8) to a torque hody. Use white petroleum jelly and stick drive plate
of 10-15 fl.-lbs. (14-20 N.m). Install new seal assem- (18) in place on valve spool (17) and washer (22) on
bly (21) in groove of open end of commutator and the manifold (24). Align commutator lugs with slots
install commutator into manifold (24). Place commu- in pump body and carefully slide assemblies together.
tator and manifold on a clean surface with commuta-
tor side down. Install drive link (26 or 26A) and drive CAUTION: Do not force the parts together. Rotate
pins (25) into the commutator. Install the rotor over input shaft back and forth to align drive piate and
the drive pin and install the stator. On two-wheel commutator, if necessary.
When assemblies are together, install and tighten
two opposite cap screws (37) with washers (38) to a
torque of 19-23 ft.-lbs. (26-31 N.m). Using a torque
wrench, check the amount of torque needed to rotate
the input shaft. If the needed torque is greater than
CENTER RO
IN STATi 15 in.-lhs. (1.7 N.m), remove the selected thrust
'o washer (41) and install one that is the next size
thinner. Continue this operation until needed torque
is 15 in.-lbs. (1.7 N.m). Install and tighten all eight
BOLT TORQUE
SEOUENCE
0.007 INCH MAXIMUM CLEARANCE
Fig. 18—With rotor positioned in stator as shown,

clearance must not exceed 0.007 inch (0.178 mm). Ro-
tor from Ross hand pump used on two-wheel drive is
shown. Clearance of rotor on Ross unit used on mod-
els with front drive axie is the same.
0.080 TO 0.100"
_±
Fig. I^'-On units so equipped, correct vane spring
height Is 0.080-0.100 Inch (2.032-2.540 mm). Renew Fig. 20—Tighten manifold cap screws In the sequence
springs not meeting required height. shown.
19
cap screws (37) evenly to a torque of 19-23 ft.-lbs. steering wheel one turn to the left and record amount
(26-31 N.m). Install shaft seal (36) with seal lip facing of torque needed. Center front wheels and check
inward. Install back-up ring (35) and snap ring (34) amount of torque needed to turn steering wheel
with rounded edge inward. Fill cavity in pump cover turn to the right. Record this reading. If the
bore with white petroleum jelly and install dust readings are not within 2-3 in.-lbs. (0.22-0.33 N.m),
shield (33). Install check ball (5) and guide pin (7) balance the unit as follows: Loosen locknut (8—Fig.
with new "O" ring (6). Tighten guide pin (7) to a torque 17) and turn adjusting screw (12) counterclockwise a
of 10-14 ft.-lbs. (14-19 N.m). Inspect check valves (1, slight amount if torque reading was greater for the
3 and 14) and make sure they are clean and operate right turn. TVtm adjusting screw clockwise if torque
freely. Use new "O" rings and install signal port check reading was greater for left turn. Adjusting screw will
valve (14), outlet check valve (1), inlet check valve (3) require a turn of 10 degrees or less to correct the
and the other two (right and left turn) hydraulic balance. Tighten locknut and recheck the torque in
fittings. Tighten signal port check valve to a torque of both directions. Balance is correct when torque read-
15-25 ft.-lbs. (20-34 N.m), and the inlet and outlet ings in both directions are within 2-3 in.-lbs. (0.22-
check valves, and the other two fittings, to a torque 0.33 N.m). When balance is correct, tighten locknut
of 22-27 ft.-lhs. (30-37 N.m). Install "U" joint and to a torque of 20-25 ft.-lbs. (27-34 N.m).
collar (32) and secure with the roll pin.
Reinstall hand pximp assemhly as outlined in para- STEERING CYLINDER(S)
graph 20. Start engine and operate at 1500 rpm.
Rotate steering wheel from lock to lock several times All Two-Wheel Drive Models
to hleed all air from system.
22, R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the power
The procedure for balancing the steering hand
steering cylinder (5—Fig. 21), disconnect both steer-
pump is as follows: With engine operating at 1500
ing lines. Cap or plug all openings. Loosen ball joint
rpm, place front wheels in straight-ahead position.
clamp bolt (6). Using a wrench on the flat end of piston
Using a torque wrench on steering wheel nut, turn
rod, turn piston rod out of ball joint (7). Remove
cylinder mounting bolts (1) and washers (2), then
withdraw cylinder from center steering arm (3). Re-
move trunnions (4) from cylinder.
To disassemble the steering cylinder, use a spanner
wrench and rotate cylinder head (3—Fig. 22) until
sharp end of retaining ring (4) is visible in slot in
cylinder tube (7). Raise end of retaining ring out of
slot and rotate cylinder head to remove the retaining
ring. Remove cylinder head assembly from cylinder
tube. Remove cylinder head from opposite end of
cylinder tube in the same manner. Remove "O" ring
(6), back-up ring (5), wiper seal (1) and rod seal (2)
from cylinder heads. Withdraw piston rod (10), then
remove piston seal (9) and "O" ring (8).
Inspect cylinder tube (7) for scoring, grooves or
out-of^roundness. Light scoring can be polished out
by using a fine emery cloth and oil, using a rotary
motion while polishing. Heavy scoring, grooving or
out-of-roundness will require renewal of cylinder
tube. Check rod end piston (10) for scoring, grooving
and straightness and renew as necessary.
Renew all "O" rings, seals and back-up rings (avail-
able in a kit) during reassembly.
Reassemble steering cylinder as follows: Install "0"
ring (8) in piston, then install piston seal (9) on top of
"O" ring. Use a ring compressor and compress piston
Fig. 21—View of power steering cylinder removed from seal back to its original size. Lubricate with white
two-wheel drive tractor with standard adjustable front petroleum jelly and install piston rod assembly into
axle, cylinder tube. Install rod seal (2) and wiper seal (1)
1. Cap screw in cylinder heads and back-up ring (5) and "O" ring
2. Washer 5. Cylinder assy.
3. Center steering arm 6. Clamp bolt (6) in wide groove of cylinder heads. "O" rings must
4. Trunnion 7. Ball joint be toward inside of cylinder. Lubricate and install
20
MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraph 23
over piston rod and into cylinder tube. Turn cylinder from cylinder head (11). Withdraw piston and rod
heads until the small hole appears in slot of cylinder assembly from cylinder tube (1). Remove nut (2) and
tube. Install hooked end of retaining ring (4) into hole piston (3) from piston rod (8). Remove wear ring (4),
and rotate cylinder head until retaining ring is fully piston seal (5) and "O" ring (6) from piston and "O"
inside the cylinder tube. ring (7) from piston rod.
Th reinstall steering cylinder, reverse the removal Inspect cylinder tube (1) for scoring, grooves or
procedure. Tighten mounting cap screws (1—Fig. 21) out-of-roundness. Light scoring can be polished out
to a torque of 460-510 ft.-lbs. (620-690 N.m). Tighten by using a fine emery cloth and oil, using a rotary
piston rod into ball joint to a torque of 110-125 ft.-lbs. motion while polishing. Heavy scoring, grooving or
(150-170 N.m) and tighten clamp bolt (6) to a torque out-of-roundness will require renewal of cylinder
of 25-30 ft.-lbs. (35-40 N.m). Reconnect steering lines. tube. Check rod (8) and piston (3) for scoring, grooving
Start engine and cycle steering lock to lock several and straightness and renew as necessary.
times to bleed air from system. Renew all "O" rings, seals and back-up rings (avail-
able in a kit) during reassembly.
All Models With Front Drive Axle
23. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Ib remove either
steering cylinder (2—Fig. 23), disconnect steering
lines from steering cylinder. Plug or cap all openings
immediately to prevent dirt from entering the sys-
tem. Remove cotter pins and slotted nuts and sepa-
rate ball joints from front drive axle assembly (1).
Remove cylinder.
To disassemble the steering cylinder, loosen clamp
bolts and unscrew both ball joints from cylinder.
Using a spanner wrench, rotate cylinder head (11—
Fig. 24) until sharp end of retaining ring (10) is visible Fig. 23.—View of power steering cylinders removed
in slot in cylinder tube (1). Raise end of retaining ring from tractor equipped with front drive axle.
out of slot and rotate cylinder head to remove the 1. Front drive axle assy.
retaining ring. Remove cylinder head assembly. Re- 2. Steering cylinders
move wiper seal (13), rod seal (12) and "O" ring (9)
Fig. 24—Exploded view of one power steering cylinder.

Two cylinders are used on models equipped with front
drive axle.
Fig. 22—Exploded view of steering cylinder used on
1. Cylinder tube
two-wheel drive tractors. 2. Nut 8. Rod
Wiper seal 6. "O"ring 3. Piston 9. «O"ring
Rod seal 7. Cylinder tube 4. Wear ring 10. Retaining ring
Cylinder head 8. W r i n g 5. Piston seal ring H. Cylinder head
Retaining ring 9. Piston seal ring 6. "O"ring 12. Rod seal
Back-up ring 10. Rod & piston as^. 7. «O"ring 13. Wiper seal
21
Reassemble steering cylinder as follows: Install rod Tb reinstall the steering cylinder, first install both
seal (12) and wiper seal (13) in cylinder head (11) and ball joints, but do not tighten clamp bolts at this time.
"O" ring (9) in groove (without hole) in cylinder head. Adjust ball joints until three threads are showing at
Lubricate seals with white petroleum jelly and install each end. Fully retract cyHnder (piston rod bottomed)
rod (8), piston end first, through cylinder head. Install and measure distance between the two ball joint lube
"O" ring (7) in groove on rod. Install wear ring (4) in fittings as shown in Fig. 23. Center to center of lube
wide groove of piston, install "O" ring (6) in narrow fittings should be 21 inches (533 mm). Adjust both
groove, then install seal ring (5) on top of "O" ring. ball joints evenly to obtain correct measurement.
Install piston on rod and secure with nut (2) tightened Position ball joints so that cylinder ports will be
to a torque of 55-65 ft.-lbs. (75-90 N.m). Use a ring straight up when cylinder is installed, then tighten
compressor and compress seal ring (5) and wear ring ball joint clamp bolts to a torque of 60-70 ft.-lbs.
(4) back to their original size. Lubricate with white (80-95 N.m). Install cylinder and tighten slotted nuts
petroleum jelly and install rod and piston assembly on ball joints to a torque of 140 ft.-lbs. (190 N.m).
into cylinder tube. Push cylinder head into cylinder Secure with cotter pins. Reconnect steering lines.
tube and turn cylinder head until small hole is
Start engine and cycle steering lock to lock several
aligned with slot in cylinder tube. Place hooked end
times to bleed air from system.
of retaining ring (10) into hole and rotate cylinder
head until retaining ring is fully inside the cylinder Repeat operation for other steering cylinder if nec-
tube. essary.
ENGINE AND COMPONENTS

All models are equipped with six cylinder or plug all openings. Disconnect wires from starter
diesel engines having a bore of 4.488 inches (114 solenoid on engine fire wall. Unbolt and remove hy-
mm), a stroke of 5.315 inches (135 mm) and a draulic filter cover from right side of cab. Disconnect
displacement of 505 cu. in. (8.3 L). and remove engine wiring harness and positive bat-
Models 7110,7120 and 7130 are equipped with tery cable from bottom of cabfioar.Remove side panel
a turbocharger and Model 7140 is equipped latch from right side rail. If so equipped, remove front
with a turbocharger and an after cooler* axle drive shaft shield and shaft, and the drive shaft
shield rear support as outlined in paragraph 12. Use
R&R ENGINE ASSEMBLY a jack or rear housing handler to support tractor
transmission. Install splitting stand (17-526A or
equivalent) under front of tractor. Place a jack stand
All Models under tractor draw bar. Remove fiywheel housing to
speed transmission housing bolts and separate front
24. To remove engine assembly, first split tractor half of tractor from rear half.
between engine and speed transmission as follows: Install a support under front end weight bracket.
Place transmission shift lever in PARK position and Unbolt and remove radiator recovery reservoir from
securely block rear wheels. Unbolt and remove front left side of engine. Disconnect ether starting line from
weights, if so equipped. Disconnect battery cables. intake manifold. Disconnect and remove the aspira-
Remove drain plug and drain transmission oil. Drain tor tube. Disconnect, imbolt and remove exhaust muf-
coolant from engine and radiator. Remove cab floor fler and air cleaner assemblies. Unbolt and remove
mat and unbolt and remove access cover from cab exhaust pipe and elbow. Disconnect and remove up-
floor. Disconnect hydraulic oil cooler upper hose at tee per and lower radiator hoses and the coolant air
fitting under cab fioor and oil cooler lower hose at the removal hose. Remove battery cables and wiring from
bulkhead fitting under the cab. Remove side panels starting motor. Unbolt and remove hood support and
and raise hood. Make sure hood hinge lock is engaged battery cable assembly from fiywheel housing. Attach
and remove left hood strut. Disconnect wiring from a hoist and lifting sling to engine lifting brackets.
air conditioning compressor, unbolt compressor from Remove engine mounting bolts from side rails, then
engine and remove condenser from radiator support. unbolt side rails from fiywheel housing. Unbolt left
Carefully put compressor and condenser with hoses side rail from front support and slide the rail away
connected in tractor cab. Unbolt hose routing clamp from engine. Raise engine and move engine to the
and tool box bracket from left side rail. Shut off fuel rear and to the left away from right side rail.
valve and disconnect fuel line at primer pump. Dis-
connect fuel return hose and throttle cable from fuel Reinstall engine by reversing the removal proce-
injection pump. Disconnect heater hoses from left and dure. Tighten side rail to front support bolts to a
right sides of engine. Identify and remove steering torque of 162-184 ft.-lbs. (220-250 N.m). When in-
hoses from left side of steering hand pump, then cap stalling side rail to fiywheel housing cap screws,
22
tighten 20 mm cap screws to a torque of 313-358 inder head for cracks or other signs of damage. Using
ft.-lbs. (425-485 N.m) and the 22 mm cap screws to a a straight edge and feeler gage, check cylinder head
torque of 432-483 ft.-lbs. (585-655 N.m). Tighten bolts at each side and between cylinders for warping. If
securing engine mounts to side rails to a torque of warping is greater than 0.004 inch (0.1016 mm),
69-78 ft.-lbs. (94-106 N.m). Install exhaust elbow on cylinder head must be machined or renewed.
fiywheel housing and tighten mounting bolts to a
torque of 59-66 ft.-lbs. (80-90 N.m). Install exhaust NOTE: After machining, if cyiinder liead height is
pipe and tighten clamp bolts to a torque of 34-38 less than 4.557 inches (115.75 mm), renew cylinder
ft.-lbs. (46-52 N.m). Tighten air cleaner and muffler head.
mounting bolts to a torque of 34-38 ft.-lbs. (46-52
N.m). When reassembling, select the correct head gasket
Clean mounting flanges of fljrwheel housing and to be installed. Head gaskets are identified by notches
speed transmission. Apply Molydisulfide grease on in edge of gasket as shown in Fig. 25. Standard gasket
splines of transmission input shaft. Install two guide has no notches, 0.008 inch (0.21 mm) oversize thick-
studs in the transmission housing. Apply Loctite 504 ness gasket has two notches and 0.011 inch (0.27 mm)
gasket eliminator to flange of transmission housing oversize thickness gasket has three notches.
and roll tractor togethe*. Remove guide studs and Install head gasket and cylinder head. Lubricate
install mounting bolts and lockwashers. Tighten 12 cylinder head bolt threads with oil and install.
mm bolts to a torque of 69-78 ft.-lbs. (94-106 N.m), Tighten cylinder head bolts in three steps using the
tighten 16 mm bolts to a torque of 162-184 ft.-lbs. sequence shown in Fig. 26. Tighten to 37 ft.-lbs. (50
(220-250 N.m) and tighten 22 mm bolts to a torque of N.m) in first step, to 110 ft.-lbs. (149 N.m) in second
432-483 ft.-lbs. (585-655 N.m). Remove split stands. step and to 148 ft.-lbs. (201 N.m) in third step.
The balance of assembly is the reverse of disassembly Tighten rocker arm stand bolts to a torque of 32
procedure. ft.-lbs. (43 N.m).
Using a new gasket, install intake manifold cover
CYLINDER HEAD on Models 7110, 7120 and 7130 or after cooler on
Model 7140. Apply liquid Ifeflon on the retaining cap
screw threads and tighten to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24
All Models N.m) using sequence shown in Fig. 27. Install ex-
haust manifold with new gaskets and tighten cap
25. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Ib remove the screws to a torque of 32 ft.-lbs. (43 N.m) using se-
cylinder head, raise hood and remove side panels. quence shown in Fig. 28.
Drain cooling system and disconnect battery cables.
Refer to paragraph 60 for installation information
Disconnect air cleaner restriction sending unit wires.
on fuel injectors and to paragraph 69 for installation
Disconnect air tubes, then unbolt and remove the
of turbocharger. Adjust valve tappet gap as outlined
strata tube and air cleaner assembly. Disconnect ex-
in paragraph 27.
haust tubes, then unbolt and remove muffler assem-
bly. Unbolt and remove air cleaner and muffler Notches
support. Disconnect oil supply and drain tubes from
turbocharger, then unbolt and remove turbocharger.
Disconnect wiring from air conditioning compressor,
1 o O o o o "1
unbolt compressor from engine and remove con- \9/^—N
denser from radiator support. Carefully place com-
pressor and condenser with hoses connected, in
tractor cab. Remove ether starting line from intake )
manifold. Remove fuel leak-off line and injection
Fig. 25—View showing typicai cyiinder head gasket
lines. Cap or plug all openings. Using adapter CAS- thickness identification notches. Refer to text.
1815 and slide hammer, remove injectors. Shut off
fuel valve and remove fuel filters and filter housing.
BOLT TORQUE SEQUENCE
Unbolt and remove exhaust manifold. Remove
breather tube and valve cover. Unbolt and remove
intake manifold cover or after cooler. Disconnect and
remove the coolant bypass tube. Unbolt and remove
rocker arm assemblies. Remove and discard the
rocker arm oil supply tube. Remove the push rods.
Remove cylinder head retaining cap screws and lift
off cylinder head.
Clean cylinder head and engine block mating sur- Fig. 26—Cylinder head bolt tightening sequence for all
faces, removing carbon or other deposits. Check cyl- models.
23
Complete the assembly by reversing the disassem- Intake

bly procedure. Other tightening torques are as fol- Face and seat angle 30°
lows: Stem diameter 0.373-0.374 in.
Valve cover bolts 18 ft.-lbs. (9.48-9.50 mm)
(24 N.m) Stem to guide clearance 0.0015-0.003 in.
Filter housing nut 24 ft.-lbs. (0.039-0.079 mm)
(32 N.m) Seat width 0.054-0.078 in.
Fuel injector bolts 18 ft.-lbs. (1.38-1.98 mm)
(24 N.m) Valve tappet gap (cold) 0.012 in.
Turbocharger mounting nuts 24 ft.-lbs. (0.305 mm)
(32 N.m) Valve recession from face of
cylinder head 0.035-0.056 in.
VALVES AND SEATS (0.89-1.42 mm)
All Models Exhaust

Face and seat angle 45""
26. Intake and exhaust valves seat on renewable Stem diameter 0.373-0.374 in.
seat inserts. Seat inserts are available in standard (9.48-9.50 mm)
size and 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) oversize. Valve stem Stem to guide clearance 0.0015-0.003 in.
seals are used on all valves. When renewing valve (0.039-0.079 mm)
seat inserts, use valve seat puller CAS-1869 and slide Seat width 0.076-0.106 in.
hammer to remove seats. DO NOT attempt to drive (1.92-2.68 mm)
a chisel under insert as counterbore will be damaged. Valve tappet gap (cold) 0.024 in.
Chill new inserts in dry ice prior to installation, then 0.609 mm)
use a driver and install seats. Valve recession from face of
Check the valves against the following specifica- cylinder head 0.035-0.056 in.
tions: (0.89-1.42 mm)
27. VALVE (TAPPET) GAP ADJUSTMENT.

BQLT TORQUE SEQUENCE
The two-position method of tappet adjustment is rec-
ommended. DO NOT attempt to adjust valve tappet
gap with engine operating. Using a fljrwheel rotating
tool CAS-1690 through opening in flywheel housing,
turn flywheel in normal direction of rotation while
pushing inward on the timing lock pin. The timing
Fig. 27—Intake manifold or after cooler bolt tightening lock pin is located in timing gear housing below the
sequence. fuel injection pump. When the lock pin moves forward
into hole in camshaft gear, engine will be locked with
BOLT TOROUE SEOUENCE No. 1 piston at TDC of compression stroke. Adjust the
six valves indicated by arrows in Fig. 29. Disengage
n nffl cm n lock pin and rotatefl3rwheelone complete revolution
TTT LLXJ to position No. 6 piston at TDC of compression stroke.
Then, adjust the six valves indicated by arrows in Fig.
30. Refer to paragraph 26 for valve tappet gap. Re-
Fig. 28—Exhaust manifold bolt tightening sequence for move flywheel rotating tool and install plug in hole.
all models.
FAH FAN
Fig. 29—With No. 1 piston at TDC of compression Fig. 30—With No. 6 piston at TDC of compression
stroke, adjust the vaives indicated by arrows. stroke, adjust the vaives indicated by arrows.
24
VALVE GUIDES AND SPRINGS Measure outside diameter of cam follower stem. If
outside diameter is less than 0.627 inch (15.926 mm),
All Models renew cam follower. Measure follower bores in block.
If inside diameter is more than 0.632 inch (16.055
28. The intake and exhaust valve guides are inter- mm), renew cylinder block
changeable. If valve guides are worn beyond the limit
of 0.376 inch (9.559 mm), renew guides as follows: Use TIMING GEAR COVER
tool CAS-10823 or equivalent and press on bottom of
guides until removed. Then, use tool CAS-10823 and All Models
press on top end of guides until top of intake guides
are 0.813-0.833 inch (20.65-21.16 mm) above spring 31. Tb remove the timing gear cover, remove hood,
recess in head or top of exhaust guides are 0.886- grille and side panels. Drain cooling system. Unbolt
0.906 inch (22.50-23.01 mm) above spring recess in air conditioning condenser and lay back on top of
head. Ream installed guides to inside diameter of engine. Remove radiator, oil cooler and support as
0.3755 inch (9.539 nun). Stem seals are used on all outlined in paragraph 73. Loosen air conditioning
valves. compressor and remove belt. Lift belt tensioner and
Intake and exhaust valve springs are interchange- remove fan belt. Unbolt and remove fan assembly, fan
able. Renew any spring that is cracked, discolored or pulley and crankshaft pulley. Then, unbolt and re-
does not meet the following specifications: move timing gear cove*.
Free length 2.585 in.
(65.66 mm) NOTE: Refer to paragraph 45 for crankshaft seal
Test length 2.0 in. installation and timing gear cover alignment.
(50.8 mm)
Test load 104-115 lbs. When reassembling, use new cover gasket and
(464.5-513.5 N) tighten cover retaining cap screws to a torque of 18
ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). Tighten crankshaft pulley retaining
ROCKER ARMS cap screws to a torque of 148 ft.-lbs. (200 N.m) and
fan bolts to a torque of 32 ft.-lbs. (43 N.m). Tighten
All Models the five cap screws securing radiator support to front
support to a torque of 34-38 ft.-lbs. (46-52 N.m).
29. Refer to Fig. 31 for exploded view of rocker arm
and shaft assembly used on each cylinder. To disas- TIMING GEARS
semble the removed unit, remove cap screws (7) and
separate rocker shaft support (8) from shaft (9). Re-
move snap rings (1), flat washers (2) and spring
All Models
washers (3), then slide rocker arms (4) from rocker
shaft (9). 32. The timing gear train consists of the crankshaft
gear, camshaft gear and injection pump drive gear.
Measure rocker shaft (9) and if worn to a diameter
of less than 0.874 inch (22.199 mm), renew shaft.
Measure inside diameter of rocker arm (4). If diame-
ter of bore is more than 0.878 inch (22.301 mm),
renew rocker arm.
Reassemble by reversing the disassembly proce-
dure and install a new rocker arm oil supply tube.
Tighten rocker support cap screws (7) to a torque of
32 ft.-lbs. (43 N.m). Adjust valve tappet gap as out-
lined in paragraph 27. Use a new gasket and install
valve cover. Tighten cap screws to a torque of 18
ft.-lbs. (24 N.m).
CAM FOLLOWERS
Fig. 31—Expioded view of rocker arm assembly used
All Models on each cylinder.
1. Snap ring
30. The mushroom-type cam followers can be re- 2. Washer 6. Locknut
3. Spring washer 7. Cap screw
moved from below after first removing camshaft and 4. Rocker arm assy. 8. Rocker shaft support
oil pan as outlined in paragraphs 37 and 48. 5. Adjusting screw 9. Rocker shaft
25
Engine oil pump is mounted on front of engine block crankshaft gear with double punch marks on cam-
inside the timing gear housing and drives through an shaft gear. See Fig. 32. Oil pump gear and idler, and
idler gear from crankshaft gear, becoming part of the the injection pump gear do not have timing marks.
gear train. Refer to the appropriate following para-
graphs for timing, inspection and R&R information. 34. CAMSHAFT GEAR. The camshaft gear is a
shrink fit on the camshaft. To remove the camshaft
33. TIMING MARKS. When installing camshaft gear, remove camshaft from engine as outlined in
gear and crankshaft gear, align single punch mark on paragraph 37. With timing gear cover removed and
before removing the camshaft, use a dial indicator
and check backlash between camshaft gear and
crankshaft gear. Normal backlash is 0.006-0.010 inch
(0.152-0.254 mm). Maximum backlash is 0.018 inch
(0.45 mm). Excessive backlash could be caused by
gear wear, shaft wear or camshaft bushing wear, or
by a combination of factors.
To remove camshaft gear after removing camshaft,
press the gear off the shaft. Refer to paragraph 38 and
check camshaft bushings and camshaft for excessive
wear.
When installing camshaft gear on camshaft, heat
gear approximately 45 minutes in a bearing oven at
a temperature of 250° F (121° C). Install camshaft
gear with timing marks to the front and timing pin
Fig. 32—View of timing marks aiigned on crankshaft hole to the rear.
gear and camshaft gear.
WARNING: Always wear heat protective gloves

when handling heated parts.
X ^
Reinstall camshaft as outlined in paragraph 37.
35. INJECTION PUMP GEAR. To remove the

injection pump drive gear, first remove the timing
gear cover as outlined in paragraph 31. Using a dial
indicator, check backlash between injection pump
drive gear and camshaft gear. Normal backlash is
0.006-0.010 inch (0.152-0.254 mm). Maximum back-
lash is 0.015 inch (0.38 mm). Remove nut ^ d lock-
washer from injection pump shaft. Using flywheel
rotating tool CAS-1690 through hole in flywheel
Fig. 33—View of timing io6k pin iocated in timing gear
housing, turn fljrwheel in normal direction of rotation
housing directiy below fuel Injection pump.
while pushing inward on the timing lock pin. See Fig.
33. When lock pin is engaged in hole in camshaft gear,
remove the injection pump timing pin cover. Remove
timing pin from injection pump. Reverse the pin and
reinstall with long end inward. See Fig. 34. When slot
in long end of pump timing pin engages tab in pump,
injection pump is locked in time for No. 1 cylinder.
Install pump timing pin cover and tighten a small
amount. Using puller CAS-1691, remove injection
pump drive gear.
When installing pump drive gear, make certain the
timing lock pin is engaged in hole in camshaft gear
and that pump timing pin has pump locked in time.
Fig. 34—View of the injection pump timing lock pin. NOTE: Inside diameter of drive gear is tapered to
When slot in long end of pin engages tab in pump, the fit the injection pump shaft. There is no key siot in
injection pump is iocked in time for No. 1 cyiinder. the pump gear.
26
Install drive gear on pump shaft and install locking (6—Fig. 37). Remove drive plate, flywheel, fly-
washer and nut. Tighten nut a small amount. There wheel housing and rear seal retainer. Remove oil pan
is no timing mark on injection pump drive gear. and oil inlet tube. Remove cylinder head and piston
Remove pump timing pin cover and timing pin. Re- and rod units. Remove main bearing caps, then lift
verse the timing pin and install in pump short end out crankshaft. Press crankshaft from crankshaft
first. Install and tighten timing pin cover to a torque gear.
of 11 ft.-lbs. (15 N.m). Pull lock pin out of camshaft Inspect crankshaft gear timing pin for looseness or
gear. Remove flywheel rotating tool and install plug damage and renew as necessary. Timing pin must
in flywheel housing. Then, tighten pump drive gear protrude 0.040 inch (1.02 mm) above surface of crank-
nut to a torque of 60 ft.-lbs. (81 N.m) on Models 7110, shaft when installed. See Fig. 36. Heat new gear in a
7120 and 7130, or 66 ft.-lbs. (90 N.m) on Model 7140. bearing oven for at least 25 minutes at a temperature
of 250° F (121° C). Install gear with timing mark to
Refer to paragraph 31 and reinstall timing gear
cover. the front, until seated against bearing journal.

36. CRANKSHAFT GEAR. The crankshaft gear when handiing heated parts.
is a shrink fit on crankshaft. Backlash between
crankshaft gear and camshaft gear should be 0.006- Reassemble by reversing disassembly procedures.
0.010 inch (0.152-0.254 mm). Maximum allowable
backlash is 0.018 inch (0.45 mm). Crankshaft must CAMSHAFT AND BEARINGS
be removed from engine to renew crankshaft gear. Tb
remove crankshaft, remove engine as outlined in
paragraph 24. Remove camshaft as in paragraph 37 All Models
and injection pump as in paragraph 57. Unbolt and
remove engine mounting plate and timing gear hous- 37. R&R CAMSHAFT. To remove the camshaft
and gear assembly, first remove the timing gear cover
as outhned in paragraph 31. Remove injection pump
drive gear as outlined in paragraph 35. Unbolt and
remove fuel transfer pump from left side of engine
block. Remove valve cover, rocker arm assemblies, oil
supply tube and push rods. Make 12 wooden dowels
Fig. 35—if the balance marks on crankshaft pulley are

not aligned, renew the pulley.
0.040 INCH (1.02 mm)
IS 14
Fig. 37—Exploded view of timing gear housing, cover
and related parts.
1. Crankshaft front seal
2. Plug 9. Timing lock pin
3. Seal ring 10. "O"ring
4. Timing gear cover 11. Retaining ring
5. Gasket 12. Slotted head cap screw
6. Timing gear housing 13. Housing gasket
Fig. 36—Crankshaft gear timing pin must protrude 7. Seal ring 14. Gasket
0.040 Inch (1,02 mm) above surface of crankshaft. S. Lock pin housing 15. Access plate
27
V2 X 18 inches (12.7 x 457 mm) and cut a slot in end (59.987-60.013 mm). If any journal is worn beyond
ofeach dowel 0.354 inch (9.0 mm) deep. Push slotted the limit of 2.3607 inches (59.962 mm), renew cam-
end ofeach dowel into a cam follower. Pull dowel pins shaft. Renew camshaft if any lobes are scuffed, scored
upward to hold cam followers up and away from or excessively worn.
camshaft. Place a rubber band around each pair of Cainshaft bearings are presized and should need
dowel pins to hold them in upward position. Working no final sizing if carefully installed. When installing
through the holes in camshaft, unbolt and remove the new bearings, make certain the oil holes in bearings
camshaft thrust plate (3—Fig. 38). Withdraw cam- and crankcase are aligned. When installing expan-
shaft and gear assembly. sion plug at rear camshaft bearing, apply Loctite 277
Remove camshaft gear as outlined in paragraph 34 to the sealing surface of the plug.
if renewal is indicated. Refer to paragraph 38 for
specification data on camshaft and bushings. ROD AND PISTON UNITS
When reinstalling camshaft, align timing marks as
shown in Fig. 32. Install thrust plate (3—Fig. 38) and All Models
secure with cap screws (2). Then, using a dial indica-
tor, check camshaft end play. End play is controlled 39. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Connecting rod
by the thrust plate (3). Camshaft end play should be and piston units are removed from above after remov-
0.0047-0.0134 inches (0.120-0.340 mm). If end play is ing cylinder head, oil pan, oil inlet tube and connect-
more than 0.0185 inches (0.470 mm), renew thrust ing rod caps. Before removing, place a cylinder
plate. Tighten thrust plate retaining cap screws (2) to identification mark at top front ofeach piston. If not
a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). Complete reassembly marked, place cylinder identification number on con-
by reversing the disassembly procedure. Adjust valve necting rod and cap in side opposite the camshaft.
clearance as outlined in paragraph 27. Remove carbon or wear ring from top of cylinders,
then remove the rod and piston units.
38. CAMSHAFT BEARINGS. Camshaft rides in Reinstall by reversing the removal procedure. Lu-
seven camshaft bearings. Camshaft journals should bricate threads and tighten nuts on connecting rod
have an operating clearance in bearings of 0.0018- bolts in three steps. In first step, tighten to a torque
0.0048 inch (0.045-0.123 mm). Maximum allowable of 30 ft.-lbs. (40 N.m), in second step to a torque of 60
clearance is 0.0059 inch (0.150 mm). ft.-lbs. (80 N.m) and in third step to a torque of 88
To renew camshaft bearings (5—Fig. 38), first re- ft.-lbs.(120N.m).
move engine as outlined in paragraph 24. Remove
drive plate, flywheel and flywheel housing. Remove PISTONS, SLEEVES AND RINGS
camshaft as in paragraph 37. Remove oil pan and oil
inlet tube. Remove expansion plug from behind rear
camshaft bearing. Using a suitable camshaft removal All Models
tool, pull camshaft bearings from engine.
40. Sleeves and pistons are available separately or
All seven camshaft journals are the same size.
in sets. New pistons have a diametrical clearance in
Journals should measure 2.3617-2.3627 inches
new sleeves of 0.006-0.008 inch (0.153-0.207 mm),
measured between sleeve and bottom of piston skirt
90 degrees from piston pin. Maximum allowable
clearance is 0.013 inch (0.341 mm).
The wet-type sleeves (12—Fig. 39) should be re-
newed when out-of-round or taper exceeds 0.0016
inch (0.040 mm). Inside diameter of new sleeve is
4.488-4.490 inches (114.00-114.04 mm) with a maxi-
mum service limit of 4.493 inches (114.117 mm).
Using a suitable sleeve puller, remove sleeves, being
careful not to contact the four block lugs. See Fig. 40.
Before installing sleeves, thoroughly clean upper
and lower sleeve contact areas of the engine block.
Install new "O** ring (13—Fig. 39) in groove in sleeve
(12), lubricate "O" ring and sleeve contact areas in
block with clean oil. Install sleeve in block. Use a
Fig, 38—View of camshaft and related parts. All seven
camshaft bearings are identical. hammer and wooden block to seat the sleeve. Make
1. Camshaft gear
sure the sleeve does not contact the four block lugs
4. Gear timing pin
2. Cap screw (2) 5. Camshaft bearings (7) (Fig. 40). If sleeve contacts the lugs, renew cylinder
3. Thrust plate 6. Camshaft block. Using a dial indicator, measure sleeve standout
28
(distance from top of sleeve flange to cylinder block CONNECTING RODS AND BEARINGS
surface). Measure at four (90 degree) intervals.
Sleeve standout should be 0.0005-0.004 inch (0.013-
0.109 mm). If sleeve standout is not correct, use All Models
alternate sleeves to correct the problem. If sleeve
standout cannot be corrected, renew cylinder block. 42. Connecting rods are removed as outlined in
The pistons (4—Fig. 39) should measure 4.4816- paragraph 39. Standard crank pin diameter is
4.4822 inches (113.833-113.847 mm) at 0.472 inch 2.9916-2.9926 inches (75.987-76.013 mm). Desired
(12.0 mm) above bottom of piston and at 90 degrees
from piston pin holes. If worn beyond the minimum
service limit of 4.479 inches (113.776 mm), renew
pistons.
Piston ring specifications are as follows:
Top Compression Ring:
Ring type Keystone
End gap 0.016-0.028 in.
(0.40-0.70 mm)
Side clearance Not measurable
Second Compression Ring:
Ring type Rectangular taper face
End gap 0.016-0.028 in.
(0.40-0.70 mm)
Side clearance 0.003-0.005 in.
(0.070-0.125 mm)
Oil Control Ring:
Ring type Two piece
End gap 0.012-0.024 in.
(0.30-0.60 mm)
Side clearance .\ 0.0008-0.0026 in.
(0.020-0.065 mm)
Top compression rings and second compression
rings are marked "TOP" for correct installation. Oil
rings can be installed either side up. Install piston
rings on pistons so that ring gaps are 120 degrees Fig. 39—Exploded view showing piston, connecting
rod and sieeve and related parts. Piston pin bushing (6)
apart. is not avaiiabie separately,
1. Ibp compression ring
2. Second compression ring 8. Nut
PISTON PINS 3. Oil control ring 9. Connecting rod & cap
4. Piston 10. Rod bolt
5. Retaining rings 11. Piston pin
6. Pin bushing 12. Sleeve
All Models 7. Connecting rod bearing 13. "O" ring
41. The full floating-type piston pins (11—Fig. 39)

are retained in piston bosses by retaining rings (5)
and are available in standard size onljr. Outside di-
ameter of new pin is 1.7715-1.7718 inches (44.997-
45.003 mm). If pin is worn beyond the minimum
service limit of 1.7714 inches (44.993 mm), renew pin.
Pin bushing inside diameter in connecting rod

should be 1.7726-1.7730 inches (45.023-45.035 mm).
If pin bushing inside diameter exceeds 1.7730 inches
(45.035 mm), renew connecting rod as bushing (6) is
not serviced separately.
Measure piston pin bore in piston, which should be
1.7719-1.7721 inches (45.006-45.012 mm). If wom
beyond the maximum service limit of 1.7726 inches Fig. 40—View of four block lugs at base of cylinder In
(45.025 mm), renew piston. , , crankcase.
29
bearing clearance is 0.0012-0.0046 inch (0.033-0.117 Standard main journal diameter is 3.8578-3.8588
mm) with a maximum allowable clearance of 0.0056 inches (97.987-98.013 mm). Main bearing caps are
inch (0.142 mm). Regrind or renew crankshaft if numbered one through seven and must be reinstalled
out-of-round exceeds 0.0019 inch (0.050 mm) or if in correct position. Desired main bearing diametrical
taper exceeds 0.0005 inch (0.013 mm). Rod bearings clearance is 0.0026-0.0053 inch (0.066-0.134 mm).
(9--Fig. 39) are available in undersizes of 0.010, Upper and lower bearing liners are not interchange-
0.020, 0.030 and 0.040 inch (0.25, 0.50, 0.75 and 1.0 able. Make certain the half containing the oil hole is
mm) as well as standard. Connecting rod side clear- installed in block and that oil holes properly align.
ance should be 0.004-0.012 inch (0.1-0.3 mm). Desired crankshaft end play is 0.006-0.013 inch
When reinstalling, stamped cylinder numbers on (0.157-0.334 mm). If, after installing new main bear-
connecting rods and caps should face opposite cam- ing liners, end play exceeds 0.015 inch (0.381 mm),
shaft side and arrows on top of pistons must be toward crankshaft should be renewed. Regrind or renew
front of engine. Tighten nuts (8) on connecting rod crankshaft if out-of-round exceeds 0.0019 inch (0.050
bolts in three steps. In first step, tighten to a torque mm) or if taper exceeds 0.0005 inch (0.013 mm).
of 30 ft.-lbs. (40 N.m). In second step, tighten to a Crankshaft removal is outlined in paragraph 36.
torque of 60 ft.-lbs. (80 N.m). In third step, tighten to Main bearing liners can be renewed after removing
a torque of 88 ft.-lbs. (120 N.m). oil pan, oil pump inlet tube and bearing caps.
Main bearing liners are available in undersizes of
0.010,0.020,().030 and 0.040 inch (0.25,0.50,0.75 and
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS 1.0 mm) as well as standard.
Main bearing cap screws are self-locking type and
All Models can be reused. Tighten main bearing cap screws in
three stages. In the first stage, tighten to a torque of
43. The crankshaft (8—Fig. 41) is supported in 37 ft.-lbs. (50 N.m). In second stage, tighten to a
seven main bearings. Crankshaft end play is control- torque of 88 ft.-lbs. (119 N.m). In third stage, tighten
led by the flanged upper half of No. 4 main bearing to a torque of 129 ft.-lbs. (175 N.m).
insert.
OIL SPRAY NOZZLES
All Models
44. Engines are equipped with piston cooling spray
nozzles located in main bearing carriers in engine
block. All engines in Models 7110 and 7120, and early
Models 7130 and 7140 are equipped with six spray
nozzles. Later Models 7130 and 7140 engines are
equipped with 12 spray nozzles.
With crankshaft and main bearings removed, clean
oil spray nozzles with a wire. The spray nozzles need
not be removed unless they are damaged. When re-
newing spray nozzles, drive nozzles in until flange on
nozzles is seated.
CRANKSHAFT SEALS
All Models
10
45. FRONT. Tb renew the front crankshaft seal
Fig. 41—View showing crankshaft and related parts. (2—Fig 41), first remove timing gear cover as outlined
Center (No, 4) upper bearing half controls crankshaft in paragraph 31. Then, drive seal from front cover.
end play. Thoroughly clean seal and gasket mounting surfaces
1. Crankshaft gear 6. Seal retainer of front cover and timing gear housing.
2. Front oil seal 7. Gasket
3. Crankshaft pulley 8. Crankshaft
4. Main bearings 9. Gear timing pin The front crankshaft seal is avaiiabie only In a kit
(upper halves) 10. Main bearings (Part No. J908139), which indudes the two installa-
5. Rear oil seal (lower halves) tion toois.
30
Install two guide studs in the timing gear housing plate and tighten cap screws to a torque of 69-78
and using a new gasket, slide cover in place. Install ft.-lbs. (94-106 N.m). Use new gasket and reinstall oil
cover retaining bolts, but do not tighten at this time. pan.
Install seal driving tool over crankshaft and into front Refer to paragraph 24 and reconnect tractor.
cover with small diameter toward the engine. This
will center the cover with the crankshaft. Tighten FLYWHEEL
front cover cap screws to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24
N.m). Remove seal driver tool. Place new seal on the
seal protective tool. Apply Loctite 277 to outer diame-
All Models
ter of seal. Slide protective sleeve tool and seal on
crankshaft until seal contacts the cover. Remove pro- 47. To remove the flywheel (2—Fig. 42), first split
tective sleeve and install seal driver tool. Drive seal tractor between engine and speed transmission hous-
inward until outside diameter of installing tool con- ing as outlined in paragraph 24. Remove drive plate
tacts front cover. This will be the correct installation (1), then unbolt and remove flywheel.
depth for the seal. Remove seal driver tool. If sealing The flywheel ring gear is a shrink fit on front of
surface on crankshaft is worn or pitted, a wear ring flywheel. The manufacturer cautions against the use
and installing tool kit (Part No. J908277) is available of a torch or open flame for heating ring gear. Heat
for installation. the new ring gear to 400°-450° F (204°-232° C) in oil
For the balance of reassembly, refer to paragraph or in an oven. Install gear on flywheel.
3L
WARNiNG: Always wear heat protective gloves
46. REAR. To renew rear crankshaft seal (5—Fig. when handiing heated parts.
41), first split tractor between engine and speed
transmission housing as outlined in paragraph 24. Install flywheel and tighten the retaining cap
Drain oil, then unbolt and remove oil pan. Refer to screws to a torque of 101 ft.-lbs. (137 N.m). Reassem-
Fig. 42 and remove drive plate (1),fl3rwheel(2), fly- ble tractor by reversing disassembly procedure.
wheel housing (3) and "O" ring (6). Unbolt and remove
retainer (6—Fig. 41) with seal (5), then remove seal OIL PAN AND OIL INLET TUBE
from retainer. Clean gasket surfaces of retainer and
crankcase. Use Loctite safety solvent and clean
mounting surface of seal in retainer. All Models
NOTE: The rear crankshaft seal is avaiiabie oniy 48. Tb remove the oil pan, remove drain plug and
in a kit (Part No. J909410), which inciudes two drain engine oil. On models equipped with front-
instailation toois. wheel drive, remove front drive shaft shield and drive
Install two guide studs in rear of crankcase. Using
a new gasket, slide seal retainer in place over guide
studs. Install retainer bolts, remove guide studs, but
do not tighten retainer bolts at this time. Install seal
driver tool into seal retainer with small diameter
toward engine. This will center the retainer with the
crsinkshaft. Tighten seal retainer cap screws to a
torque of 7 ft.-lbs. (9 N.m). Remove seal driver tool.
Slide protective sleeve tool with new seal over crank-
shaft until outer diameter of seal contacts seal re-
tainer. Remove protective sleeve and install seal
driver with small diameter toward the seal. Coat
outer diameter of seal with soap. Drive seal inward
until outer dieimeter of installing tool contacts seal
retainer. This will be the correct installation depth for
the seal. Remove seal driver tool.
If sealing surface on crankshaft is wom or pitted,
a wear ring and installing tool kit (Part No. J906081)
is available for installation.
Use new "O" ring (6—Fig. 42) and reinstall fljnvheel Fig, 42—View of flywheel housing and related parts,
housing. Tighten fl3rwheel housing bolts to a torque 1. Drive plate , 4. "O" ring
of 45 ft.-lbs. (60 N.m). Install flywheel and tighten 2. Flywheel 5. Flywheel rotating hole plug
bolts to a torque of 101 ft.-lbs. (137 N.m). Install drive 3. Flywheel housing 6. "O** ring
31
shaft as outlined in paragraph 12. Unbolt and remove Reinstall front drive shaft and shield, if so
oil pan, then unbolt and remove oil inlet tube. equipped, as outlined in paragraph 12. Fill oil pan
Clean all surfaces of foreign material. Make certain with new oil to proper level. Oil should have API
that strainer screen on inlet tube is clean. Using new service classification CD or CE. Use SAE 20W-40 oil
gasket, install oil inlet tube. Tighten retaining screws in temperatures above 30° F (-1° C), SAE 15W-40 oil
to a torque of 7 ft.-lbs. (9 N.m). Install oil pan with in temperatures above 10° F (-12° C) or SAE lOW-30
new gasket and tighten cap screws to a torque of 18 oil in temperatures below 90° F (32° C). Capacity with
ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). filler change is 22 quarts (21 L).
OIL PUMP
All Models
49. To remove the oil pump, first remove timing

gear cover as outlined in paragraph 31. With front
cover removed, unbolt and lift out pump assembly as
shown in Fig. 43. Place oil pump on a bench with gear
side down. Remove rear cover, then uîng a feeler
gage, measure clearance between lobe on inner rotor
and lobe on outer rotor as shown in Fig. 44. If clear-
ance exceeds 0.0098 inch (0.25 mm), renew pump
assembly. Oil pump is serviced only as a complete
Fig, 43—With timing gear front cover removed, unbolt assembly.
and remove oil pump assembly.
When installing oil pump assembly, tighten the
four mounting bolts evenly to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs.
(24 N.m) following the sequence shown in Fig. 45. DO
NOT over tighten. A small clearance will exist be-
tween pump flange and cylinder block.
With oil pump installed, check backlash between
pump idler gear and crankshaft gear. If backlash
exceeds 0.018 inch (0.45 mm), renew pump assembly.
Refer to paragraphs 31 and 45 and reassemble
tractor.
OIL FILTER AND

PRESSURE REGULATOR
All Models
Fig. 44^-Using a feeier gage, measure clearance be-
tween lobe on Inner rotor and lobe on outer rotor. 50. All engines are equipped with a full-flow, screw-
on oil filter (10—Fig. 46). Manufacturer recommends
changing the oil filter and engine oil every 250 hours
of operation. When installing new filter cartridge,
lubricate gasket on filter with clean oil. Turn filter
clockwise until gasket contacts filter head. Then,
hand tighten filter one-half turn.
The oil pressure regulator valve (6) is located in the
filter head (4). Remove plug (9) with gasket (8), spring
(7) and regulator valve (6). Free length of spring (7)
should be 3.41 inches (86.61 mm) and should test
38.8-42.6 lbs. (172.6-189.3 N) when compressed to a
length of 2.37 inches (60.3 mm). Inspect valve (6) and
renew if scored or pitted. When reinstalling, use new
gasket (8) and tighten plug (9) to a torque of 60 ft.-lbs.
Fig, 45—Use tightening sequence shown when Install- (80 N.m). Oil pressure should be 43-54 psi (296-372
ing oil pump assembly. kPa) with engine warm and operating at 2200 rpm.
32
ENGINE OIL COOLER (4) and gasket (3). Remove oil cooler (2) and gasket
(1).
All Models Clean all surfaces of foreign material. Cleaning
procedure for the oil cooler consists of flushing the oil
51. The engine oil cooler (2—Fig. 46) is located in circuit with clean solvent and removing scale or rust
right side of engine block behind the oil filter head (4). from exterior of cooling plates.
TD remove the oil cooler, drain cooling system and Using new gaskets, reinstall by reversing the re-
remove oil filter cartridge. Disconnect the turbo- moval procedure. Tighten filter head retaining cap
charger oil supply line. Unbolt and remove filter head screws (5) to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m).
DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM

Models 7110,7120 and 7130 are equipped with each morning and drain any accumulated water from
Robert Bosch Model PS6A injection pumps. fuel tank.
Model 7140 is equipped with a Robert Bosch
Model PS6MW iiêction pump. Robert Bosch
multihole ii\jector nozzles are used on all mod- Tb renew the filters, first clean filter head, elements
els. and surrounding area. Shut off fuel valve at tank and
remove water bleed screw from primary filter (P).
FUEL, FUEL FILTERS AND Using a clamp-type filter wrench, unscrew and re-
TRANSFER PUMP move filters.
All Models
52. FUEL. The manufacturer recommends using a
good grade of No. 2 diesel fuel, with a Cetane rating
of 43 or better, for normal operation. For cold weather
operation, Cetane rating should be 45-55 and fuel
pour point should be at least -15° F (-26° C).
53. TRANSFER PUMP. A plunger-type fuel

transfer pump (7—Fig. 47) is located on left side of
cylinder block.This unit pumps the fuel through the
two filters and on to the diesel injection pump. The
transfer pump is operated by an eccentric lobe on
engine camshaft. A thumb push button actuates the
pump when bleeding air from fuel system.
Ib remove the transfer pump, shut ofFfiiel at tank
valve and disconnect supply line from pump. Discon-
nect outlet line from pump, remove cap screws (6) and
withdraw pump from engine. The transfer pump is
serviced only as a complete unit.
Use new gasket (8) when installing pump and
tighten cap screws (6) to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24
N.m).
54. FUEL FILTERS. Filters are the screw-on type

(Fig. 47). Filters are available in a kit that consists of
both units, and both should be renewed every 500 Fig. 46—Exploded view of engine oil cooler, oil filter
hours of operation or when noticeable loss of power head and relative components.
occurs. Primary filter (P) is equipped with a water 1. Gasket 7. Spring
bleed screw. Each morning before operating tractor, 2. Oil cooler 8. Gasket
loosen water bleed screw and drain off any water from 3. Gasket 9. Regulator valve plug
4. Filter head 10. Filter cartridge
primary filter. Retighten screw. There is also a water 5. Cap screw (11) < 11- Filter adapter
drain valve in the bottom of thefizeltank. Open valve 6. Regulator valve 12. Cold oil relief valve
33
Lightly oil gaskets on new filters and turn filters at tank is open. Loosen the air bleed screw (Fig. 48)
clockwise until gaskets contact filter head (3). Then, and operate thumb push button on transfer (primer)
hand tighten filters one-half to three-quarters of a pump until air-free fuel flows from bleed screw open-
turn. DO NOT over tighten. Bleed air from system as ing. Close the air bleed screw. Loosen the fuel return
outlined in paragraph 55. line fitting at left front side of injection pimip. On
Model 7140, also loosen bleed screw on the inner front
side of injection pump. Operate thumb push button
55. BLEED SYSTEM. To bleed fiiel system, make on transfer pump until clear fuel with no air bubbles
certadn there is fuel in the tank and that shut off valve flows from fitting and bleed screw. Tighten return line
fitting and bleed screw, if so equipped.
INJECTION PUMP
All Models
56. LUBRICATION. The fiiel injection pump is
lubricated with the engine oil through a port in the
timing gear housing. An "O" ring is used to seal the
port to the injection pump housing.
57. R&R AND TIME PUMP. Tb adjust injection

pump timing, remove pump as follows: Raise hood
and remove left side panel. Disconnect and remove
high-pressure injection lines. Immediately cap or
plug all openings to prevent entrance of foreign ma-
terial into system. Shut off fuel at tank, then discon-
nect and remove fuel return line and pump supply
line. Disconnect wire, then unbolt and remove fuel
shut-off solenoid. Disconnect throttle cable at injec-
tion pump. Remove the access plug from timing gear
front cover. Working through the access hole, remove
pump shaft nut and lockwasher. Remove plug from
left front side of flywheel housing and install flywheel
rotating tool CAS-1690. Rotate flywheel in normal
direction of rotation and push inward on timing lock
Fig. 47—Screw-on fuel fiiters are used on ali tractors. pin. See Fig. 49. When lock pin is engaged in hole in
Fiiter head (3) is secured to flange on cylinder head by camshaft gear, engine will be locked with No. 1 piston
adapter tube (5) and nut (4). at TDC on compression stroke. Working through ac-
p. Primary filter 4. Nut cess hole in front cover, use gear puller CAS-1691 or
S. Secondary filter 5. Adapter tube equivalent and pull gear until it is loose on pump
1. Ô"ring 6. Cap screw (2)
2. "O" ring 7. Transfer pump shaft. Check for alignment marks on pump flange and
3. Filter head 8. Gasket timing gear housing. If no marks are visible, install
taw AIR REMOVAL SCREV*
n
Fig, 48—View showing iocation of transfer (primer) _ 4g—Yi0w of timing lock pin iocated in timing gear
pump and air removal screw. housing directly below fuel injection pump.
34
match m£irks for pump alignment. Unbolt and re- except for minor speed adjustments, governor service
move injection pump and remove puller from pump should be done at an authorized diesel service shop.
drive gear. Remove pump timing pin cover (1—Fig. Recommended governed speeds for all models are
51) and timing pin (3) from left side of pump. Rotate as follows:
pump shaft until the timing tab is visible in timing
pin hole. Reverse the pin and install with long end Low idle 825-875 rpm
inward. See Fig. 50. When slot in long end of timing ffigh idle (no load) 2315-2395 rpm
pin engages tab in pump, injection pump is locked in Rated (loaded) speed 2200 rpm
time for No. 1 cylinder. Install pump timing pin cover
and tighten finger tight. To adjust governed speeds, first make certain that
Install new oil port "O" ring (5—Fig. 51) and pump throttle cable is correctly adjusted to fully open and
flange "O" ring (6) on pump. Make certain the timing close governor control lever on pump. Turn stop
lock pin is engaged in hole in camshaft gear and that screws (HS and IS—Fig. 52) to adjust high and low
pump timing pin has pump locked in time. Install idle speeds.
pump, aligning the match marks on pump flange and
timing gear housing. Tighten pump retaining nuts to
a torque of 32 ft.-lbs. (43 N.m).
NOTE: Inside diameter of pump drive gear is

tapered to fit the injection pump siiaft. There is no
key slot in the pump drive gear. 1 2 3
Install lockwasher (8) and nut (9) on pump shaft.

Tighten nut a small amount. Remove pump timing
pin cover (1) and timing pin (3). Reverse the timing
pin and install in pump short end first. Use new seal
washer (2) and install and tighten timing pin cover to
a torque of 11 ft.-lbs. (15 N.m). Pull lock pin out of
camshaft gear. Remove flywheel rotation tool and
install plug in fljrwheel housing. Then, tighten pump
drive gear nut to a torque of 60 ft.-lbs. (81 N.m) on
Models 7110, 7120 and 7130 or 66 ft.-lbs. (90 N.m) on
Model 7140. Install access plug in timing gear front
cover. Install fuel shut-off solenoid and throttle cable. Fig. 51—View of injection pump and reiative compo-
Install fuel return line and fuel supply line. Install nents.
high-pressure injection lines. Turn fdel shut-off valve 1. Timing pin cover
2. Seal washer 7. Pump drive gear
at tank fiilly on, then bleed fuel system as outlined in 3. Timing pin 8. Lockwasher
paragraph 55. 4. Injection pump 9. Nut
5. Oil port "O" ring 10. Shut-off solenoid
6. Flange "O" ring 11. Bracket
58. PUMP SPEED ADJUSTMENT. The diesel
governor is an integral part of injection pump and.
Fig. 52—Location of diesel Injection pump speed ad-

justments.
Fig. 50--View of injection pump timing lock pin. When HS. High idle speed screw
slot In long end of pin engages tab in pump. Injection IS. LfOw idle speed screw
pump is locked in time for No, 1 cylinder. TPC. Timing lock pin cover
35
NOTE: Adjustment of fuel pump beyond factory compression nut at high-pressure line at each injector
specifications wili void the warranty on tractor. in turn and listen for change in engine performance.
As in checking spark plugs, faulty unit is one that,
INJECTOR NOZZLES when its line is loosened, least affects engine opera-
tion.
All Models If a faulty nozzle is found and considerable time has
elapsed since injectors have been serviced, it is rec-
ommended that all nozzles be removed and checked
All tractors Eire equipped with Robert Bosch fuel or that new or reconditioned units be installed. Refer
injectors shown in Figs. 53 and 54. to appropriate following paragraphs for removal and
test procedures.
59. LOCATING AFAULTYNOZZLE. If rough or
uneven engine operation or misfiring indicate a faulty 60. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Clean the area
injector, defective unit can usually be located as fol- around the fuel injectors. On Model 7140, drain cool-
lows: ing system, then ixnbolt and remove after cooler. On
With engine operating at speed where malfunction all models, unbolt injection lines bracket. Loosen
is most noticeable (usually slow-idle speed), loosen injection line tube nut at pump, then disconnect line
from injector. Unbolt leak-off line from injector. Cap
or plug all openings. Remove injector clamp and bolt,
then using special tool CAS 1815 and slide hammer,
remove injector.
Make sure injector seal ring (11—Fig. 53) is re-
moved with injector. If not, use a suitable tool or wire
to remove the seal ring from the bore. Remove seal
sleeve from injector. Remove the remainder of injec-
tors using the same procedure. Clean bores for injec-
tors using special tool CAS-1858.
Install new seal sleeve (10) and seal ring (11),
reinstall injector. Install injector clamp and bolt and
tighten to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). Using new
connector seal (1), install leak-offline and tighten bolt
to a torque of 7 ft.-lbs. (9 N.m). Install and tighten
injection line. On Model 7140, install after cooler and
fill cooling system. Then, on all models, start engine.
If engine fails to start, loosen injection line nuts at
injectors. Turn key switch and crank engine until
diesel fuel leaks at loosened connections. Tighten line
nuts and start engine.
61. TESTING. Acomplete job of testing and adjust-

ing an injector nozzle requires use of special test
Fig. 53—Exploded view of Robert Bosch diesel fuel In- equipment, such as test stand part number CAS-
jector. 10091 shown in Fig. 55. Only clean diesel fuel or
1. Connector seal approved testing oil should be used in tester tank.
2. Injector body 7. Valve
3. Shim 8. Nozzle tip The nozzle should be tested for opening pressure, seat
4. Spring 9. Cap nut leakage and spray pattern. When tested, nozzle
5. Spring seat 10. Seal sleeve should open with a sharp popping or buzzing sound
6. Valve stop 11. Seal ring and cut off quickly at end of injection with a minimum
of seat leakage and a controlled amount of back
OfEMNO PRESSURE CONTROL SPMNO leakage. Check as outlined in the following para-
graphs:
WARNING: Fuei ieaves nozzie tip with sufficient

force to penetrate the sicin. Keep hands away from
nozzie tip when testing.
H4JECTOR VALVE
Fig. 54—Cross-sectional view of diesel fuel Injector as- 62. OPENING PRESSURE. Before conducting
sembly. test, operate tester until fuel flows, then attach injec-
36
tor to tester using correct adapter. Close valve to Nozzle valve (7) and tip (8) are a matched set and
tester gage and pump tester lever a few quick strokes parts should never be intermixed. Keep parts for each
to be sure that nozzle is not plugged and that all four injector separate and immersed in clean diesel fuel or
spray holes are open. solvent in a compartmented pan as injector is disas-
Open valve to tester gage and operate tester until sembled.
fuel flows, then observe gage reading. Opening pres-
sure should be 2722-3084 psi (18768-21263 kPa).
A brass wire brush can be used to clean exterior
NOTE: When testing ail the injectors in an en-
gine, there must not be more than 150 psi (1034
surfaces of nozzle valve and tip. Clean nozzle spray
kPa) difference between any of the injectors. orifices using cleaning wires 0.0005-0.001 inch
(0.0127-0.0254 mm) smaller than orifice holes. Ori-
If opening pressure is not as specified, disassemble fice holes are 0.011 inch (0.28 mm). Each nozzle
injector as outlined in paragraph 65 and vary shims contains four spray orifices. Use compressed air to
(3—Fig. 53) as required. Shims are available in 30 clean ducts in nozzle body and a reverse flow of air
thicknesses ranging from 0.039 inch (1.0 mm) to 0.078 through tip end of nozzle is recommended. Clean
inch (1.98 mm). The opening pressure is changed nozzle valve seat area with a brush. If necessary to
about 55 psi (379 kPa) for each 0.001 inch (0.0254 remove varnish, use solvent and a felt cleaning pad.
mm) of shim thickness that is added or removed. Make sure that nozzle valve (7) slides freely in valve
tip (8). Renew any parts that are scratched, scored,
NOTE: if adjusting a new injector, or a used eroded or show signs of any other damage.
injector with a new spring (4), opening pressure
shouid be 2968-3084 psi (20464-21263 icPa).
Reassemble injector as follows: Be sure parts are
wet with diesel fuel and install adjusting shims (3),
63. SPRAY PATTERN. Close the valve to tester spring (4) and spring seat (5) with small diameter side
gage and operate tester handle at approximately 60 toward spring. Align dowel pins in valve stop (6) with
strokes per minute. Four finely atomized conical dowel holes in body (2) and install valve stop. Install
sprays should be emitted from injector tip. If spray is valve and tip assembly (7 and 8) on valve stop, apply
solid, streaky or irregular, disassemble and overhaul Lubriplate to shoulder only of nozzle tip, then install
injector as outlined in paragraph 65. cap nut (9). Clamp flats of injector body (2) in an
injector holder in a vise and tighten cap nut to a
64. SEAT LEAKAGE. Point injector tip downward torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m).
and operate tester rapidly to be sure nozzle valve is
seated. Dry injector tip, then operate tester slowly to
raise gage pressure to within 100 psi (690 kPa) under Recheck injector opening pressure and, if neces-
the opening pressure. Maintain this pressure for five sary, readjust opening pressure as outlined in para-
seconds and observe the injector tip. If nozzle is in graph 62.
good condition, there should be no fuel accumulation
in the five-second period although a slight dampness
is permissible. If fuel drips or a visible drop forms,
renew injector or overhaul as outlined in paragraph
65.
65. OVERHAUL. Soak injector in a carbon-remov-

ing solvent and clean outside of injector thoroughly.
Clamp flats of injector body (2—Fig. 53) in an injector
holder in a vise so injector tip is pointing upward. Use
a box wrench to remove cap nut (9) and BE SURE that
nozzle valve tip (8) does not turn with cap nut. If
nozzle valve tip does turn with cap nut, dowels and/or
valve stop (6) will be damaged. Return nozzle assem-
bly to solvent if nozzle tip is stuck to cap nut.
With cap nut removed, nozzle tip (8) with valve (7),
valve stop (6), spring seat (5), spring (4) and shim (3)
can be removed from body (2). Note number and
thickness of shims (3) removed for aid in reassembly.
Shims are available in 30 thicknesses ranging from
0.039 inch (1.0 mm) to 0.078 inch (1.98 mm). Fig. 55—CAS'1OO91 diesel fuel injection nozzie tester.
37
FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID C) or lower. Ether can is located in front of tractor

radiator.
All Models
To test the ether spray pattern, disconnect ether
66. To remove the fuel shut-off solenoid (10—Fig. spray nozzle from intake manifold. Press ether injec-
51), disconnect electrical plug, then unbolt solenoid tor button on dash and observe spray pattern. A good
from mounting bracket (11). spray pattern is cone shaped. Dribbling or no spray
Reinstall solenoid and tighten retaining bolts se- indicates a blocked spray nozzle or lack of ether
curely. Connect electrical plug. pressure. Clean spray nozzle or install new can of
All models are equipped with an automatic shut- ether as needed.
down system. If engine oil pressure or transmission
oil pressure is too low or if transmission oil tempera-
ture or engine coolant temperature is too high, 30 Ib change ether container, loosen adjusting nut
seconds after alarm sounds, current will shut off to until container can be removed. Install new container
solenoid and engine will shut down. Refer to appro- in the bail and tighten adjusting nut while guiding
priate paragraphs in ELECTRICAL SYSTEM sec- container into proper position. Rotate container to
tion. make certain it is seated properly in injector body,
then firmly tighten adjusting nut.
ETHER STARTING AID
All Models
NOTE: in warm temperatures, the base shouid be
67. On all diesel engines, it may be necessary to use piaced in the storage position or an empty ether can
ether as a starting aid at temperatures of 20° shouid be installed in the injector ixxly.
DIESEL TURBOCHARGER
A Holset turbocharger is used on all models. Refer most of the air is used at full load and increasing
to Fig. 56. The unit mounts on exhaust manifold and amount of fuel results in a higher smoke level with
uses exhaust pressure to slightly compress the intake little increase in power output. Turbocharging pro-
air. vides a variation of air delivery and a turbocharged
engine operates with an excess of air up to or beyond
All Models designed capacity of engine. When more fuel is pro-
vided, the turbocharger speed and air delivery in-
crease, resulting in additional horsepower and heat
68. OPERATION. Exhaust gas energy turns the
with little change in smoke level. Smoke, therefore,
turbine wheel at varying speeds ranging from a few
cannot be used as an accurate guide to safe maximum
thousand to 125,000 rpm, depending on engine speed
and load. The compressor wheel supplies air to the fiiel setting for a turbocharged engine. Refer to appro-
intake manifold (6—Fig. 56) on Models 7110, 7120 priate following paragraphs for R&R and overhaul
and 7130 or to the after cooler (1) on Model 7140 at procedures.
or above normal atmospheric pressure. The addi-
tional air entering combustion chamber permits an 69. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove the
increase in amount of fuel burned, and increased turbocharger (11—Fig.56), first raise hood and re-
power output over an engine of comparable size not move side panels. Disconnect air cleaner restriction
so equipped. sending unit wire. Disconnect air tubes, then unbolt
and remove strata tube and air cleaner assembly.
The use of engine exhaust to power the compressor Loosen clamps on aspirator tube coupling and remove
increases engine flexibility, enabling it to perform the tube. Remove pyrometer from exhaust elbow (8).
with the economy of a small engine on light loads yet Disconnect exhaust tubes, then unbolt and remove
permitting substantial horsepower increase at full muffler assembly. Unbolt and remove air cleaner and
load. Horsepower loss because of altitude or atmos- muffler support. Disconnect oil supply and drain
pheric pressure changes is also largely eliminated. tubes from turbochargo", then unbolt and remove
Turbine shaft bearings are floating sleeve type and turbocharger from exhaust manifold (13).
unit is lubricated and cooled by a flow of engine oil
under pressure. When reinstalling, use new gasket (14) and tighten
All diesel engines operate with an excess of air turbocharger mounting nuts to a torque of 24 ft.-lbs.
under light loads. In a naturally aspirated engine. (32 N.m). Install new gasket on oil drain line (12) and
38
tighten bolts to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). Install CAUTION: Do not rest weight of any parts on
oil supply tube (10) and tighten securely. Complete compressor wiieei or turbine wheei blades. Weight
installation by reversing removal procedure. of only the turbocharger unit is enough to damage
the blades.
Turbocharger MUST be primed after installation
as follows: Disconnect plug for fuel shut-off solenoid
wire. Turn key switch and crank engine for approxi- Remove clamp (2), then lift off compressor housing
mately 30 seconds. Reconnect solenoid wire and set (1). Straighten tabs of lock plates (23) and remove cap
speed control lever to one-third speed position. Start screws (24) with lock plates and clamp plates (22).
engine and operate at 1000 rpm for about two min- Lift center housing assembly from turbine housing
utes to supply normal lubrication to the turbocharger. (21). Place turbine wheel end of center housing as-
Then, increase engine speed to 1800 rpm until normal sembly in a holding fixture to prevent turbine shaft
oil pressure indicator assures proper oil pressure. from turning and remove nut (3).
NOTE: Use a "T" iiandle or a double universal

70. OVERHAUL. With turbocharger removed as joint socket to remove the LEFT-HAND THREAD
outlined in paragraph 69, place match marks across compressor wheei nut (3).
compressor housing (1—Fig. 57) and back plate (5),
across back plate and center housing (15) and across Remove compressor wheel (4), then remove center
center housing and turbine housing (21) for aid in housing assembly from turbine shaft. Remove heat
correct assembly.
10
Fig. 57'-Exploded view ofHolset turbocharger assem-

bly used on all models.
1. Compressor housing
Fig. 56—View of turbocharger and relative compo- 2. Clamp 15. Center housing
nents. Items 1,2 and 3 are used on Model 7140 and 3. Nut 16. Snap rings
4. Compressor wheel 17. Bearing
Items 4, 5 and 6 are used on Models 7110, 7120 and 5. Back plate 18. Heat shield
7130. 6. Seal ring 19. Split ring seal
1. After cooler 7. Split ring seal 20. Turbine wheel & shaft
2. Hose 9. Hose 8. Oil slinger 21. Turbine housing
3. Air tube 10. Oil supply line 9. Oil baffle 22. Clamp plate
4. Air tube elbow 11. Turbocharger 10. Tbrx screw (3) 23. Lock plate
5. Hose .. 12. Oil drain tube 11. Thrust bearing 24. Cap screw
6. Intake manifold cover ' 13. Exhaust manifold 12. Thrust collar 25. Gasket
7. Elbow support ' 14. Gasket 13. Snap rings 26. Cap screw
8. Exhaust outlet elbow ^ 15. Clamping seal 14. Bearing 27. Lock plate
39
shield (18) and split seal ring (19) from turbine shaft. following parts is available for cleaning and servicing
Straighten tabs of lock plates (27), remove cap screws the turbocharger: nut (3), seal ring (6), split ring seals
(26) and lock plates, then remove center housing from (7 and 19), Tbrx head screws (10), thrust bearing (11),
back plate (5). snap rings (13 and 16), bearings (14 and 17), lock
Remove oil baffle (9) and seal ring (6) from back plates (23 and 27), cap screws (24 and 26) and gasket
plate. Remove oil slinger (8) from back plate and split (25).
seal ring (7)fromoil slinga". Remove Tbrx head screws Lubricate all parts with clean engine oil and reas-
(10), then remove thrust bearing (11) and thrust semble by reversing the disassembly procedure.
collar (12). Remove outer snap rings (13 and 16) from When installing snap rings (13 and 16), make sure
each end of center housing and using a wire hook, pull round edge of snap rings face the bearings. When
bearings (14 and 17) from center housing. Remove installing nut (3), use a double universal joint socket
inner snap rings (13 and 16) from housing. and tighten to a torque of 120 in.-lbs. (14 N»m). Other
tightening torques are as follows: center housing to
Clean all parts in a suitable carbon-softening sol- back plate cap screws (26), 48 in.-lbs. (6 N.m); Ibrx
vent. A stiff brush and plastic or wood scraper should head screws (10), 36 in.-lbs. (5 N.m); center housing
he used after deposits have softened. When cleaning, to turbine housing cap screws (24), 96 in.-lhs. (11
use extreme caution to prevent parts from being N.m).
nicked, scratched or bent. With unit reassembled, use a dial indicator and
Inspect turbine housing (21) outlet opening for check turbine shaft horizontal end play, which should
warping or cracking. Check compressor housing (1) be 0.0039-0.0063 inch (0.10-0.16 mm). If shaft end
and back plate (5) for wheel friction wear. Inspect play exceeds 0.0063 inch (0.16 mm), thrust collar (12)
turbine shaft for grooves or scratches and turbine and/or thrust bearing (11) is worn excessively. End
wheel and compressor wheel for bent or cracked play of less than 0.0039 inch (0.10 mm), indicates
blades or other damage. Check heat shield (18) and incomplete cleaning (carbon not all removed) or dirty
oil slinger (8) for damage and center housing (15) assembly. Unit must be disassembled and recleaned.
bearing surfaces for scoring or scratches. If any of Reinstall turbocharger, then prime turbocharger as
these parts are damaged, renew turbocharger as they outlined in paragraph 69.
are not serviced separately. A kit consisting of the
AFTER COOLER
Model 7140
71. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. 1b remove the
after cooler (4—Fig. 58), drain cooling system and
remove air cleaner and muffler. Open drain valve (14)
and drain after cooler. Loosen clamps on hoses (1 and
3) and remove air tube (2). Loosen hose clamps and
disconnect outlet and inlet tubes (6 and 7) from after
cooler. Unbolt injection line bracket and support.
Unbolt and remove after cooler (4) and gasket (12).
After cooler can be air checked under water if air
pressure is controlled at 18 psi (125 kPa). If air leaks
are visible, renew after cooler.
Clean mounting surfaces of after cooler and cylin-
der head of all foreign material. Using a new gasket
(12), install after cooler. Coat threads of cap screws
11 with Loctite liquid Teflon, then install and tighten cap
screws to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). Follow
tightening sequence shown in Fig. 59. Complete in-
Fig. 58—View of after cooler and relative parts used on

Model 7140 tractors.
1. Hose 8. Hose
2. Air tube 9. Elbow connector
3. Hose 10. Retainer
4. After cooler 11. Exhaust manifold
5. Hose 12. Gasket BOLT TORQUE SEQUENCE
6. Outlet tube 13. Manifold gasket (6) Fig. 59—Bolt torque sequence for after cooler used on
7. Inlet tube 14. Drain valve Model 7140 tractors.
40
stallation by reversing the removal procedure. When 35 psi (242 kPa). Make sure the check valve is free
refilling cooling system, loosen bleed valve (14) to and operating correctly. Move or rotate the strata
remove air from after cooler. tube. If you hear flap valve movement, valve is free
and will operate satisfactorily. If flap valve does not
move, renew the strata tube assembly.
AIR CLEANER SYSTEM
All Models
COOLING SYSTEM
72. FILTERS. All models are equipped with a
dry-type air cleaner. See Fig. 60. The secondary RADIATOR
(safety) filter should be renewed each 1000 hours of
operation. DO NOT attempt to clean the secondary
element. Ali Models
The large primary filter element can be cleaned by
directing compressed air into inside of element. Air 73. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. To remove the
pressure must not exceed 35 psi (242 kPa). An ele- radiator, drain cooling system and disconnect front
ment cleaning solution, part No. A40910, is available. wiring harness. Remove hood, side panels and grille.
Renew primary element after four cleanings. Disconnect air intake duct. Disconnect upper and
lower radiator hoses, coolant air bleed hose and cool-
Tractor is equipped with an air filter restriction ant recovery hose. Disconnect ether starting hne from
switch and warning lamp on the digital instrument intake manifold. Remove hoses from clip on radiator,
cluster, which will indicate when primary element then remove air conditioning condenser and lay back
needs servicing.
An aspirated strata tube acts as an air pre-cleaner.
Air is sucked from strata tube check valve, along with
any dust, then through the aspirator tube to the
muffler and out with exhaust gas. Remove the strata
tube and blow clean with compressed air regulated at
Am CUEANER COVER
PRIMARY ELEMENT
SEOONOARYELBMEKT
Fig. 61—Exploded view of typical exhaust pipe and

muffler used on all models.
EXHAUST TliBE
1. Muffler 7. Extension pipe
2. Clamp bracket 8. Lower exhaust elbow
3. Air cleaner & 9. Shield
miiffler support 10. Bracket
4. TUrbocharger elbow 11. Clamp bracket
Fig. 60—Exploded view of air cleaner system used on 5. Elbow support 12. Exhaust ejector tube
all models. 6. Bracket 13. Muffler outlet elbow
41
on top of engine. Identify and disconnect oil cooler upper air baffle and fan shroud. Unbolt and remove
lines and remove oil cooler. Attach a hoist with lift radiator from support.
straps to radiator support. Unbolt radiator support Reinstall by reversing the removal procedure.
from front support and tilt radiator forward to clear Make certain that all foam rubber seals and pads are
fan as the assembly is removed. Unbolt and remove correctly installed in their original positions. Tighten
the five bolts securing the radiator support to the
front support to a torque of 34-38 ft.-lbs. (46-52 N.m).
Refill radiator with coolant. On Model 7140, loosen
bleed valve on after cooler to remove air trapped in
aft;er cooler. Coolant capacity is 30 U.S. quarts (28.6
L) on Models 7110, 7120 and 7130 and 31 U.S. quarts
(29.3 L) on Model 7140.
A 15 psi (103 kPa) radiator cap is used on all
models. Refer to paragraph 78 for coolant recommen-
dations.
FAN
All Models
74. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Ib remove the

fan (3—Fig. 62), raise hood and remove right side
panel. Raise belt tensioner (9) and remove fan belt
(7). Remove the four bolts (5), move fan and viscous
drive (6) forward and remove spacer (4) and pulley
(2). Lift fan and viscous drive from tractor. Remove
six nuts (17) and washers and separate fan from
viscous drive. Remove four holts (16) and remove fan
bracket assembly (1) if necessary.
Fig. 62—View showing fan, water pump and belt ten- Reinstall fan by reversing removal procedure.
sioner and relative components. Water pump (13) and Tighten fan bracket bolts (16) to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs.
pulley (15) are available only as an assembly.
(24 N.m) and fan mounting bolts (5) to a torque of 32
1. Fan mounting bracket
2. Fan pulley 10. Bracket bolt (2)
ft.-lbs. (43 N.m).
3. Fan 11. Bracket
4. Spacer . 12. "O" ring
5. Bolt (4) 13. Water pump BELT TENSIONER
6. Viscous fan drive 14. Bolt (3)
7. Fan belt 15. Pulley
8. Tfensioner bolt 16. Bolt (4) All Models
9. Belt tensioner 17. Nut (6)
belt tensioner (9—Fig. 62), raise hood and remove
right side panel. Raise belt tensioner and remove fan
belt. Remove bolt (8) and lift out belt tensions:*. Re-
move the two bolts (10) and remove tensioner mount-
ing bracket (11) if necessary.
Reinstall bracket and tighten bolts (10) to a torque
of 18ft.-lbs.(24 N.m). Install tensioner (9) and tighten
bolt (8) to a torque of 32 ft.-lbs. (43 N.m).
Before installing fan belt, refer to Fig. 63 and check
belt tensioner as follows: Using a torque wrench, raise
tensioner pulley about 45 degrees from perpendicu-
lar. Then lower tensioner pulley to 35 degrees from
perpendicular and check torque reading. Torque
reading should he 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). If torque read-
DEGREES ing is less than 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m), renew belt ten-
sioner.
Fig. 63—View showing tension check of fan belt ten-
sioner. Refer to text. Raise tensioner and install fan belt.
42
WATER PUMP and clean water and add one pint (0.45 L) of condi-
tioner part No. 331-509. This will protect the system
to a temperature of-34° F (-37° C). On Model 7140,
All Models
open air bleed valve on after cooler. On all models, fill
radiator with coolant solution. Close bleed valve on
after cooler, if so equipped. Fill coolant recovery res-
water pump (13—Fig. 62), raise hood and remove
ervoir to the FULL mark with coolant solution. In-
right side panel. Drgiin cooling system. Raise belt
stall radiator cap and coolant recovery reservoir cap.
tensioner (9) and remove fan belt (7). Unbolt alterna-
Start engine and operate until warm. Stop engine
tor lower brace, then unbolt and remove water pump
and allow coolant to cool. Check coolant level in
assembly. Water pump (13) and pulley (15) are serv-
recovery reservoir only. Add coolant to reservoir to
iced only as an assembly.
bring level to FULL mark. Do not remove radiator
Clean mounting surfaces, install new "O" ring (12) cap.
and reinstall water pump assembly, lighten water
pump retaining bolts to a torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24
N.m). Raise belt tensioner and reinstall fan belt.
Refill cooling system. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
THERMOSTATS
BATTERIES
All Models
All Models
77. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove
thermostats (10—Fig. 64), first remove belt tensioner 79. Two 12 volt, 950 CCA, Group size 31 batteries,
and bracket as outlined in paragraph 75. Drain cool- connected in parallel, are used on all models. Electri-
ing system and remove upper radiator hose. Discon- cal system is negative ground type.
nect wiring, then unbolt and remove alternator.
Unbolt and remove alternator bracket (6) and coolant
outlet tube (1). Remove coolant filter (7). Unbolt and
remove thermostat housing (5). Remove thermostats.
Before installation of thermostats (10), test both
thermostats for correct opening temperatures.
Thermostats should start to open at 181^ F (83° C)
and be fully open at 203° F (95° C).
Use new gaskets (9 and 2) and reinstall thermo-
stats by reversing removal procedure. Tighten
thermostat housing and coolant outlet tube bolts to a
torque of 18 ft.-lbs. (24 N.m). Refer to paragraph 78
for coolant filter installation.
COOLANT, FILTER AND CONDITIONER
All Models
78. The cooling system is equipped with a filtration
system designed to prolong internal engine life and
to increase cooling efficiency. Coolant filter (7—Fig.
64) should be changed every 250 hours of operation.
Tb change the filter, tum shut-off valve (3) to off
position. Use a filter wrench to unscrew filter. Lubri-
cate the gasket on new filter and tum filter on adapt-
er (8) until gasket makes contact. Tighten the filter Fig. 64—View of thermostat, thermostat housing, cool'
an additional one-half to three-quarter tum. Do not ant filter and relative components.
over tighten. Open shut-off valve. 1. Coolant outlet tube 7. Coolant filter
The manvifacturer recommends that engine coolant 2. Gasket 8. Filter adapter
be changed every 2000 hours or at least every two 3. Shut-off valve ; 9. Gasket
4. "O"ring 10. Thermostat (2)
years. Any time cooling system is drained, refill sys- 5. Thermostat housing 11. Air vent check valve
tem as follows: Use a 50:50 mixture of ethylene glycol 6. Altemator mounting bracket 12. Hose connector
43
Before any electrical system service is performed, If light stays on after disconnecting wire firom B+
a thorough check of battery condition, condition of terminal on alternator, there is an electrical short
cable connections and condition and tightness of al- between wires at some place in wiring harness. Check
ternator drive belt should be made. wire insulation for damage.
Batteries should be checked for total voltage and If the light fails to come on with the key switch in
voltage drop under rated load. If battery voltage is ACC or ON position, engine NOT running, check for
excessively low, they should be recharged to rated a break in the circuit to the instrument cluster or an
level using an external battery charga*. Failure to do open circuit in the regulator or altemator. Check for
so can cause alternator to overheat, resulting in pre- the problem as follows: Tfest the voltage at key switch.
mature failure of altemator, regulator or both. If voltage is not approximately 12 volts, check for
All relative connections should be checked for ex- continuityfi:'omB+ terminal on altemator to the key
cessive resistance, using an ohmmeter. switch. If this circuit is good, check batteries. If volt-
age at key switch is 12 volts, connect a 12 volt test
80. BATTERY CURRENT DRAIN TEST. If after light between D+ terminal on altemator and the key
checking, servicing and installing batteries, they re- switch. If the test light comes on, the circuit between
turn to an undercharged condition when tractor is not the indicator and the key switch or the circuit be-
in use, current drain should be suspected. Tb check, tween the D+ terminal and the indicator is open.
disconnect negative battery cables at chassis ground Check connections and wiring. If test light fails to
and connect an ammeter lead to chassis ground and come on, there is an open circuit in the altemator or
the other lead to negative cable ends. Make sure all voltage regulator.
electrical systems are off. Any reading on ammeter If warning light functions normally with engine not
indicates current leakage. Check for lights, radio or running but fails to go OFF when engine is running
accessories being on, or shorted electrical wiring or at various speeds, check altemator as outlined in
components. paragraphs 83 and 84.
83. ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT TEST.

CHARGING SYSTEM Check to see that all accessories are turned OFF.
With engine operating at rated speed (2200 rpm),
All Models connect the positive lead ofa voltmeter to the positive
stud to the battery and the negative lead to the
81. TESTING. Prior to beginning test, be sure negative jump start terminal to the battery. If volt-
batteries are fully charged, all connections are clean meter reading is in excess of 15 volts, disassemble
and tight and altemator drive belt is in good condition altemator and check voltage regulator and other
and under correct tension. components.
CAUTION: Do not disconnect any wires from 84. ALTERNATOR AMPERAGE OUTPUT TEST.
aiternator whiie engine is running as damage to Connect an ammeter in the circuit at the B+ terminal
alternator may result. on the alternator. See Fig. 65. Connect a battery load
tester CAS-10147 or equivalent, across battery termi-
Alternator warning light should not come on when nals. Tum light switch to ROAD position. With en-
key switch is in OFF position. If hght fails to go out gine operating at rated speed (2200 rpm), adjust
when key is in OFF position, test circuits as outlined battery load tester for maximum current output. If
in paragraph 82. reading on ammeter is between 110 and 130 amperes
Normal operation of altemator warning light is to and alternator warning light is still ON, disassemble
come on only when key switch is in ACC or ON altemator and test the rectifier bridge.
position, engine NOT running. If engine is started
while throttle is in low idle position, light may stay
on until engine speed is increased for the first time. ALTERNATOR
Light should not come on at any time after engine is
running and initial engine speed increase was suffi- All Models
cient to shut light off. If operation of warning light is
not normal, test circuits as outlined in paragraph 82. 85. Robert Bosch 110 ampere alternator is used on
all models. Altemator is equipped with a solid state
82. WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT TEST. If warning regulator and has no provisions for adjustment.
light fails to go out with key switch in OFF position, Rated output is 14 volts at 110 amperes.
disconnect wire from B+ terminal on alternator. If
light goes out when B+ wire is disconnected, rectifier CAUTiON: Because certain components of the
bridge in alternator is defective and must be renewed. aiternator can be damaged by procedures that wiil
44
not affect a D.C. generator, the foiiowing precau- fan (4). Remove the voltage regulator and brush
tions MUST be observed: holder (15) with springs (16) and brushes (17). Re-
a. Before working on the eiectricai system, discon- move capacitor (14). Place alignment marks across
nect the battery cables.
b. When instailing batteries, negative post of bat- front and rear housings (6 and 13) for aid in correct
teries must be grounded. reassembly. Remove the four through bolts and sepa-
c. When using an auxiiiary battery for starting, rate front housing and rotor assembly from rear hous-
connect negative to negative and positive to posi- ing and stator assembly. Place alignment mark on
tive. Use the auxiiiary battery connectors provided stator in register with alignment mark on rear hous-
on tractor. ing. Remove the four screws securing retainer plate
d. When charging batteries on tractor, use the aux-
iliary battery connections on tractor. Do not attach
(8) to front housing (6), then separate rotor assembly
directiy to battery terminais. from front housing. Using a suitable puller, remove
e. Never operate tractor when battery cabies are rear bearing (10) from rotor, then press retainer plate
disconnected. (8), front bearing (7) and spacer (5)firomfront of rotor
f. if necessary to weid on tractor, disconnect battery (9).
cabies and instrument cluster. Connect weider
ground cabie as close as possibie to weid area.
Check the rotor for damage. Inspect slip rings for
wear or deep grooves. Slip rings C£in be cleaned up
86. DISASSEMBLY AND TESTING. Tb disas- using fine (400 grit) sandpaper. Touch one ohmmeter
semble the removed altemator, use special tool CAS- lead to the rotor frame and the other lead to a slip
1375 as shown in Fig. 66 and remove pulley nut ring as shown in Fig. 68. Then, repeat the test on the
(1—Fig. 67) and washer (2). Remove pulley (3) and other slip ring. There must be no continuity between
either slip ring and rotor frame. A reading near zero
will indicate a short circuit to ground. Touch ohmme-
ter leads to each slip ring as shown in Fig. 69. Ohm-
meter reading should be 2.6-2.9 ohms. A higher
BATTERY LOAD
TESTER reading will indicate an open circuit and a lower
reading will indicate an internal short. If rotor fails
to meet any test, renew rotor.
Measure the length of brushes protruding from the
brush holder. Renew brushes if the measurement is
0.270 inch (7.0 mm) or less. New brushes will pro-
trude 0.550 inch (14.0 mm). Brushes must work freely
in holder.
Unbolt rectifier bridge from rear housing, then
remove rectifier bridge (12) and stator (11). Pay par-
TO INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
RETAINING NUT
AND WASHER
NOTE: USE HEAVY GAUGE

WIRE FOR ALL CONNECTIONS AMMETER
Fig. 65—Connect ammeter and battery load tester as g. 66—Use special tool CAS'1375 to remove alterna-
shown when checking amperage output of alternator. tor pulley nut.
45
ticular attention when removing insulators from B+ diodes closest to the B+ terminal. Connect the nega-
and D+ terminals for aid in reassembly. Unsolder tive lead of the ohmmeter to the B+ terminal. Connect
stator leads from the connections on rectifier bridge. the positive lead of the ohmmeter to one of the leads
Tb test the positive diodes in the rectifier bridge, to the positive diodes and record the reading. Reverse
proceed as follows: The positive diodes are the seven the ohmmeter leads and check the ohmmeter reading.
There should be one high reading and one low read-
ing. If both readings are the same, renew rectifier
4 bridge. Check the other six positive diodes in the
same manner. To test the negative diodes, proceed as
follows: The negative diodes are the seven diodes on
the side of the rectifier bridge opposite the B+ termi-
nal. Connect the negative ohmmeter lead to the un-
painted surface of the diode plate. Connect the
positive lead of the ohmmeter to one of the leads to
the negative diodes and record the reading. Reverse
the ohmmeter leads and check the ohmmeter reading.
There must be a high reading and a low reading. If
both readings are the same, renew rectifier bridge.
Repeat the test for the other six negative diodes.
Measure the resistance of the stator windings by
connecting ohmmeter leads to stator leads. The resis-
tance in each coil should be 0.053-0.058 ohms. If not,
renew the stator. Tb check the stator for a short
circuit, connect one lead of ohmmeter to the stator
frame and the other lead to each of the four stator
leads. If the ohmmeter moves, there is a short circuit
in the stator and stator must be renewed.
Tb test the voltage regulator, use voltage regulator
tester CAS-10851 shown in Fig. 70. Connect the red
positive lead of tester to the D-n brush, the yellow field
lead to the DF brush and the black ground lead to the
D- terminal. See Fig. 71. Depress test switch to the
upper position. The green light must come on. Ob-
-15 serve the voltage reading for 20 to 30 seconds. The
Fig. 67—Exploded view of Robert Bosch alternator voltage must he in the regulated range of 13.7 to 14.5
used on all models. volts. If not, renew the voltage regulator.
1- Nut 10. Rear bearing
2. Washer 11. Stator
3. Pulley 12. Rectifier 87. REASSEMBLY. Reassemble the alternator by
4. Fan 13. Rear housing
5. Spacer 14. Capacitor reversing the disassembly procedure, keeping the
6. Front housing 15. Brush holder & following points in mind. Use rosin core solder when
7. Front bearing voltage regulator attaching stator leads to connections on rectifier
8. Plate 16. Brush spring (2)
9. Rotor 17. Brush (2)
bridge. It is recommended that bearings~(7 and 10—
SUP RINGS
Fig. 68—Using an ohmmeter, check for ground be* Fig. 69—Ohmmeter reading between slip rings should
tween slip rings and rotor frame. be 2.6-2.9 ohms.
46
Fig. 67) be renewed any time they have been removed. holder and field frame (22) for aid in reassembly.
Install three 0.008 inch (0.2 mm) feeler gages be- Remove brush holder and washer (28).
tween rotor and stator to center the rotor, then Place alignment mark across drive housing (7),
tighten the four through bolts evenly to a torque of center housing (17) and field frame (22). Unbolt and
3-4 fl.-lbs. (4-5 N.m). Remove the feeler gages. When remove drive housing (7) and seal ring (8). Remove
installing the brush holder and voltage regulator, bolts (15) securing center housing (17) to field frame
make certain that the spring on rectifier bridge is in (22), then remove center housing with drive clutch
contact with brush holder and voltage regulator. (14) and armature (27) from field frame assembly.
Tighten pulley nut to a torque of 44-52 ft.-lbs. (60-70 Remove "O" ring (21) and remove pivot pin (16). Drive
N.m). .,,- collar (10) on armature shaft, then remove snap ring
(9) and the collar. Slide drive clutch (14), shift lever
STARTING MOTOR
All Models '

88. All models are equipped with a Nippondenso
starting motor #128000-5330. Starting motor is actu-
ated by a Nippondenso magnetic switch (solenoid).
89. DISASSEMBLY AND TESTING. Tb disas-

semble the starting motor, first remove terminal
cover (4—Fig. 72), then unbolt and remove terminal
connector (24), lead wire (3) and magnetic switch (2).
Remove end cover (34) and "O" ring (33). Remove the
four brush screws, pull upward on brush springs (29)
and remove brushes from brush holder (31). Remove
brush springs and place match marks across brush
31
32
Fig. 72—Exploded view of the Nippondenso starting

Fig. 70—Test voltage regulator using voltage regulator motor used on all models.
tester CAS-10851.
1. Boot 19. Oil seal
2. Magnetic switch 20. Washer
3. Switch lead wire 21. "O"ring
4. Terminal cover 22. Field frame
5. Drive housing bolt (6) 23. Field terminal
6. Needle bearing 24. Connector
7. Drive housing 25. Field coils
8. Seal ring 26. Pole shoe (4)
9. Snap ring 27. Armature
10. Collar 28. Washer
11. Shift lever 29. Brush spring (4)
12. Pad (2) 30. Brush (4)
13. Bolt (2) 31. Brush holder
BRUSH HOLDER AND 14. Drive clutch 32. Needle bearing
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 33. "O"ring
15. Bolt (4)
16. Pivot pin 34. End frame
Fig. 71—View showing location of D+ brush, DF brush 17. Center housing 35. Bolt (2)
and D- terminal. 18. Center bushing 36. Nut (2)
47
(11) with pads (12), center housing (17) and washer commutator. If commutator is worn to a diameter of
(20) from armature (27). less than 1.81 inches (46 mm), renew the armature.
Using an ohmmeter, touch one probe to the field Inspect needle bearings (6 and 32) for damage or
terminal stud (23) and the other prohe to the brush roughness. Needle bearing (6) is available only in new
lead on field coils. If there is no continuity, field drive housing (7). Needle bearing (32) is available
winding has an open and must he repaired or re- only in new end housing (34). Measure inside diame-
newed. Touch one ohmmeter probe to field terminal ter of bushing (18) and outside diameter of corre-
stud and the other probe to the surface of field frame. sponding surface on armature. If clearance is more
If there is continuity, the field coils have a ground and than 0.013 inch (0.33 mm), renew center housing.
must be repaired or renewed Bushing (18) and oil seal (19) are available only in
new center housing (17).
Tbuch one probe of the ohmmeter to a commutator Measure length of brushes (30) and renew if worn
segment and the other probe to the armature core. If to a length of less than 0.5 inch (13.0 mm).
there is continuity, armature has a ground and must Inspect drive clutch (14) to make certain that the
he renewed. Tbuch the two ohmmeter prohes to two pinion can rotate freely in direction of starter rotation
commutator segments. If there is no continuity, arma- and that it will lock up in opposite direction.
ture winding has an open circuit and must be re-
newed. Commutator can be cleaned up using fine (No. 90. REASSEMBLY. Using Fig. 72 as a guide, re-
400 grit) sandpaper. Measure the diameter of the assemble starting motor by reversing disassembly
procedure. Tightening torques are as follows:
TEST Drive housing bolts (5) 18-22 ft.-lbs.
SWITCH (25-30 N.m)
Center housing to field frame bolts (15) 11-15 ft.-lbs.
(15-20 N.m)
Magnetic switch bolts (13) 6-9 ft.-lbs.
(8-12 N.m)
End frame bolts (35) & nuts (36) 6-9 ft.-lbs.
(8-12 N.m)
Magnetic switch nuts 18-25 ft.-lbs.
(25-34 N.m)
Field terminal nut 12-16 ft.-lbs.
(17-22 N.m)
Brush lead screws 2-4 ft.-lbs.
(3-5 N.m)
BATTERY
SWITCH
Fig. 73—View showing connections when testing start-
Ing motor magnetic switch. All Models
91. TESTING. Tb test the magnetic switch for
MULTIMETER proper operation, connect a 12 volt battery as shown
in Fig. 73. Remove terminal connector (24—Fig. 72)
between field terminal stud and magnetic switch.
When test switch (Fig. 73) is closed, the drive clutch
and pinion must move outward. When test switch is
opened, drive clutch and pinion must move inward. If
operation is incorrect, disconnect battery and wires.
With terminal connector removed, connect a mul-
timeter as shown in Fig. 74 and test for continuity. If
there is no continuity, renew magnetic switch.
WIRING
GROUND
All models
Fig. 74—Use a multimeter as shown to check for conti- 92. When a problem is suspected in wiring harness,
nuity. follow an orderly, step by step check of the problem
48
circuit. Always check protective circuits (fuses and Usually used in lighting, cab wiring and gage circuits,
circuit breakers) first, then locate the primary point it eliminates complete failure allowing limited use of
of current supply for circuit in question. Using a 12 systems considered necessary for safe operation.
volt test light or a voltmeter, check for adequate Circtoit breakers will be in line with red wire con-
voltage at this point. If voltage is present at this point, nected to positive cable connection. Under normal
continue to check for voltage at appropriate connec- operation with voltage at BAT connection of circuit
tions along harness working toward malfunctioning breaker, voltage should pass through breaker to re-
unit until problem area is isolated. Harness connec- maining terminal.
tors (plugs), sockets and connection terminals being
corroded, loose or broken are most often the cause for ACCESSORY SYSTEMS
interruptions in power supply.
If voltage was not present at primary point of power All Models
supply, check wiring moving toward battery until the
interruption of current is isolated. Repair as neces- Accessory systems include lights, digital instru-
sary. ment cluster warning systems, windshield wiper, cab
ventilating, heating and air conditioning system.
NOTE: Aitiiough most circuits are coior coded,
sometimes severai circuits may have the same
coior. However, each circuit is identified by circuit 95. LIGHTS. Front and rear work lights and warn-
number stamped on the wires. ing lights are standard equipment. However, addi-
tional front and rear work lights are available.
Single light failure is usually a bad light bulb, poor
PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS ground or bad current connection. Multiple light fail-
ure is usually caused by a bad switch or power source
All Models wiring problems. Check fuses and circuit breakers,
then check wiring as outlined in paragraph 92.
93. FUSES. Fuses are installed in circuits to pro-
tect wiring from damage in event of shorted wiring. 96. DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
When fuse is blown (fuse strip melted), a fuse of the WARNING SYSTEMS. Gage and warning systems
same size and amperage must be installed after lo- consist of three basic components: LCD (liquid crystal
cating and repairing the problem. Fuses and circuit diode) bar graph indicators or LED (light emitting
breakers are accessible after removing the cover diode) warning lights, sending units or activating
panel at the front of the side console. switches and necessary wiring to connect all compo-
nents.
94. CIRCUIT BREAKERS. Circuit breakers per-
form the same function as fuses. However, a circuit 97. SYSTEMS NORMAL LIGHT. The Systems
breaker will cut off current fiow, then cool down and Normal indicator (4—Fig. 75) is a green LED (light
reset automatically, re-establishing current flow. emitting diode). It works in conjunction with most of
Fig. 75—View showing location of some LED warning lights of Instrument cluster. Refer also to Fig. 76.
1. Air filter service 3. Coolant level 5. Transmission lube oil pressure
2. Engine oil pressure 4. Green systems normal 6. Altemator indicator
49
the instrument cluster LEDs and LCDs. The Systems If engine oil pressure monitor (warning light)
Normal green light is usually ON. When it is ON, it comes ON when engine is running, check low rpm
indicates that the critical tractor systems are func- pressure switch as follows: Tum key OFF and stop
tioning properly and conditions are safe to operate the engine. Disconnect yellow wire #255 from low rpm
tractor. switch. Make sure wire does not touch any ground on
When a critical condition exists, a red LED warning tractor. Tum key switch ON £ind check the oil pres-
light comes on or an LCD bar graph indicator fiashes. sure warning light, which should be OFF. If light is
As soon as the critical condition warning appears, the ON, check for grounded circuit between wire #255
green Systems Normal light goes OFF. TTie critical and pin 29. If light is OFF, wiring is good and pressure
condition LEDs and LCDs are the following: to the low rpm switch should be checked. The low rpm
a. Engine oil pressure LED switch is normally closed and switch opening and
b. Coolant level LED closing pressures are as follows: Low rpm pressure
c. Transmission Iub6 oil pressure LED switch opens at 10 psi 68.9 kPa) in increasing pres-
d. Alternator indicator LED sure and closes at 6 psi (41.4 kPa) on decreasing
e. Transmission oil temperature LED pressure.
f. Transmission system pressure LED Tb check pressure to the low rpm switch, remove
g. Coolant temperature LCD the switch and install a 0-60 psi (0-414 kPa) test gage.
h. System voltage LCD Start tractor and operate at 825-875 rpm, then check
i. Exhaust temperature LCD gage pressure. If there is enough engine oil pressure,
The green Systems Normal light will remain ON 10 psi (68.9 kPa), to open the low pressure switch,
when the following less critical system warning ap- renew the switch and connect wire #255. Check to
pears. make certain that oil pressure warning light is OFF
a. Air filter service LED at low idle speed.
b. Hydraulic filter service LED After renewing low rpm switch, start engine and
c. Fuel level LCD operate at 2200 rpm or above. If warning light is ON,
disconnect yellow wire #256 from high rpm oil pres-
98. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT Normal op- sure switch. Make sure wire #256 does not touch any
eration of engine oil pressure warning light (2—Fig. ground on tractor. Warning light should not be OFF
75) is to light when key switch is in ON position, If light is ON, check for grounded circuits between
engine not running and to go out when engine is wire #256 and pin 24 of instrument cluster. If light is
running and adequate oil pressure is reached. OFF, wiring is good and pressure to the high rpm
There are two pressure switches that monitor the pressure switch should be checked. Stop engine, re-
engine oil pressure. One switch monitors the oil pres- move high rpm switch and install the 0-60 psi (0-414
sure at low idle speed and the other switch monitors kPa) test gage. Start engine and operate at 2200 rpm
the pressure at rated speed (2200 rpm) or above. or above and check test gage reading. High rpm
When engine oil pressure is lower than 6 psi (41.4 pressure switch opens at 25 psi (172 kPa) on increas-
kPa) at idle speed (825-875 rpm), low rpm pressure ing pressure and closes at 20 psi (138 kPa) on decreas-
switch closes and sends a ground signal to pin 29 on ing pressure. If test gage reads 25 psi (172 kPa) or
instrument cluster. This causes the following results: higher, renew high rpm pressure switch.
1. The engine oil service monitor (LED) comes ON. After renewing high rpm pressure switch, connect
2. The alarm sounds ON and OFF. wire #256 £ind operate engine at 2200 rpm or above.
3. The green Systems Normal light goes OFF. Check to make sure warning light is OFF. If not,
renew instnmient cluster.
4. Stop engine indicator will go ON and OFF.
The tractor is equipped with an automatic shut-
5. Thirty seconds after the stop engine indicator down system. If engine is being started in cold tem-
goes ON, automatic shutdown is activated and engine perature of 32° F (0° C) or colder, automatic shutdown
will stop. may occur after 30 seconds due to low engine oil
If engine oil pressure is lower than 20 psi (138 kPa) pressure. Tb prevent shutdown, depress the automat-
at engine speed of 2200 rpm or above, the high rpm ic shutdown override switch located on right side of
pressure switch will close and send a ground signal the steering console.
to pin 24 on instrument cluster. Aground signal at pin
24 will cause the same five results as listed for the 99. AIR FILTER LIGHT. A vacuum switch monitors
low rpm switch. the condition of the air filter system. The air restric-
If oil pressure is low and engine speed is less than tion switch is located on the right rear of the air
2200 rpm, high rpm pressure switch will close send- cleaner housing. When air filters need servicing dur-
ing a ground signal to pin 24. However, because ing operation, the vacuum switch closes sending a
engine rpm is less than 2200, ground signal to pin 24 ground signal to pin 17 on the instrument cluster.
will not cause the five previously listed results. This ground signal causes air filter warning (yellow
50
LED) light (1—Fig. 75) to come ON and a three second system, the red warning light will come ON and the
alarm sounds. The green Systems Normal light will green Systems Normal light will go OFF. Refer to
stay ON. paragraphs 81 and 82 for tests.
NOTE: If air filter service light comes ON during 102. TRANSMISSION LUBE OIL PRESSURE.
the work day, you can service the air fiiter elements Transmission lube oil pressure is regulated at 15-35
after the day's work is compieted. Faiiure to service
psi (103-241 kPa) by the cold oil relief valve in the
the air fiiter eiements within the next 24 hours of
operation can cause tractor to graduaily iose power hydraulic filter base. Lube oil pressure is monitored
and possibly cause damage to engine components. by a pressure switch located at top reair of rear main
frame. If at any time during tractor operation, trans-
Check air filter elements and renew as necessary. mission lube oil pressure is too low, the following will
Start engine and observe warning light. If light stays occur: The red LED warning light (5—Fig. 75) will
ON with engine operating, stop engine and discon- flash ON and OFF. The alarm will sound for three
nect yellow wire #266 from the vacuum switch. Start seconds. The green LED Systems Normal light will
engine and make certain the wire #266 does not touch go OFF. Stop the engine, then locate and correct the
any ground on tractor. Warning light should be OFF. problem.
If not, check yellow wire #266 from vacuum switch to With engine stopped, connect ohmmeter leads to
pin 17 on instrument cluster for shorts or grounds. pin 21 and pin 9 at instrument cluster. Ohmmeter
Repair as necessary. If warning light is OFF, wire is should show continuity. If no continuity is shown, it
good. would indicate a defective transmission lube pressure
Ground the end of vacuum switch yellow wire #266 switch or an open in the wiring. Disconnect the wiring
and if light comes ON, renew the vacuum switch. plug at the pressure switch. Connect ohmmeter
across switch leads. If continuity is now shown,
100. COOLANT LEVEL LIGHT. A coolant probe switch is good and wiring is faulty. If no continuity is
monitors the coolant level. The probe is mounted shown, switch is defective and must be renewed.
through the rear wall of the radiator upper tank.
When end of probe is immersed in coolant, the coolant 103. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE. If
completes a circuit path to ground and red LED light during tractor operation, the transmission oil be-
(3—Fig. 75) will be OIF. When coolant level is down comes too hot, the following will occur:
to an unsafe level and probe tip is out of coolant, there 1. The red LED warning light (8—Fig. 76) will come
is no current path to ground. The circuit is open and ON and stay ON.
the resistance becomes very high (about 30K ohms). 2. The alarm will sound ON and OFF.
After a few seconds, the red coolant level warning 3. The green Systems Normal light will go OFF.
light will come ON, a three-second alarm will sound 4. The stop engine indicator will go ON and OFF.
and the green Systems Normal light (4) will go OFF. 5. The automatic engine shutdown will be activated
Check coolant level in radiator amd add coolant to 30 seconds after the stop engine indicator goes ON,
proper level. If light stays ON, with key switch ON and engine will shut down.
and coolant level correct, check for excessive moisture The transmission oil temperature sender is located
at connections. Dry as necessary and reconnect the in the hydraulic filter head. The temperature sender
connectors. is a resistor-t5ê switch activated by a probe im-
With key switch OFF, use an ohmmeter and check mersed in the transmission oil. Ib check the tempera-
resistance between harness pin 22 and ground. With ture sender, connect one lead of em ohmmeter to pin
probe in coolant, resistance should be about lOK 15 at the instrument cluster and other lead to ground.
ohms. If resistance is very high (more than 20K ohms) Ohmmeter reading should be 50-30K ohms. If not,
or very low (less than 5K ohms), coolant probe is temperature sender is defective or yellow wire #239
defective and must be renewed. is faulty.
For a final test, disconnect yellow level probe circuit Disconnect yellow wire #239 from temperature
wire #231 and tum key switch ON. When end of wire sender and make certsdn end of wire does not touch
#231 is not touching a ground, the red LED warning any ground on tractor. Depress automatic shutdown
light must be ON. When end of wire #231 is touching b3âss switch and start engine. Transmission oil tem-
ground on tractor, light should be OFF. perature light should now be OFF. If not, yellow wire
#239 is grounded. Repair as necessary. If light goes
101, ALTERNATOR LIGHT. Normal operation of OFF with wire removed from sender, momentarily
the red LED alternator warning light (6—Fig. 75) is touch end of wire to a ground. If light comes ON, stop
with key switch ON and engine not running, light engine and renew temperature sender switch.
should be ON. With engine operating, light should be
OFF. At any time during engine operation, the alter- 104. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PRESSURE. If at
nator does not supply enough power for the electrical any time during tractor operation, the transmission
51
system pressure is not within normal operating filter switch located in filter housing. If light now goes
range, the following will occur: OFF, wire is good and the filter switch is defective and
1. The red LED warning light (9—Fig. 76) will come should be renewed. If light does not go OFF, check for
ON and stay ON. short or ground in yellow wire #267. Repair as neces-
2. The alarm will sound ON and OFF. sary.
3. The green Systems Normal light will go OFF.
4. The stop engine indicator will go ON and OFF. 106. COOLANT TEMPERATURE BAR GRAPH.
5. The automatic engine shutdown will be activated The coolant temperature LCD monitor (1—Fig. 77) is
30 seconds after the stop engine indicator goes ON, a 12-segment bar graph. A thermistor is the sensor
and engine will shut down. for the coolant temperature. As the coolant tempera-
The normally closed transmission system oil pres- ture increases, thermistor resistance decreases and
sure switch is located in upper front portion of the the number of energized segments on bar graph in-
speed transmission control housing. With engine creases. See Fig. 78. When coolant temperature
stopped, connect ohmmeter leads to pin 30 and pin 9 reaches about 230'' F (110° C), the following will
at instrument cluster. Ohmmeter should show conti- occur:
nuity. If no continuity is shown, it would indicate a 1. Indicator bars 1 through 11 will flash ON and
defective transmission system oil pressure switch or OFF
an open in yellow wire #265. Disconnect wiring plug 2. The alarm will sound for three seconds.
at the system pressure switch. Connect ohmmeter 3. Green SyTstems Normal light will go OFF.
leads to the switch leads. If continuity is now shown, If coolant temperature increases to about 240° F
switch is good and wiring is faulty. If no continuity is (115° C), the following will occur:
shown, switch is defective and must be renewed. 1. All 12 bar graph segments will fiash ON and OFF.
2. The alarm will sound ON and OFF.
105. HYDRAULIC (TRANSMISSION) FILTER 3. Green Systems Normal light will stay OFF.
LIGHT. When the hydraulic filter needs service dur- 4. The stop engine indicator will go ON and OFF.
ing operation of tractor, the following will occur:
5. The automatic shutdown will be activated 30
1. The yellow LED warning light (10—Fig. 76) will
seconds after the stop engine indicator goes ON, and
come ON and stay ON.
engine will shut down.
2. The alarm will sound for three seconds.
If bar graph segments 1 through 11 flash ON and
3. The green Systems Normal light will stay ON.
OFF (indicating too high coolant temperature) and
NOTE: If the hydraulic filter light is flashing ON
radiator coolant level is good, check thermistor and
and OFF, change the filter within four hours of wiring as follows: Disconnect the yellow wire #235
operation. If the light stays ON, change the filter as from the thermistor and turn key switch ON. Check
soon as possible. coolant temperature bar graph. None ofthe segments
should be flashing. If any of the segments are flash-
With new hydraulic filter installed, start engine ing, check the yellow wire #235 fi-om pin 13 at the
and observe hydraulic filter warning light. If light instrument cluster to the thermistor. If one segment
stays ON, disconnect yellow wire #267 at hydraulic on bar graph fiashes ON and OFF, thermistor wire
Ffg. 76—View showing iocation of some LED warning iights of instrument duster. Refer aiso to fig. 75.
7. Stop engine indicator 8. Transmission oil temperature 9. Transmission system oil pressure 10. Hydraulic filter service
52
has an open. If all the segments fiash ON and OFF, does read empty, wiring is good and fioat mechanism
thermistor wire is grounded. Repair as necessary. If should be checked.
none ofthe segments are fiashing, wiring is good and If the fuel level on bar graph indicated an empty
thermistor should be checked. For an accurate check, tank, disconnect wire from fioat input terminal and
this test should be done right after warning appears. make certain the wire does not touch any ground.
With thermistor yellow wire #235 connected and key Tum key switch ON and check bar graph reading. It
switch in OFF position, use an ohmmeter to check the should read full. If not, wiring from input terminal to
resistance between connector pin 13 and to ground. pin 12 should be checked for shorts or grounds. If it
Check the chart in Fig. 78 for the amount of resistance does read full, wiring is good gind fioat mechanism
this test should indicate. For example, if segments 1 should be checked.
to 11 were fiashing, the resistance should read about
133 ohms. If resistance reading is not approximately Remove the fioat mechanism from the fuel tank.
what it should be, as indicated on the chart, renew Check the assembly for damage and renew as neces-
the thermistor. sary. Connect an ohmmeter between input terminal
and ground terminal on main tank fioat or the input
107. FUEL LEVEL BAR GRAPH. The fioat mecha- terminal and output terminal on the auxiliary tank
nism, which is a variable resistor, is the sensor for the fioat. The resistance readings should change as the
fuel level bar graph (2—Fig. 77). Fuel level is indi- fioat arm is raised as follows:
cated by the number of bars showing on the bar graph Main fuel tank sender (tractors without auxiliary
in relation to the ball symbols as follows: tank):
A. No indicator bars showing at the all-black ball. Full tank 88.5-96.0 ohms
Tank is empty. Half-full tank 42.0-48.0 ohms
B. Six indicator bars showing at the one-half black Empty tank 0.0- 1.5 ohms
ball. Fuel tank is half full. Main fuel tank sender (tractors with auxiliary
C. Twelve indicator bars showing at the all-white tank): i
ball. Fuel tank is full. Full tank .67.0-73.0 ohms
When fuel level is low, the following will occur: Half-full tank 20.0-26.0 ohms
1. First bar will fiash ON and OFF. Empty tank 0.0-1.5 ohms
2. Bars 2 through 12 will also fiash ON and OFF, Auxiliary tank sender:
but out of phase with first bar. Full tank 21.0-25.0 ohms
3. Alarm will sound for three seconds. Empty tank 0.0- 1.5 ohms
If the readings on the bar graph are not accurate, If resistance does not vary as fioat arm is moved,
the fioat mechanism and wiring should be checked. If renew fioat mechanism. If wiring and fioat mecha-
bar graph indicates a full tank, ground the fioat nism test good, renew instrument cluster.
mechanism input terminal. Tum key switch ON and
check bar graph reading. If it does not read empty, the 108. SYSTEM VOLTAGE LEVEL BAR GRAPH.
wiring from input terminal to pin 12 should be Voltage level is indicated by the number of energized
checked for a loose connection or a broken wire. If it segments on the bar graph display (3—Fig. 77).
Fig. 77-'View stiowing iocation of LCD bar graph dispiays on instrument duster.
1. Coolant temperature 2. Fuel level 3. System voltage 4. Exhaust temperature
53
If battery voltage level is too low, the bar graph will ning. Observe the voltmeter reading and check the
display one bar segment (11.7 volts) and the green bar graph for number of energized segments. Com-
Systems Normal light will go OFF. pare with chart in Fig. 79. If readings are not within
If battery voltage level is too high, the bar graph specifications, renew the pyrometer. If readings are
will display 12 bar segments (15.0 volts) and the within specifications, renew instrument cluster.
following will occur:
1. All 12 bars will fiash ON and OFF 110. DIGITAL DISPLAYS. The instrument clus-
2. The alarm will sound for three seconds. ter displays are LCD (liquid crystal diodes) that dis-
play the operator's selections and contains several
3. The green Systems Normal light will go OFF.
message legends to indicate the selections.
Battery voltage level should be in the regulated
range of 13.7 to 14.5 volts. Refer to paragraphs 83 and After programming the cluster, the operator can
86 to test voltage regulator. depress a function button and the desired informa-
tion will be shown on upper or lower digital display.
109. EXHAUST TEMPERATURE BAR GRAPH. Engine rpm and standard ground speed function but-
The sensor device that measures the exhaust tem- tons (Fig. 80) depend upon sensors for their operation.
perature is a pyrometer that is screwed into the All other function buttons work strictly through cal-
turbocharger exhaust elbow. The sensor is a voltage culations of a microprocessor chip located in the clus-
generating device. When the temperature increases, ter box.
the pyrometer generated voltage increases. Because
the terminals on the pyrometer are connected to pins The function buttons are: Engine rpm, Pto rpm.
1 and 2, any change in voltage between the pins will Area/hour, Total area and Ground speed are located
cause different segments of exhaust temperature bar as shown in Fig. 80. Program buttons are: Equipment
graph (4—Fig. 77) to energize. width. Calibrate, Calibrate slip. Start, Stop and Re-
set.
If exhaust temperature heats to 1250° F (677° C),
the pyrometer generates about 28.2 millivolts. See Refer to the appropriate following paragraphs for
Fig. 79. When 28.2 millivolts is sensed between pins information on operation, tests and programming.
1 and 2, bar segments 1 through 11 will fiash ON and
OFF, a three-second alarm will sound and the green 111. ENGINE RPM FUNCTION. A magnetic sen-
Systems Normal light will go OFF. If temperature sor located in the hydraulic pump drive housing is
climbs to 1350° F (732° C), about 30.5 millivolts are used to monitor engine rpm. The sensor is positioned
generated by the pyrometer and all 12 bar segments so that it almost touches the hydraulic pump drive
fiash ON and OFF. gear. The sensor generates a magnetic field. As the
If exhaust temperature bar graph segments 1 to 12 gear rotates, the gear teeth cut through this magnetic
are fiashing (indicating hot) and engine is cold, the field. The sensor puts out one pulse signal for each
pyrometer should be checked. Check the voltage be- gear tooth that cuts through the magnetic field. As
tween the wires at the pyrometer with engine run- the gear rotates more quickfy, the pulse frequency
increases.
THERMISTOR APPROXIMATE ENERGIZED

TEMPERATURE THERMISTOR SEGMENTS TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE BAR GRAPH
TF) RESISTANCE ON BAR GRAPH C"F) VOLTAGE ENERGIZED
SEGMENTS
240° F 113 ohms 12
230^ F 133 ohms 11 1350" 30. 5 millivolts 12
149 ohms 1250° 28.2 millivolts 11

223°F 10
165 ohms 1150*" 25.8 millivolts 10
216°F 9
1046° 23.3 mllllyolts 9
209° F 187 ohms 8
943° 20.9 millivolts 8
203°F 206 ohms 7
196°F 234 ohms 6
736" 16.0 millivoU» 6
265 ohms 5
632° 13.6 miUivolts 5
183*'F 296 ohms 4
175°F 342 ohms 3
140*'F 668 ohms 2
1635 ohms 1
Fig. 78—Chart showing thermistor temperature and re-
sistance and energized segments on cooiant tempera- Fig. 79—Chart showing exhaust temperature, pyrome-
ture bar graph. Refer to text. ter voitage and energized segments on bar graph.
54
The two wire leads (yellow #216 and black #216) 112. PTO RPM FUNCTION. The pto speed is cal-
from the magnetic sensor connect to pins 7 and 10 of culated from the engine rpm. Depressing the Pto rpm
the cluster connector. As the pulse signals change, the button will display the calculated pto speed on the
varying signals are sent to the cluster. When Engine upper display screen. The pto speed reading will be
rpm button is depressed, the engine rpm will appear identified as 540 rpm or 1000 rpm to identify the type
on the upper digital display and will continue to be of pto. On tractors equipped with both 540 and 1000
displayed until another upper display button is de- rpm pto, push the Pto rpm button alternately to
pressed. change from 540 rpm to 1000 rpm reading. On trac-
tors equipped with 1000 rpm pto onfy, the instrument
The Engine rpm display has an engine overspeed cluster will be programmed to display 1000 rpm pto
feature. Any time the engine speed is 2500 rpm or only.
above, the following will occur: The Engine rpm dis-
play will override other readouts on the upper display 113. GROUND SPEED FUNCTION (MAGNETIC
screen, except the wheel slip bar graph. The push SENSOR). One of two sensors can be used to monitor
buttons for the upper display screen will not work. ground speed. One is called the true ground speed
The Systems Normal light will stay ON and the alarm sensor and the other is a transmission magnetic sen-
will sound. The actual engine rpm will fiash ON and sor. The true ground speed sensor is an option and is
OFF on the upper display screen until the overspeed covered in paragraph 114.
condition is corrected. The magnetic sensor is mounted in the top rear of
the range transmission housing. It is positioned so
that it almost touches the gear. The sensor generates
If the display shows zero rpm with the engine a magnetic field. As the gear rotates, the gear teeth
running, check for disconnected wires or defective cut through the magnetic field. The sensor puts out
sensor. Disconnect the wiring plug near the sensor. one pulse signal for each tooth that cuts through the
Connect an ohmmeter between the two wires going magnetic field. As the gear rotates more quick^, the
to the sensor. Resistance reading should be between pulse frequency increases.
2925 and 3575 ohms. If resistance reading is higher
or lower, renew the magnetic sensor. If reading is The two wire leads (yellow #215 and black #215)
between 2925 and 3575 ohms, reconnect sensor wires from the magnetic sensor connect to pins 5 and 6 of
and check the wiring as follows: With key switch OFF, the cluster connector. As the pulse signals change, the
disconnect the cluster connector. Connect an ohmme- varying signals are sent to the cluster to compute the
ter between pins 7 and 10 at the cluster connector. ground speed. When ground speed button is de-
Resistance reading should be between 2925 and 3575 pressed, the tractor ground speed'will appear on the
ohms. If not, wiring and/or connections between sen- lower digital display screen.
sor and cluster connector are faulty. Repair as neces- If the display shows zero reading (no display) when
sary. the tractor is moving and button is depressed, check
oil TEMP smmmtm

« ^ :s.
w •
C961ANT
B
RflEL
lEVa
Fig. 80—Digital Instrument cluster showing the digital displays, and the function and program buttons.
55
for disconnected sensor wires or a defective sensor. use a metal scraper. Wash face of sensor with soap
Disconnect the wiring plug near the sensor. Connect and water or steam clean. DO NOT disconnect wiring
an ohmmeter between the two wires going to the harness from the sensor while cleaning.
sensor. Resistance reading should be between 2925
and 3575 ohms. If resistance reading is higher or 114A. AREA/HOUR FUNCTION. Depress the
lower, renew the magnetic sensor. If the reading is Area/hour button (Fig. 80) to display the number of
between 2925 and 3575 ohms, reconnect sensor wires acres (or hectares) being done per hour. The readout
and check the wiring as follows: With the key switch will be shown on the upper display screen. The read-
OFF, disconnect the cluster connector. Connect an ing will be identified as Acres/hour or Hectares/hour
ohmmeter between connector pins 5 and 6. Resistor depending on the measurement system being used.
reading should be between 2925 and 3575 ohms. If The instrument cluster must be programmed for
not, wiring and/or connections between sensor and equipment width and ground speed input, in order to
cluster connector are faulty. Repair as necessary. calculate the Area/hour information.
NOTE: To provide accurate ground speed, the 115. TOTAL AREA FUNCTION. Depress the Ibtal
tractor must be programmed with a ground speed area button to display the total accumulation of acres
calibration number. Refer to paragraph 123. To
change from Engiish to Metric units, refer to para- (or hectares) since the last reset of total area. The
graph 122. reading will be shown on the upper display screen.
The reading will be identified as acres or hectares
114. TRUE GROUND SPEED SENSOR. The true depending on the measurement system being used.
ground speed sensor (Fig. 81) is an option. If tractor The digital instrument cluster will automatically
is not equipped with this radar sensor, then ground accumulate area any time the tractor is operating and
speed is monitored by the transmission magnetic has been programmed for equipment width and
sensor. The true ground speed sensor is located on ground speed. Area accumulation can be stopped or
right side of speed transmission housing, just rear- started with the Stop and Start buttons. Tb stop
ward from the hydraulic filter. The sensor must be accumulation, push the Stop button. The area read-
mounted at the correct angle. Use a carpenters level out will fiash ON and OFF. Tb start the accumulation,
to set mounting bracket lower edge at horizontal. push the Start button.
The Start (up arrow) and Stop (down arrow) but-
NOTE: The Wheel slip button witi not function tons can also be used to revise or preset the total area
uniess the tractor is equipped with a true ground readout. To change the readout, push and hold the
speed sensor. Tbtal area button. Push the Start button to increase
the readout or the Stop button to decrease the read-
TD provide accurate ground speed and wheel slip, out. The Total area reading can be reset to zero with
the correct ground speed calibration number must be the Reset push button.
programmed into the digital instrument cluster. Re-
fer to paragraph 123. 116. RESET BUTTON. Tb reset the Tbtal area
The true ground speed will be displayed on the reading, depress the Reset button for three seconds.
lower display screen any time the Ground speed Th^ Tbtal area reading will fiash ON and OFF on the
upper display screen and will then reset to zero read-
button is depressed. Keep the face ofthe radar sensor
ing.
clean. Scrape mud off with a plastic scraper. DO NOT
When the Reset button is released, the instrument
cluster will start accumulating Tbtal area again. Tbtal
area will be displayed until another upper push but-
ton is depressed.
117. START BUTTON (UP ARROW). The Start

button is used to increase the numerical value of
displayed numbers during various programming pro-
cedures. Instructions for using the Start button are
included in the appropriate individual programming
procedures.
. , • ' ,
118. STOP BUTTON (DOWN ARROW). The Stop

button is used to decrease the numerical value of
displayed numbers during various programming pro-
Fig. 81—View of true ground speed radar sensor. Refer cedures. Instructions for using the Stop button are
t6 text. included in the appropriate individual procedures.
56
119. EQUIPMENT WIDTH. Depress the Equip- NOTE: if wheel siip has never been calibrated, aii
ment width button (Fig. 80) to display the width of wheel slip segments will be ON when the true
equipment currently programmed into the instru- ground speed sensor is operating and the tractor
is operating at speeds greater than 1 mph.
ment cluster. The unit of measurement will be in feet
or meters according to the measurement system be-
ing used. Tb calibrate the wheel slip bar graph for zero slip,
The Area/hour and Tbtal area functions will not start driving the tractor across the field with imple-
operate correctly until an implement width has been ment raised in a no-load condition. Drive the tractor
programmed into the instrument cluster. For the at normal working speeds for a minimum of four
most accurate information, program the effective seconds. Continue driving tractor across the field,
width of the implement (actual width less overlap). then push and hold the Calibrate slip button for a
For example, if you are using a 26-foot disk and a minimum of three seconds. At the end of three sec-
1-foot overlap, the effective implement width is 25 onds, all segments ofthe wheel slip bar graph will be
feet. OFF, indicating zero percent slip. A short audible
signal will indicate that the zero slip reference has
NOTE: if metric mode has been seiected, width been entered in the instrument cluster memory and
measurement must be in meters. wheel slip calibration is complete.
Tb program Equipment width into the digital in- 122. PROGRAM ENGLISH OR METRIC UNITS.
strument cluster, turn the key switch ON, but do not The digital instrument cluster can be programmed to
start the engine. The upper display screen will read display certain readouts in English or metric units of
0 engine rpm and lower display will read .0 mph. measurement. Optional readouts are Ground speed.
Depress Equipment width button to display equip- Equipment width. Area/hour and Tbtal area. All clus-
ment width on the lower screen. This reading can be ters are preset in English mode. Change to the metric
0.0-149.9 feet (0.0-45.0 meters). Use the Start and mode as follows: Push and hold the Calibrate button
Stop buttons to change equipment width. Push Start with the key switch OFF. While holding the Calibrate
button to increase or Stop button to decrease the button, tum key switch to accessory position to enter
numerical value. the program mode. The upper display screen will
show the permanent tractor model code number that
The new Equipment width displayed on the lower
was programmed at the factory. The lower display
screen will be automatically entered in the instru-
ment cluster memory after two seconds. Tum key screen will show MPH or KMPH. Push the Ground
switch OFF. speed button alternately until the desired measure-
ment mode is displayed on the lower display screen.
MPH indicates English mode and KMPH indicates
120. CALIBRATE BUTTON. Push the Calibrate metric mode.
button to display the ground speed code number on
the lower display screen. The Calibration button is Tb enter the selected mode into the instrument
also used for programming the instrument cluster. cluster memoiy, push and hold the Calibrate button
Instructions for using the Calibrate button are in- until the audible alarm sounds (approximately three
cluded in the appropriate individual programming seconds). The display will automatically return to
procedures. normal accessory mode and display engine hours on
121. CALIBRATE SLIP BUTTON. The Calibrate

shp button is used to calibrate the wheel sHp bar
graph shown on the upper display screen. Tractor
must be equipped with a true ground speed sensor in
order to calculate and display wheel slip. The instru-
ment cluster compares the transmission magnetic
sensor signal with the true ground speed sensor sig- WHEEL SUP
nal. After wheel slip has been calibrated, wheel slip INDICATOR
will be indicated anytime the tractor is in operation.
The wheel slip bar graph contains 15 segments.
Each segment represents 2 percent slip. The range of
the graph is 0 percent slip (all segments OFF) to 30
percent slip (all segments ON). When segments 5, 6,
7 and 8 ofthe wheel slip display are aligned with the
word BEST on the instrument panel decal, it repre- Fig. 62—When segments 5,6, 7 and 8 on the wheei siip
sents an approximate wheel slip range of 9 to 16 indicator are aiigned with the word BEST on the instru-
percent. See Fig. 82. ment panei decai, wheei slip range is 9 to 16 percent.
57
the lower display screen. Turn key switch to OFF 125. Tb determine the static calibration code num-
position. ber, measure distance between center of rear axle
(1—Fig. 83) to bottom of rear tire (2). Use this meas-
123. GROUND SPEED CALIBRATION CODE urement and select the static calibration code number
NUMBER. A ground speed calibration code number fi:-om the chart (Fig. 83).
must be programmed into the digital instrument The procedure for entering the static calibration
cluster in order to calculate ground speed. Tb check code number is the same as the standard code number
the code number, tum the key switch to ACC position. as outlined in paragraph 124.
Push and hold the Calibrate button. The four-digit
code number will be displayed on the lower display 126. Tb determine the dynamic calibration code
screen until the button is released. number, measure a straight line course 400 feet (122
There are three types of code numbers that can be m) long. See Fig. 84. For best accuracy, choose a
used, depending on how the tractor is equipped and course surface of low grass crop or uniformly tilled
how much accuracy is needed. Different types of code ground. The next best surface, in order, is gravel,
numbers are as follows: blacktop or concrete.
1. Standard program calibration code number that Start the tractor, then push and hold the Calibrate
can be used only on tractor equipped with true ground and Ground speed buttons at the same time for three
speed sensor. seconds to enter the ground speed calibration mode.
2. Dynamic calibration code number (most accu- The calibration readout will fiash ON and OFF on the
rate) that is recommended for tractors with or with- lower display screen. At the end of three seconds, the
out true ground speed sensor. readout will stop fiashing and a short audible signal
3. Static calibration code nimiber that can be used will indicate that the ground speed calibration mode
for tractors with or without true ground speed sensor. has been entered.
Start driving the tractor toward the measured
124. Tb enter the Standard code number 6027 into course with the implement out ofthe ground to create
the digital instrument cluster, tum key switch to ACC a no-slip condition. As you pass the start mark, mo-
position. Push Calibrate and Ground speed buttons mentarily push, then release the Start button. The
at the same time for three seconds to enter the ground display will reset to zero and begin to accumulate. As
speed calibration mode. The calibrate readout will you pass the finish mark, momentarily push, then
fiash ON and OFF on lower display screen. At the end release the Stop button. The display will now show
of three seconds, readout will stop fiashing and a the dynamic calibration code number.
short audible signal will indicate that the ground The code number displayed on the lower screen will
speed calibration mode has been entered. Use the be automatically entered in the instrument cluster
Start button to increase or the Stop button to decrease memory after two seconds. Push the Ground speed
the calibration code number to 6027. The code num- button to exit the program mode and retum to opera-
ber will automatically be entered into the instrument tion mode.
cluster memory after two seconds. Turn key switch to
OFF position. 127. ENGINE HOUR INDICATOR. The instru-
ment cluster will record engine hours of operation any
time the key switch is ON and engine is running.
STATtC CALIBRATION CODE NUMBERS Tb display, total engine hours, tum key switch to
accessory position. The upper display screen will read
STATIC STATIC MEASURING
LOADED RADIUS CALIBRATION STATIC LOADED RADIUS ACC and the lower display screen will show the total
Inch mm
CODE NUMBER engine hours of operation.
28-1/2 724 7462
29 737 7334
128. GEAR READOUT. A gear readout display will
29-1/2 749 7210 be shown on the lower display screen when transmis-
30 762 7090
30-1/2 775 6973
31 787 6861
31-1/2 800 6752
32 813 6646
32-1/2 825 6544
MEASURE FROM CENTER
33 838 6445 OF AXLE (1) TO BOTTOM
33-1/2 851 6349 OF THE TIRE (2).
34 864 6255 START 400 FEET FINISH
34-1/2 876 6165
Fig. 84—To determine the dynamic caiibration code
Fig. 83—Chart showing method of seiecting static caii- number, tractor must be driven aiong a 400-foot (122
bration code numt>er. m) straight'iine course. Refer to text.
58
sion control lever is used to select a forward or reverse current at the orange wire #823 of connector. Tum
speed. The gear readout is based on engine rpm and switch to low position and check for current at the
ground speed inputs. Four indicators are used to orange wire #822 of connector. If there is no current
identify the gear, forward, creep and reverse selec- present at any ofthe three tests, check for faulty wires
tions. between blower switch and resistor board connector.
Repair as necessary.
129. WINDSHIELD WIPER. Normal operation of If current is present at all the connector terminals,
the windshield wiper is with key switch ON, wiper reconnect the resistor board. If blower will operate in
should operate when wiper switch is moved to LO and purge position but not in high or low positions, renew
HI positions. Move wiper switch to OFF position and resistor board. If blower does not operate in any
wiper should retum automatically to PARK position. position, make sure motor ground is good and renew
If wiper motor does not operate in one or all posi- blower motor as required.
tions, check cab relay, circuit breaker and fuse. Use a
voltmeter and check for voltage at wiper switch ter- 131. HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONING.
minal for red wire #830. If voltage reading is 12 volts, Heater and air conditioner blower motor is the same
move wiper switch control to LO position and check blower as the cab ventilating blower. Refer to para-
for voltage at switch terminal for orange wire #833. graph 130 for test procedures. However, the air con-
Then, move switch control to HI position and check ditioning system compressor clutch, high and low
for voltage at switch terminal for orange wire #832. pressure switches and temperature control switch
If no voltage is found at red wire #830 terminal, check may be checked as individual units.
wiring, ignition switch and fuses. If voltage reaches Before attempting to diagnose electrical problems
red wire #830 terminal, but does not reach orange in air conditioning system, make sure compressor belt
wire #833 or orange wire #832 terminals as switch is is tight, that condenser and evaporator cores are
operated, renew wiper switch. If voltage is present at clean to ensure maximum air fiow and that system is
each terminal and switch is in proper position, test filled with correct amount of refrigerant.
for voltage in wires as close to wiper motor as possible.
If voltage is present at wiring, but motor does not run,
132. COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CIRCUIT TEST.
renew motor. If no voltage is present, check wiring
With engine running, set temperature control switch
between switch and motor.
to coldest position and turn blower switch to low or
high position. Clutch should engage as blower switch
130. CAB FAN MOTOR. Cab fan (blower) motor
is turned ON. If clutch does not engage, use a voltme-
is used for cab ventilation, heater or air conditioning
ter to check for voltage at compressor clutch. If volt-
system fan as models are equipped.
age is present, renew compressor clutch.
If motor fails to operate with key switch ON and
blower switch turned to low, high or purge position, If no voltage is present at clutch, disconnect the
use a voltmeter and check for voltage at terminal for wires at high-pressure switch and install a jumper
red wire #820 at blower switch. If no voltage is pre- wire to bypass the switch. If compressor clutch en-
sent, check wiring, ignition switch and circuit gages, check system pressure or renew high-pressure
breaker. Repair as necessary. If voltage is present at switch as necessary. If clutch still fails to engage,
red wire #820 terminal, check for voltage at orange disconnect wires from low-pressure switch located in
wires #822, #823 and #824 terminals at fan switch as cab roof and install jumper wire to b3rpass the switch.
blower switch is turned to low, high and purge. If If clutch engages, check system pressure and refrig-
voltage is not present at all locations with blower erant level or renew low-pressure switch as neces-
switch turned to proper position, renew blower sary.
switch. If clutch still fails to engage, use a 12 volt test light
If voltage is present at all terminals, unplug resis- and check for current at temperature control switch.
tor board connector. With key switch ON and blower If light fails to come on at either terminal and blower
switch turned to purge position, use a 12 volt test motor is working, check the red wire #800 from
light and check for current at the orange wire #824 of blower switch to the temperature control switch. Re-
connector. Tarn switch to high position and check for pair as necessary.
POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION

All tractors are equipped with a full power shift selections when tractor is moving or stationary, or
transmission. The full power shift design permits when changing direction of travel.
shifting the transmission anjîme without using the A hydraulic actuated multiple disc, wet-tjê mas-
inching (clutch) pedal. This includes changing speed ter clutch controlled by the inching pedal is used on
59
all models. The clutch assembly is mounted on the When selecting speeds with tractor stationary, trac-
range input shaft and is located between the speed tor motion can be started with or without using the
and range transmission housings. inching pedal as follows:
Tractors may be equipped with a standard 18-speed WITHOUT INCHING PEDAL, move transmission
forward/2-speed reverse transmission or an 18-speed control lever from neutral position to desired speed
forward/4-speed reverse transmission. These trans- selection. Tractor will immediately start moving in
missions may be optionally equipped with a creeper the selected speed.
drive. The creeper drive provides an additional six
WITH INCHING PEDAL, push inching pedal
low-forward speeds and one or two low-reverse speeds
down and move transmission control lever to the
for a total of 24 speeds forward and 3 or 6 reverse
desired speed selection. The tractor will start moving
speeds. Refer to Figs. 85 and 86 for shift patterns.
in the selected speed when inching pedal is released.
The inching pedal can be used to move the tractor
when operating in confined areas, for connecting im-
OPERATION plements to the tractor and for stopping the tractor
without down shifting to neutral position.
All Models CAUTION: Do not ride the inching pedai when
transmission Is under ioad. Reiease inching pedai
133. The transmission control lever is used to select completely within five seconds for improved ciutch
the desired forward speed, reverse speed, neutral service life.
position or park lock position. The transmission can
be shifted to any forward speed, reverse speed or Always place transmission control lever in park
neutral when tractor is moving or stationary. When position before leaving the tractor. Tractor must be
changing direction of travel, always slow the tractor completely stopped before shifting to park position.
speed before moving the control lever to the desired When disengaging the park lock, always move control
direction of travel. lever fully into neutral slot before trying to select 3rd
When selecting speeds with tractor moving, move or 4th reverse speed.
control lever through the speed range to the desired Engage the creeper drive as follows: Place trans-
speed selection. For smooth speed changes, move mission control lever in neutral or park position.
control lever one speed at a time. When shifting from Move the creeper solenoid switch lever (SL—Fig. 87)
forward to reverse or reverse to forward, hesitate in to the right (ON position). The switch lever will block
neutral for approximately one second to allow master out transmission shift quadrant for forward speeds
clutch pressure to drop. Tb prevent excessive decel- 13 through 18. With creeper clutch engaged, move
eration of tractor, always down shift one speed at a transmission control lever to regular speed position 1
time. or 2 for creeper speed 1, regular speed 3 or 4 for
Fig. 85—Power shift transmission shift patterns for Fig. 86—Power shift transmission shift patterns for
tractors equipped with 18 forward/2 reverse or 24 for- tractors equipped with 18 forward/4 reverse or 24 for-
ward/3 reverse (with creeper) transmissions. ward/6 reverse (with creeper) transmissions.
60
creeper speed 2 and so on up to regular speed 11 or 135. FORWARD REVERSE SPOOL. To adjust
12 for creeper speed 6. See Fig. 88. the forward-reverse spool linkage, refer to Fig. 90 and
loosen locknut at top of sleeve on the forward-reverse
spool. Loosen the two bolts for the sleeve fiange so the
CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT sleeve will turn. Place the transmission control lever
in PARK position. Turn the sleeve clockwise or coun-
terclockwise as required to center the control lever in
Ail Models the park slot ofthe shift quadrant. Tighten the fiange
bolts and tighten the locknut at the top ofthe sleeve.
134. INCHING PEDAL. Tb adjust the inching
pedal linkage, refer to Fig. 89, loosen the locknut and
back off pedal stop bolt so it is clear of pedal in Start the engine and operate at low idle speed. Hold
released position. Loosen the locknut on the lower the inching pedal down in disengaged position. Move
end ofthe inching spool control cable. Loosen the two the control lever about half way into the forward
bolts at the fiange so that sleeve will tum. Tum sleeve speed slot. The lever must be in the center ofthe slot,
counterclockwise until tension is removed from con- not touching either side. Move the lever to the second
trol cable. Push and hold the inching pedal tight speed reverse position. The lever must be in the
against the fire wall. Tum the sleeve clockwise until center ofthe slot, not touching either side. Readjust
you feel resistance, then tighten the fiange mounting linkage if necessary. If adjustment is still unsatisfac-
bolts. Tighten the locknut against the sleeve. Turn the tory, stop the engine and disconnect linkage from
pedal stop bolt inward until it contacts the pedal, then forward-reverse valve spool. The spool is spring
tum it inward an additional three or four full turns loaded to remain in neutral position. Measure the
and tighten locknut against the bracket. Check the distance from end of valve spool to valve face. Meas-
cable travel from fully engaged to fully disengaged. urement should be 1 Vs inch (29 mm).
The correct travel is Vs inch (20 mm). Measure the
cable travel at upper end of cable under engine hood RETURN SPRING
on the fire wall. If adjustment is not satisfactory,
disconnect linkage from valve £ind check valve spool
disengaged position. End of valve spool must be 1%
inch (41 mm) from face of valve in disengaged posi-
tion. Readjust control cable sleeve, if necessary.
MASTER
CLUTCH PEDAL
FLAT WASHER
87—Creeper soienoid controi switch lever (SL) is

iocated in transmission quadrant as shown.
Regular Forward
1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12
Speed
Creeper Forward
1 2 3 4 5 6
Speed
Regular Reverse
1-2 3-4
Speed
Creeper Reverse
1 2
Speed
Fig, 88—Chart showing regular speed positions that 89—Exploded view of Inching pedai linkage. Refer
match creeper speed positions. to text for adjustment procedure.
61
136. TRANSMISSION SHIFT LINKAGE. Tb ad- adjust length of control cable so that bellcrank is tight
just the transmission shift linkage, refer to Fig. 91 against the cover.
and proceed as follows: Disconnect the ball joint from When transmission control lever is moved from
the transmission shift lever. Move transmission shift forward to reverse, the control lever should not touch
lever on the valve, to the highest position, then move either lip of the park lock control lever. If necessary,
it downward to the first detent position. Move trans- loosen bulkhead nuts and move park lock cable to
mission control lever to the first speed forward posi- help alignment. Then, tighten the nuts when adjust-
tion on shift quadrant. Control lever must be centered ment is complete.
on the line for first speed forward. Adjust the linkage
so that the stud on ball joint is aligned with the hole TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
in transmission shift lever. Connect the ball joint to
the shift lever.
All Models
Start the engine and operate at low idle speed with
inching pedal fully depressed. Check for each of the 138. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Although some
detent positions in all 18 speeds forward, all reverse components which make up the control valve can be
speeds and neutral position. The control lever must removed without removing the control valve assem-
have clearance at end of slot when in 18th speed bly, the following paragraphs will outline the re-
position. Readjust if necessary. moval, disassembly, reassembly and reinstallation of
the complete valve assembly.
137. PARK LOCK LINKAGE. Tb adjust the park Tb remove the transmission valve assembly, first
lock linkage, refer to Fig. 92 and proceed as follows: remove battery covers, then disconnect battery cables
and remove batteries. Unbolt and remove step assem-
NOTE: Make sure transmission controi iinkage is bly from tractor. Remove drain plug and drain fiuid
properiy adjusted as outlined in paragraph 136
before adjusting park iock iinkage. from speed transmission. Disconnect neutral start
switch, transmission system pressure switch and if so
equipped, the creeper drive solenoid wires. Discon-
Block tractor rear tires securely. Place transmis-
nect and remove control cables from inching spool
sion control lever in PARK position. Check position of
(master clutch) and forward-reverse spool. Discon-
the bellcrank. Bellcrank must be tight against the
nect hydraulic tubes from control valve assembly.
cover. Remove the lower clevis from the bellcrank and Remove the link rod from the speed shift lever. Re-
move the two MIO bolts (X—Fig. 93) and install two
MIO dowels that are approximately 9 inches (229
mm) long. Then, remove the 12 shaded bolts shown
r in Fig. 93. Use M6 bolts and a lift bracket on the
\ inching spool and forward-reverse spool housings.
Unbolt and remove the cover plate, refer to Fig. 94
OUTER
LOCK NUT _
\ and move control lever to rotate the cam assembly
LOWER
INNEn — until access holes in cam align with the three valve
JAM BOLT
Ntrr mounting bolts. Remove the three Allen head bolts.
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL l£VE It
BELL CRANK
Using a hoist, remove valve assembly from tractor.
FLANOE ' ^
139. Tb remove the valve mounting plate, refer to

Fig. 95 and remove the bolt from the front and the
tube retainer from behind the mounting plate. If so
equipped, remove the tube nut for the creeper clutch
feed tube at back side of plate. Remove the four other
retaining bolts and lift off mounting plate. Remove
the four oil feed tubes from plate to transmission.
Remove the plate mounting gasket.
Tb reinstall the mounting plate, first install new
"O" rings on the three range clutch feed tubes. Using
a new gasket, install the mounting plate. Install the
four plate retaining bolts and hand tighten. Install
the three range clutch oil feed tubes in valve mount-
ing plate bores. Install the tube retainer (Fig. 95) and
secure with bolt. Install new "O" rings on the four
Fig. 90—Expioded view of forward-reverse vaive iinic- speed clutch oil feed tubes and coat "O" rings with
age. Refer to text for adjustment procedure. petroleum jelly. Install the two 5.3 inch (134.0 mm)
62
tubes in the top two bores. Install the 5.8 inch (148.0 Drive out retaining pin and remove control lever.
mm) tube in the third bore and the 7.0 inch (178.9 Remove selector control gear and shaft assembly.
mm) tube in the bottom bore. Push tubes inward until Refer to Fig. 97 and remove plug with "O" ring, spring
they are fully seated. Tighten the four plate retaining and shuttle spool. Remove detent assemblies from
bolts and the tube retainer bolt to a torque of 38-45 inside. Unbolt and remove cover and gasket, then
ft.-lbs. (52-61 N.m). Connect creeper clutch feed tube, remove the outer relief spring and ball. Remove con-
if so equipped. trol shaft oil seal and bearing.
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing

140. Tb remove the control housing, refer to Fig. 96 excessive wear or other damage. Internal parts of
and remove the transmission pressure switch. Re- shuttle spool are not serviced separately. Outer relief
move the range (upper) accumulator and the speed spring should have a free length of 1.25 inches (31.75
(lower) accumulator. Remove both detent plugs and mm) and should test 7.25-8.0 lbs. (32.24-35.64 N)
detent springs. Remove the last control housing re- when compressed to a length of 0.6 inch (15.19 mm).
taining bolt (just above control lever shaft). Use a pry Shuttle spool spring free length should be 2.90 inches
bar at the upper right and lower left corners to pry (73.67 mm) and should test 20.0 lbs. (89.96 N) when
control housing loose from valve bo<fy, then lift off compressed to a length of 0.98 inch (25.0 mm). Detent
control housing and gasket. springs should have a free length of 2.21 inches (56.15
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
LEVER
nnnnn
TRANSMISSION /
CONTROL LEVER / o
IN FIRST SPEED
FORWARD POSITION
TRANSMISSION
Fig, 91—Expioded view of transmission shift iiniiage. Refer to text for adjustment procedure.
63
mm) and should test 4.6 lbs. (20.46 N) when com- bolts to a torque of 19-23 ft.-lbs. (26-31 N.m). Tighten
pressed to a length of 1.26 inches (32.0 mm). shuttle spool plug to a torque of 60-70 ft.-lbs. (81-95
Using new gasket, oil seal, beeiring and "O" ring, N.m). Lay control housing aside for later installation.
reassemble control housing, but do not install detent
springs and plugs. Tighten the seven control housing 141. Refer to Fig. 96 and remove the cam control
shaft spacer, then remove the cam assembly and cam
shaft. Remove the pin stop and reverse stop pin.
Remove bearing and spacer from the three cam spool
pins.
142. Remove the three forward-reverse spool hous-

ing bolts and strap. See Fig. 98. Tap the housing
lightly to loosen, then remove housing and gasket.
Remove range blocker pin from bottom of spool hous-
ing, oil seal, plug and "O" ring from top and safety
start switch with "O" ring from side of housing. Re-
move detent spring and seal insert with "O" ring, then
withdraw forward-reverse spool with stop washer.
Slide stop washer from spool. Remove range blocker
plunger from valve body.
Remove two Allen head bolts and one hex head bolt,
then remove clutch spool housing and gasket. Re-
move plug, "O" ring and oil seal from spool housing.
Withdraw master clutch spool assembfy. Master
COTTER PW BELLCflANK UNK
Fig. 92—Exploded view of park lock linkage. Refer to

text for adjustment procedure.
Fig. 94—With cover piate removed, move controi iever

to rotate cam assembiy untii access hoies in cam aiign
with the three vaive mounting boits.
iO
Fig. 93—Remove the two MiO bolts (X) and instail two
dowei rods, then remove the 12 shaded boits shown. Fig. 95—Unboit and remove tube retainer as shown.
84
clutch spool is available only as an assembly. Using a Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or
magnet, remove clutch override spool and spring. other damage. Piston dump spring should have a free
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing length of 2.66 inches (67.6 mm) and should test 26.0
excessive wear or other damage. Clutch override lbs. (115.6 N) when compressed to a length of 0.98
spring should have a free length of 2.14 inches (54.36 inch (25.0 mm). Flow sensor spring should have a free
mm) and should test 16.2 lbs. (72.06 N) when com- length of 2.21 inches (56.04 mm) and should test 50.0
pressed to a length of 1.08 inches (27.51 mm). For- lbs. (222.4 N) when compressed to a length of 0.93
ward-reverse detent spring should have a free length inch (23.5 mm). Control piston spring should have a
of 2.22 inches (56.50 mm) and should test 25.3-26.6 free length of 2.75 inches (69.74 mm) and should test
lbs. (112.6-118.6 N) when compressed to a length of 17.5-19.3 lbs. (77.79-85.79 N) when compressed to a
0.67 inch (17.0 mm). length of 0.98 inch (25.0 mm). Inner modulating
Identify and lay all parts aside in a clean area for spring should have a free length of 2.91 inches (74.03
later assembly. mm) and should test 65.0-69.0 lbs. (289.0-307.0 N)
when compressed to a length of 1.54 inches (39.0 mm).
143. Refer to Fig. 99, turn valve body over and Outer modulating spring should have a free length of
remove the six lower cover retaining bolts. Remove 3.03 inches (77.08 mm) and should test 93.0-99.0 lbs.
cover and gasket. Remove inner and outer springs, (413.7-440.3 N) when compressed to a length of 1.54
inner and outer shims and modulating guide. Using inches (39.0 mm).
a magnet, remove piston spring and clutch control
piston. Remove the flow sensor spool and spring and Identify and lay all parts aside in a clean area for
the piston dump spool and spring. later assembly.
TTW4SMISSI0N
PRESSURE SWITCH
CAM
ASSEMBLY
SPEED
ACCUMULATOB
96—Removal and disassembly of transmission control housing and relative components.
65
144. On models equipped with creeper drive, the on Allen wrench. Remove cam pin, then remove odd-
creeper valve body assembly (Fig. 100) is used in even spool. Remove lock pin and spring from spool.
place ofthe lower cover in Fig. 99. Ib disassemble the Install the odd-even spool, without lock pin and
creeper valve, remove the two screws from retaining spring, back into the bore. Install the cam pin back
ring (Fig. 100) and remove retaining ring and sole- into the odd-even spool. Insert the short end of Allen
noid valve. Remove the plug with "O" ring, spring and wrench in the cam pin lock hole of the L-M-H spool.
spool. Use the odd-even spool to push inward on Allen
Inspect spool and bore for scoring. The valve spring wrench and disengage the lock pin. Pull upward on
should have a free length of 2.56 inches (65.0 mm) the cam pin and release pressure on the Allen wrench.
and should test 56.0 lbs. (249.0 N) when compressed Remove the cam pin from the L-M-H spool. Remove
to a length of 1.34 inches (34.0 mm). cam pin from the odd-even spool. Remove Allen
Use all new "O" rings when reassembling. Lubri- wrench, then remove the spools. Remove lock pin and
cate spool with new Hy-Tran Plus fluid and install in lock spring from L-M-H spool.
valve body. Install spring and plug with "O" rings. Inspect spools and bores for scoring or other dam-
Install "O" rings on solenoid valve and install solenoid age. Lock pin springs should have a free length of 1.25
and retainer ring. Secure retainer ring with screws. inches (31.75 mm) and should test 2.59 lbs. (11.52 N)
when compressed to a length of 0.61 inch (15.44 mm).
145. Refer to Fig. 101 and remove the 1-3-5, odd-
even and L-M-H spools as follows: See Figs. 102 and Remove relief valve cup plug (Fig. 101), spring and
103 and insert the short end of a small Allen wrench check ball. Relief spring should have a free length of
or other suitable tool through end of spool and into 1.25 inches (31.75 mm) and should test 7.25-8.01 lbs.
hole in cam pin. Use a screwdriver to push Allen (32.24-35.64 N) when compressed to a length of 0.6
wrench inward to disengage the lock pin from the cam inch (15.19 mm).
pin. Pull cam pin upward and release pressure on Use a suitable bearing puller to remove the control
Allen wrench. Pull cam pin from 1-3-5 spool. Remove shaft bearing from valve body, if necessary.
the 1-3-5 spool from the valve, then remove lock pin
and lock spring from spool. 146. TD remove the reducing spool (Fig. 104), first
Insert the short end ofthe Allen wrench in the cam remove the five Allen head retaining bolts (Fig. 105)
pin lock hole of the odd-even spool. Use the L-M-H and remove valve plate and gasket (Fig. 104). Use a
spool to push inward on Allen wrench and disengage screwdriver to move spring and washer away fi:'om
lock pin. Pull upward on cam pin and release pressure retainer ring, then use needlenose pliers to remove
PLUG
BOLT
PLUG
0-RiNG
SEAL
Fig. 97—Shuttie spooi and detent assemblies removed from controi housing.
66
retainer ring. Remove reducing spool from port in WARNING: Always wear safety goggles and pro-
bottom of valve body. Remove spring and washer. tective gloves when working with liquid freon.
Inspect reducing spool and bore for scoring or other
damage. Spring should have a free length of 2.48 If valve is installed as in right view, remove the
inches (62.89 mm) and should test 5.15-5.73 lbs. valve cage, spring and check plate. Thread a MIO x
(22.9-25.5 N) when compressed to a length of 0.81 1.25 X 20 mm long bolt into center of check valve base.
inch (20.5 mm). Cool valve base by spra3dng with liquid freon. Protect
plate surface and use a roll bar under bolt head to pry
out check valve base.
147. Tb remove the check valves (Fig. 106), first When installing check valves in left view, use a seal
note the direction of installation. See Fig. 107. If valve driver or in right view, use a piece of V2 inch (12.7 mm)
is installed as in left view, thread a MIO x 1.25 x 20 thin wall conduit. Drive valve inward until base is
nmi long bolt into base of the valve. Cool the valve by seated in the bore.
spraying with liquid freon. While protecting the plate
surface, use a roll bar under bolt head to pry out check 148. When reassembling, use new "O" rings, seals
valve. and gaskets and reverse the disassembly procedures.
ALLEN BOLT
-BOLT
STRAP
CLUTCH
OVERRIDE-
SPOOL
SPRING-
GASKET
VALVE BODY
Fig. 96—Master clutch and forward-reverse spool assemblies removed from transmission valve body.
67
Lubricate all internal parts with clean Hy-Tran Plus Install the range (upper) accumulator and tighten to
fluid. Before installing the gear selector cam, refer to a torque of 60-70 ft.-lbs. (81-95 N.m).
Fig. 108 and move the 1-3-5, odd-even and L-M-H cam Using a hoist, reinstall control valve assembly.
pins to fully down position. Install the gear selector Move control lever to rotate cam until holes in cam
cam so that reverse blocker tab is at 7 o'clock position align with the three valve mounting bolt holes. Refer
as shown in Fig. 109. Use a screwdriver to move the to Fig. I l l and install bolts. Tighten the two M8 bolts
L-M-H spool cam pin upward until the cam is fully to a torque of 19-23 ft.-lbs. (26-31 N.m) and the M6
engaged. The cam must rotate approximately 360 bolt to a torque of 8-10 ft.-lbs. (10.5-12 N.m). Refer to
degrees from stop to stop. Install the shaft spacer and Fig. 112 and install bolts in locations shown. Tighten
control selector gear assembly. Align timing marks on M8 bolts to a torque of 19-23 ft.-lbs. (26-31 N.m) and
the cam gear and the control selector gear as shown MIO bolts to a torque of 38-45 ft.-lbs. (52-61 N.m).
in Fig. 110. Reconnect hydraulic tubes and refill transmission
Push the two cam detents back into their bores and with Hy-Tran Plus fluid. Adjust control linkage as
install the control housing assembly. Install detent outlined in paragraphs 134 through 137. Connect the
springs and plugs. Tighten plugs to a torque of 25-30 neutral start switch, transmission system pressure
ft.-lbs. (34-41 N.m). Install speed (lower) accumulator switch and if so equipped, the creeper drive solenoid
and tighten to a torque of 25-30 ft.-lbs. (34-41 N.m). wires.
CLUTCH
CONTROL
PISTON
OUTER
SPRING
LOWER
COVER BOLT
Fig. 99—Lower cover, clutch control piston, flow sensor spool, piston dump spool and relative components removed
from control valve body.
68
PRESSURE TESTS ter clutch supply tube. Cap fitting on control valve
and place a drain pan under open end of tube. Place
transmission shift lever in PARK position, then dis-
All Models connect park lock cable clevis from park lock, using a
CAS-10753 seven gage bar, connect gages to the seven
149. To check the transmission valve and clutch ports shov^n in Fig. 113.
pressures, first refer to Fig. 113 and disconnect mas-
Connect a flowmeter (CAS-10283 or equivalent) to
a remote valve circuit. With engine operating at 1000
rpm, close load valve to partially restrict oil flow.
Warm the transmission oil to a temperature of 150°
F (65.5° C) and remove flowmeter.
With engine operating at 1100 rpm, use the trans-
mission clutch pressure check chart (Fig. 114) to
record the pressure gage readings required for each
speed selection. If regulated pressure is below 260-
280 psi (1793-1931 kPa) refer to paragraph 185 and
adjust regulated pressure at pto control valve.
With regulated pressure correct, engine operating
at 1100 rpm and inching pedal up, start in first speed
and record pressure readings. Proceed to each for-
Fig. 100—Exploded view of creeper drive vaive assem-
bly. ward speed up through eighteenth speed. Then, all
LOCK PIN
reverse speeds. If so equipped, check pressures in six
forward creeper speeds and reverse creeper speeds.
LOCK SPRING
If master clutch pressure is not within specifica-
tions, adjust as follows: If equipped vdth a creeper
drive, disconnect solenoid wire and creeper clutch
tube, then unbolt and remove creeper valve. See Figs.
CAM PIN
SPOOL
CUP
PLUG
LOCK PIN
Fig. 102—View showing method of securing cam pin in

spool. Loci< pin engages hoie in cam pin.
Fig. 103—Engage short end of small Allen wrench In

Fig. 101—View of 1-3-5, L-M-H and odd-even spoois re- hole in cam pin to disengage ioci( pin on 1-3-5 spooL
moved from transmission controi vaive body. Odd-even and L-M-H are simiiar.
69
99 and 100. If not equipped with creeper drive, unbolt Check all clutch combinations to determine the
and remove lower cover. Remove clutch control pis- faulty clutch or clutches by process of elimination.
ton, piston spring, inner and outer springs, shims and Residual pressure should be 3 psi (21 kPa) maximum.
guide. Remove flow sensor spool and spring, and If residual pressure is too high in transmission con-
piston dump spool and spring. Count the inner and trol valve, speed and range clutch life will be short-
outer shims on the shim guide. An approximate 5 psi ened. High residual pressure can be caused by
(34 kPa) pressure change will result by adding or leaking seal rings, improper spool timing or restricted
subtracting one inner and one outer shim. Add or drain or lube passages. Maximum lube pressure is
subtract shims as required to bring pressure within controlled by the cold oil relief valve in the hydraulic
specifications. Always change shims in pairs (one filter base. Minimum lube pressure is controlled by
inner and one outer). Using a new gasket, reinstall the size of the orifices in the lube distribution system.
clutch control piston, piston spring, guide, inner and Low lube pressures can be caused by leaks in the
outer shims, inner and outer springs, flow sensor system.
spool and spring, and the piston dump spool and When pressure checks have been completed, recon-
spring. Install cover and tighten bolts to a torque of nect park lock cable clevis, remove gages and com-
19-23 ft.-lbs. (26-31 N.m). plete balance of tractor reassembly.
Drive the tractor, shifting through all speeds to
If all clutch pressure readings are within specifica- check operation of the transmission valve.
tions, the test is completed. If low pressure is indi-
cated in an odd-even, L-M-H or 1-3-5-R clutch,
depress the inching pedal and retest. By depressing SPEED TRANSMISSION
the inching pedal, you are checking only the 1-3-5-R
clutch. Arise in pressure indicates a leaking odd-even The speed transmission contains the countershaft
or L-M-H clutch. By shifting from sixth through and gears and if so equipped, the creeper drive clutch;
twelfth speed, low and high range can be isolated. The the input shaft and gears and the odd-even clutches;
odd-even clutches can be capped off to isolate them and the output shaft and gears and the 1-3-5-R
from the system. clutches.
When pressure recording is completed, compare All Models

each actual reading with the specified pressure. Place
an 'X" in the box with low pressure. Using this 150. R&R AND OVERHAUL. To remove the
information, match 'X" marks to the clutch packs speed transmission assembly for service, proceed as
with low pressure to determine the failed clutch pack follows: Place transmission shift lever in PARK posi-
or packs. tion and block rear wheels securely. Remove front end
VALVE
"BODY
Fig, 104^-Valve body plate and reducing spool removed from valve body.
70
weights, if so equipped. Remove drain plug and drain

transmission fluid. Close heater valves at engine and
disconnect heater hoses.
On left side of tractor, disconnect the lower oil
cooler hose from bulk head fitting. Remove cab floor
mat, then unbolt and remove access cover from floor.
Unbolt the bulk head fiôm cab support brackets.
Disconnect upper oil cooler hose at tee fitting under
cab. Disconnect the pto drain tube at the pto valve.
Remove the lube manifold supply tube and the trans-
mission lube tube from tractor. Remove front upper
Fig. 106—Before instailing cam assembly, move 1-3-5,

odd-even and L-M-H cam pins to their fuiiy down posi-
tion.
Fig. 105—Remove the five Men head bolts to remove

the valve body piate.
Fig. 109—Install the gear selector cam so the reverse

blocker tab Is at 7 o 'clock position.
VALVE BODY
Fig. 106—View showing iocation of check valves in Fig. 110—View showing timing marks on cam gear and
valve plate and valve body. controi seiector gear.
Fig. 107—Views showing the different directions of check vaive Instailation. Refer to text for removal and instailation
procedures,
^; 71
cab retaining nuts. Raise hood £ind make certain hood left side rail. Remove fuel return line and throttle
hinge lock is engaged. Remove left hood strut. Discon- cable from injection pump. Identify and disconnect
nect Avirefiômair conditioning compressor. Remove steering hoses fiôm hand pump. Disconnect wires
compressor mounting bolts and drive belt. Remove from starter solenoid on the firewall. Disconnect bat-
condenser pivot bolt and wing screws fi:'om radiator tery cables and remove batteries. Remove battery box
support. Carefully lay condenser and compressor and cab steps. Clamp off the fuel hose between the
with hoses attached, in the tractor cab. Remove hose main tank and the auxiliary fuel tank. Disconnect the
routing clamp from left side rail. Unbolt tool box from hose from the auxiliary tank. Close the fuel tank
shut-ofT valve and disconnect fuel line and wiring
harness from auxiliary tank. Place a floor jack under
auxiliary tank support. Unbolt and remove auxiliary
tank and support. Remove shift linkage from lever on
control valve and disconnect inching pedal and for-
ward-reverse cables from top of control valve. Discon-
nect electrical connector at harness under left cab
door.
On right side of tractor, remove lower cab trim,

transmission filter cover and cover supports from
tractor. Disconnect wiring, then unbolt and remove
true ground speed sensor. Disconnect engine wiring
I harness and positive lead from bottom of cab floor.
Fig. 111—Move controi lever to rotate cam assembiy Remove oil cooler return line from hydraulic oil filter
until access holes in cam aiign with the three valve base and tee fitting under cabfloor.Unbolt hydraulic
mounting bolt holes. filter base from support bracket. Disconnect brake
Fig. 112—View showing location of the various size and iength of control valve and cover retaining bolts.
A. M8x 1.25 X 25 mm C. MlOx L5x 175 mm E. MlOx 1.5 X 55 mm
B. M8x 1,25 X 120 mm D. M8x 1.25 X 140 mm E MlOx 1.5 X 50 mm
72
valve return hose from brake valve. Loosen mounting outlined in paragraph 12. Unbolt and remove the
bolts and remove transmission filter screen housing drive guard from front of transmission housing. In-
cover, filter screen locator plug and the suction stall a lifting bracket to rear of speed transmission
screen. Unbolt and remove filter screen housing, fil- housing. Fasten a chain to lifting bracket and cab
ter screen container, gasket and "O" ring from the mounts, then attach chain to a hoist. Raise hoist until
transmission housing. Working through the filter there is tension on lift chain. Refer to Fig. 115 and
screen opening, disconnect the three internal range remove the odd clutch supply tube, even clutch supply
transmission clutch supply tubes at the 90 degree tube, master clutch supply tube and if so equipped,
elbows. Remove drawbar pivot pin and drawbar. In- the creeper clutch supply tube. Remove the transmis-
stall a splitting stand (17-526A or equivalent) on sion shift link from the control valve lever. Disconnect
tracks under the tractor. Bolt adapter plates to the the neutral start switch wires, transmission system
side rails. Use a jack on the splitting stand to support pressure switch wire and the creeper drive clutch
the speed transmission housing. Install a cab support solenoid wire, if so equipped. Disconnect the oil cooler
(17-528-2) under each front rail of the cab. Adjust return tube from the hydraulic tee fitting. Unbolt and
supports to raise cab to clear the mounting studs. separate speed transmission from flywheel housing.
Rotate square plate on each stud to lower studs out Attach right side of speed transmission to an engine
of cab frame. Attach a rear housing handler (17-527) stand. Remove left cab mount.
under rear frame of tractor. Remove bolts securing Refer to paragraphs 138 and 139 and remove trans-
the speed transmission to the range transmission and mission control valve, valve mounting plate and the
install two guide studs. Move front half of tractor four oil distributor tubes. Remove the lube manifold
from rear half. Cab will remain with rear section. and the three oil distributor tubes. Remove oil pres-
sure tube from countershaft rear bearing cage. Re-
151. With speed transmission separated from move snap ring from rear of front drive £ixle drive
range transmission, proceed as follows: If so shaft, then remove the drive shaft from front of speed
equipped, remove front drive shaft and shield as transmission housing. Refer to Fig. 121 or 122 and
TRANSMISSION VALVE ODD/EVEN MANIFOLD LUBE MANIFOLD
REGULATED MASTER ODD

PRESSURE CLUTCH 3A
SUPPLY SUPPLY LUBE
1. Regulated Pressure Port

2. Master Clutch Pressure Port
3. Odd/Even Pressure Port
4. 1.3,5,R Pressure Port
5. Low, Med, High Pressure Port
6. Residual Pressure Port
7. Lube Pressure Port
NOTE: Number 3 port is also used for creeper dutch

pressure wheri engaged if equipped. Ports 3A arrd 3B
are for isolating the odd/even clutch pressures.
Fig. 113—View showing location of gage instailation for pressure tests of transmission control valves and clutches.
73
o
Fig. 114~~Transmission clutch pressure check chart used in transmission pressure tests.
74
remove damper driven shaft (1) and coupling (2). bearing oven and install over rear of shaft until
Remove the creeper clutch supply tube (70), if so seated against snap ring.
equipped. Unbolt and remove fii'ont bearing support
(5). With front of speed transmission housing facing WARNING: Always wear heat protective gloves
upw£ird, raise input shaft (IS—Fig. 116) about 1^/4 when handling heated parts.
inches (45 mm) then remove countershaft assembly
(CS). Remove input shaft assembly (IS) and then Heat the 3rd-4th drive gear (36) to a temperature
output shaft assembly (OS). of 350° F (177° C) and install against lst-3rd-5th
driven gear. Install snap ring (37). Flat side of snap
rings (34 and 37) should face away from the gears.
152. If so equipped, refer to Fig. 117 and disassem- Install thrust washer (38) and gear k ^ . Heat lst-2nd
ble countershaft and creeper drive clutch as follows: drive gear (39) to a temperature of 350° F (177° C)
Remove the two seal rings (32) from rear end of shaft and install against the thrust washer. Heat rear
(30). Using a press, remove front bearing cone (2) and bearing cone (40) to a temperature of 250° F (121° C)
creeper driven gear (6) with thrust washers (3) and and install against the gear. Install snap ring (27) so
thrust bearing (4). Remove needle bearing (5), thrust that flat side will face away from gear (26) and so that
washers (7) and thrust bearing (8). Remove snap ring snap ring opening will be 180 degrees away from key
(13), backing plate (14), eight friction discs (15), seven groove. Install gear key (31) for gear (26). Heat 2nd-
separator discs (16), reaction plate (17) and three 4th-6th driven gear (26) to a temperature of 350° F
Belleville washers (18). Using compression sleeve (177° C) and install against snap ring. Install spacer
CAS-1903-3 or equivalent and a press, compress the (25). Install "O" rings (23 and 20) in grooves of carrier
Belleville washers (11) and remove snap ring (10). (24) and piston (19). Soak teflon rings (21 and 22) in
Remove the thirteen Belleville washers and snap ring hot water to expand the rings, then install over the
(12). Use a press to remove carrier assembly (24), "O" rings. Allow teflon rings to cool and contract.
spacer (25) and 2nd-4th-6th driven gear (26). Remove Apply petroleum jelly to the rings and install piston,
gear key (31) and snap rings (27 and 34). Turn shaft flat side first, into the clutch carrier. Install the car-
over and use a press to remove rear bearing cone (40) rier on the shaft so the oil hole in the shaft is aligned
and lst-2nd drive gear (39). Remove gear key (31), with the hole in the carrier. Install snap ring (12).
thrust washer (38) and snap ring (37). Press lst-3rd- Install the 13 piston return Belleville washers (11) as
5th driven gear (35) and 3rd-4th drive gear (36) off follows: Refer to Fig. 119 and install first washer
rear end of countershaft (30). Bump front (open) end concave side down, second washer concave side up,
of clutch carrier (24) on a wood block to remove piston third washer concave side down and so on until all 13
(19). Remove teflon ring (21) and "O" ring (20) from washers are installed. Install a centering sleeve CAS-
piston and teflon ring (22) and "O" ring (23) from 1903-4 over the shaft. Install snap ring (10—Fig. 117)
clutch carrier. over the centering ring. Align the opening in snap ring
with slotted spring pin (29) in the shaft. Install the
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing washer compression sleeve CAS-1903-5 over the
excessive wear or other damage. If end plug (28),
dowel pin (33), slotted spring pin (29) and coiled
spring pin have been removed, install as shown in
Fig. 118. If removed, install center gear key (31—Fig.
117). Install snap ring (34). Heat lst-3rd-5th driven
gear (35) to a temperature of 350° F (117° C) in a
CREEPER CLUTCH
SUPPLY
CS
Fig, 116—Front view of speed transmission showing
Fig, 115—Remove the supply tubes shown from trans- iocation of shafts.
mission control valve. CS. Countershaft IS. Input shaft OS. Output shaft
75
10
11
Fig. 117—Exploded view of countershaft and creeper clutch assembly and related parts.
1. Bearing cup
2. Front bearing cone
3. Thrust washers 12. Snap ring 22. Teflon ring 31. Gear keys 40. Rear bearing cone
4. Thrust hearing 13. Snap ring 23. "O"ring 32. Seal rings (2) 41. Bearing cup
5. Needle hearing 14. Backing plate 24. Clutch carrier 33. Dowel pin 42. Shims
6. Creeper driven gear 15. Friction discs (8) 25. Spacer 34. Snap ring 43. Rear hearing cage
7. Thrust washers 16. Separator discs (7) 26. 2nd-4th-6th driven 35. lst-3rd-5th driven 44. Bolt (6)
8. Thrust bearing 17. Reaction plate gear gear 45. Union
9. Seal ring 18. Belleville washers (3) 27. Snap ring 36. 3rd-4th drive gear 46. "0" rings
10. Snap ring 19. Piston 28. Plug 37. Snap ring 47. Connector
11. Belleville washers 20. "O"ring 29. Slotted spring pin 38. Thrust washer 48. "O"ring
(13) 21. Teflon ring 30. Countershaft 39. lst-2nd drive gear 49. Pressure tube
76
shaft and centering sleeve and on top ofthe snap ring. 154. Disassembly and reassembly of the speed
Install compression sleeve CAS-1903-3 over the transmission input shaft for tractors with or without
shaft. Use a press to press the sleeves down until snap creeper drive are similar. Any differences v^ll be
ring is positioned in its groove. Install the three noted. Damper driven shaft (1—Fig. 121 or 122),
Belleville washers (18) with concave sides facing up. coupling (2) and front bearing support (5) were re-
Install reaction plate (17), flat side up. Soak all fidc- moved in paragraph 151.
tion discs in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid, then starting Ib disassemble the input shaft, first remove the five
with a friction disc (15) and alternating with separa- seal rings (60). Then, using a suitable puller, remove
tor discs (16), install the 8 friction discs and 7 sepa- rear bearing cone (58). Remove spacers (52) and re-
rator discs. Install hacking plate (14), flat side down taining rings (53). Remove thrust washers (50) and
and install snap ring (13). Install two thrust washers thrust bearing (51). Remove lst-3rd-5th drive gear
(7) with thrust bearing (8) between washers. Install (48) and needle bearing (49). Remove thrust washers
needle bearing (5) and install new seal ring (9) on (46) and thrust bearing (47). Remove snap ring (45),
creeper driven gear (6). Install creeper driven gear so backing plate (44), seven friction discs (42), six sepa-
that splines of gear engages all of the friction discs.
Top of needle bearing (5) will be even with top of gear
hub when all discs are engaged on gear splines.
Install thrust washers (3) with thrust bearing be-
tween the washers. Heat front bearing cone (2) to a
temperature of 250° F (121° C) and install against
thrust washer. Install new seal rings (32). Lay coun-
tershaft with creeper drive clutch assembly aside in Fig. 119—View showing correct stacicing of Beiieviiie
a clean area for later installation. washers.
153. On models without creeper drive, refer to Fig.

120 and disassemble and reassemble countershaft
assembly. Use a press to remove bearing cones and
gears. Heat bearing cones to a temperature of 250° F
(121° C) and gears to a temperature of 350° F (177°
C) before installing on countershaft. Lay countershaft
assembly aside in a clean area for later installation.
SLOTTED SPRING PIN (1) -

PRESS FLUSH WITH SHAFT OD
COILED SPRING PIN (1)-

PRESS FLUSH WiTH
HAFT 18
3.00 mm
(0.118 iNCH)
Fig. 120—Expioded view of countershaft and reiative

parts used on tractors without creeper drive.
1. Bolt (6) 10. Gear keys
2. Bearing cage 11. Countershaft
DOWEL PIN - PRESS
3. Shim 12. lst-3rd-5th driven gear
IN FLUSH AS SHOWN PLUG - PRESS IN 4. Bearing cup 13. Snap ring
PLACE AS SHOWN 5. Rear bearing cone 14. Snap ring
6. lst-2nd drive gear 15. 2nd-4th-6th driven gear
Fig. 118Sectionai view showing correct instaiiation 7. Thrust washer 16. Snap ring
ofpiug, doweipin, siotted spring pin and coiled spring 8. Snap ring 17. Front bearing cone
pin in creeper drive countershaft. 9. 3rd-4th drive gear 18. Bearing cup
77
1. Damper driven shaft

2. Coupling
3. Oil seal
4. Bolt (11)
5. Front bearing
support
6. Bearing cup
8. Thrust washers
9. Thrust bearing
10. Needle bearing
11. Spacer
12. Needle bearing
13. 2nd-4th-6th drive
gear
14. Thrust washers
15. Thrust hearing
16. Seal ring
17. Snap ring
18. Bacldng plate
19. Friction discs (9)
20. Separator discs (8)
21. Reaction plate
22. Snap ring
23. Belleville washers
(3)
(13)
25. Snap ring
26. Piston
27. "O"ring
28. Teflon ring
29. Teflon ring
30. "O"ring
31. Clutch carrier
32. "O"ring
33. Teflon ring
34. Teflon ring
35. "O^'ring
36. Piston
37. Snap ring
(13)
(3)
40. Snap ring
41. Reaction plate
42. Friction discs (7)
43. Separator discs (6)
44. Backing plate
45. Snap ring
46. Thrust washers
47. Thrust hearing
48. lst-3rd-5th drive
gear
49. Needle bearing
50. Thrust washers
51. Thrust bearing
52. Spacers
53. Retaining rings
54. Coiled spring pin (5)
55. Slotted spring pin
(2)
56. Input shaft
57. Dowel pin (4)
58. Rear hearing cone
59. Bearing cup
60. Seal rings (5)
61 61.
62.
Shim
"O" rings (6)
64 63. Oil distributor tubes
(3)
Fig. 121—Expioded view of speed transmission input shaft and the odd and even clutches 64. Rear bearing cage
used on tractors not equipped with creeper speed. 65. Bolt (4)
78
rator discs (43) and reaction plate (41). Remove the washers and snap ring (25). Remove snap rings (40
three Belleville washers (39). and 37) and thirteen Belleville washers (38) from
Use a puller £uid remove front bearing cone (7). If opposite side of carrier (31) in same manner. Press
so equipped, use a puller to remove creeper drive gear carrier off front end of input shaft (56). Bump clutch
(67—Fig. 122) and snap ring (66). On all models, carrier (31) against a wood block to remove pistons
remove thrust washers (8) and thrust bearing (9). (26 and 36). Remove teflon rings (28, 29, 33 and 34)
Remove 2nd-4th-6th drive gear (13) and needle bear- and "O" rings (27, 30, 32 and 35) from pistons and
ings (10 and 12) with spacer (11). Remove thrust carrier.
washers (14) and thrust bearing (15). Remove snap Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing
ring (17), backing plate (18), nine friction discs (19), excessive wear or other deimage. If dowel pins (57),
eight separator discs (20) and reaction plate (21). slotted spring pins (55) or coiled spring pins (54) have
Remove the three Belleville washers (23). Using com- been removed, install as shown in Fig. 123. Install
pression sleeve CAS-1903-3 or equivalent and a new "O" rings (27, 30, 32 and 35—Fig. 121 or 122) in
press, compress the Belleville washers (24) and re- grooves in carrier and pistons. Soak teflon rings (28,
move snap ring (22). Remove the thirteen Belleville 29, 33 and 34) in hot water to expand them. Install
"54
Fig. 122—Expioded view of speed transmission input shaft and odd and even dutches used on tractors with creeper
drive. Refer to Fig. 121 for iegend except for the foiiowing:
66. Retaining ring
67. Creeper drive gear 69. Elbow fitting 71. Seal ring
68. "O"ring 70. Creeper clutch supply tube 72. Seal ring
79
teflon rings over the "O" rings. Allow rings to cool and thrust bearing (9) between the washers. On models
contract. Apply petroleum jelly to the rings and in- so equipped, install snap ring (66—Fig. 122) and
stall pistons, flat side first, into carrier. Install snap install creeper drive gear (67), long hub first on the
ring (37) in its groove on input shaft (56). Then, shaft. Press gear into position. On all models, heat
aligning etch mark on face of carrier (31) and etch front bearing cone (7—Fig. 121 or 122) to a tempera-
mark on front end of input shaft, press carrier on ture of 250° F (121° C) and install on shaft.
shaft until seated against snap ring. Turn unit over
and install snap ring (25) against carrier. Install the WARNING: Always wear heat protective gloves
13 piston return Belleville washers (24) as follows: when handling heated parts.
Refer to Fig. 119 and install first washer concave side
down, second washer concave side up, third washer Install thrust washers (46) with thrust bearing
concave side down and so on until all 13 washers are between the washers. Install needle bearing (49) and
installed. Install centering sleeve CAS-1903-4 over install a new seal ring on lst-3rd-5th drive gear (48).
the shaft. Install snap ring (22—Fig. 121 or 122) over Install the lst-3rd-5th drive gear so that splines of
the centering sleeve. Align opening in snap ring with gear engages all of the friction discs (42). Install
slotted spring pin in the shaft. Install the washer thrust washers (50) with thrust bearing (51) between
compression sleeve CAS-1903-5 over the shaft and the washers. Install first spacer (52), two retaining
centering sleeve and on top of the snap ring. Install rings (53) and second spacer (52). Heat rear bearing
compression sleeve CAS-1903-3 over the shaft. Use a cone (58) to a temperature of 250° F (121° C) and
press to press the sleeves down until snap ring is install on shaft. Install the five new seal rings (60).
positioned in its groove. Install Belleville washers Lay input shaft assembly aside in a clean area for
(38) and snap ring (40) in opposite side of clutch later installation.
carrier in same manner. Install the three Belleville
washers (23) with concave side facing up. Install 155. Ib disassemble the speed transmission output
reaction plate (21), flat side up. Soak all friction discs shaft front clutches (reverse and 5th clutches), refer
in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid, then starting with a to Fig. 124 and proceed as follows: Remove the four
friction disc (19) and alternating with separator discs seal rings (46) from front of output shaft (51). Using
(20), install the nine friction discs and eight separator a suitable puller, remove reverse driven gear (6) with
discs. Install backing plate (18), flat side down and thrust washers (3) thrust bearing (4) and front bear-
install snap ring (17). Install the three Belleville ing cone (2). Remove needle bearing (5), thrust wash-
washers, clutch pack and snap ring (39 through 45) ers (7) and thrust bearing (8). Remove snap ring (10),
in the same manner. Rear clutch pack uses seven backing plate (11), seven friction discs (12), six sepa-
friction discs and six separator discs. Install thrust rator discs (13), reaction plate (14) and three
washers (14) and thrust bearing (15) between the Belleville washers (16). Using compression sleeve
washers. Install needle bearing (12), spacer (11) and CAS-1903-3 or equivalent and a press, compress
second needle bearing (10). Install new seal ring (16) Belleville washers (17) and remove snap ring (15).
on 2nd-4th-6th drive gear (13). Install 2nd-4th-6th Remove the eleven piston return Belleville washers
drive gear so that splines of gear engages all of the and snap ring (18). Use a screwdriver to remove snap
friction discs (19). Install thrust washers (8) with ring (38) out of its groove in rear of clutch carrier (24).
Then, using a suitable puller as shown in Fig. 125,
remove front clutch carrier assembly (24—Fig. 124).
SLOTTED SPRING PIN (2) - Remove the three Belleville washers (32), backing
PRESS FLUSH WITH SHAFT OD plate (34), seven friction discs (35), six separator discs
(36), reaction plate (37) and snap ring (38). Using a
compression sleeve CAS-1903-3 or equivalent and a
COILED SPRING PIN (5) - press, compress Belleville washers (31) and remove
PRESS FLUSH WITH SHAFT OD snap ring (33). Remove the thirteen piston return
Belleville washers and snap ring (30). Remove the
thrust washers (40) and thrust bearing (41). Remove
\ 5th-6th driven gear (42), needle bearing (43), thrust
bearing (44) and spacer (45). Bump open ends of
clutch carrier (24) on a wood block to remove pistons
(19 and 29). Remove teflon rings (21, 22, 26 and 27)
and "O" rings (20, 23, 25 and 28) from pistons and
DOWEL PIN (4)-PRESS carrier.
IN FLUSH AS SHOWN
Fig. 123—Sectionai view showing correct installation
of dowei pins, slotted spring pins and coiled spring 156. Tb disassemble the speed transmission output
pins in speed transmission Input shaft. shaft rear clutches (1st speed and 3rd speed), refer to
80
Fig. 126 and proceed as follows: With front clutches press, compress Belleville washers (34) and remove
removed as in paragraph 155, remove the 3rd-4th snap ring (36). Remove the thirteen Belleville wash-
driven gear (45) with seal ring (42). Remove needle ers and snap ring (33). Turn shaft over and use a
bearing (46), thrust washers (43) and thrust bearing puller to remove rear bearing cone (5). Remove thrust
(44). Remove snap ring (41), backing plate (40), eight washers (6) and thrust bearing (7). Remove lst-2nd
fi:iction discs (39), seven separator discs (38), reaction driven gear (9) with seal ring (12), needle bearing (8),
plate (37) and three Belleville washers (35). Using thrust washers (10) and thrust bearing (11). Remove
compression sleeve CAS-1903-3 or equivalent and a snap ring (13), backing plate (14), ten friction discs
42
Fig. 124—Expioded view of speed transmission output shaft and front dutches (reverse and 5th speed). Refer also to
Fig, 126 for exploded view of rear clutches.
1. Bearing cup
2. Front bearing cone 13. Separator discs (6) 22. Tfeflonring 32. Belleville washers 42. 5th-6th driven gear
3. Thrust washers 14. Reaction plate 23. "O"ring (3) 43. Needle bearing
4. Thrust bearing 15. Snap ring 24. Front clutch carrier 33. Snap ring 44. Thrust bearing
5. Needle bearing 16. Belleville washers 25. "O"ring 34. Reaction plate 45. Spacer
6. Reverse driven gear (3) 26. Ifefionring 35. Friction discs (7) 46. Seal rings (4)
7. Thrust washers 17. Belleville washers 27. Tbflon ring 36. Separator discs (6) 47. Dowel pin (1)
8. Thrust bearing (11) 28. "Oaring 37. Backing plate 48. Dowel pins (3)
9. Seal ring 18. Snap ring 29. Piston 38. Snap ring 49. Coiled spring pins (5)
10. Snap ring 19. Piston 30. Snap ring 39. Seal ring 50. Slotted spring pins
11. Backing plate 20. "O"ring 31. Belleville washers 40. Thrust washers (4)
12. Friction discs (7) 21. Teflon ring (13) 41. Thrust bearing 51. Output shaft
81
(16), nine separator discs (15), reaction plate (17) and sleeve CAS-1903-5 over the shaft and centering
three Belleville washers (19). Using compression sleeve and on top of the snap ring. Install compression
sleeve CAS-1903-3 or equivalent and a press, com- sleeve CAS-1903-3 over the shaft. Use a press to press
press piston return Belleville washers (20) and re- the sleeve down until snap ring is positioned in its
move snap ring (18). Remove the thirteen Belleville groove. Install the three Belleville washers (19) con-
washers and snap ring (21). Press rear clutch carrier cave side up and the reaction plate (17) flat side up.
(27) off rear end of output shaft (51). Bump open ends Soak all friction discs in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid.
of clutch carrier on a wood block to remove pistons (22 Starting with a friction disc (16) and alternating with
and 32). Remove teflon rings (24, 25, 29 and 30) and separator discs (15), install the ten friction discs and
"O" rings (23, 26, 28 and 31) from pistons and carrier. nine separator discs. Install backing plate (14) flat
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing side down and install snap ring (13). Install thrust
excessive wear or other damage. If dowel pins, slotted washers (10) vdth thrust bearing (11) between wash-
spring pins or coiled spring pins were removed from ers and install needle bearing (8). Using new seal ring
output shaft, reinstall as shown in Fig. 127. (12) on lst-2nd driven gear (9), install gear so that
splines of gear engages all of the friction discs (16).
Install thrust washers (6) with thrust bearing (7)
157. To reassemble the output shaft rear clutches, between washers. Heat rear bearing cone (5) in a
refer to Fig. 126 and install new "O" rings (23, 26, 28 bearing oven to a temperature of 250° F (121° C) and
and 31) in grooves in pistons (22 and 32) and rear install bearing.
clutch carrier (27). Soak teflon rings (24, 25, 29 and
30) in hot water to expand the rings, then install them WARNING: Always wear heat protective gloves
over the "O" rings. Lubricate the rings with petro- when handling heated parts.
leum jelly and install piston assemblies, flat side first,
in carrier. Install snap ring (33) in the third snap ring
Using the special tools, install front 13 piston re-
groove from rear end of output shaft (51). Position the
turn Belleville washers (34) and snap ring (36) in
snap ring so the slotted spring pin is between ends of
same manner as rear set. Install three Belleville
snap ring. Align the etch mark on front face of rear
washers (35) concave side up and reaction plate (37)
clutch carrier with the etch mark on rear end of
flat side up. Soak all friction discs (39) in clean Hy-
output shaft and install carrier from rear of shaft,
Tran Plus fluid. Starting with a friction disc (39) and
against the installed snap ring. Install snap ring (21)
alternating with separator discs (38), install the eight
against rear side of carrier. Install the 13 piston
friction discs and seven separator discs. Install back-
return Belleville washers (20) as follows: Refer to Fig.
ing plate (40) flat side down and install snap ring (41).
119 and install first washer concave side down, sec-
Install thrust washers (43) with thrust bearing (44)
ond washer concave side up, third washer concave
between washers and install needle bearing (46).
side down and so on until all 13 washers are installed.
Using new seal ring (42) on 3rd-4th driven gear (45),
Install centering sleeve CAS-1903-4 over the shaft.
install gear so that splines of gear engages all of the
Install snap ring (18—Fig. 126) over the centering
friction discs (39).
sleeve. Align opening in snap ring with slotted spring
pin in the shaft. Install the washer compression
158. With rear clutches installed on output shaft as
outlined in paragraph 157, refer to Fig. 124 and
assemble front clutches (reverse and 5th speed). In-
stall new "O" rings (20, 23, 25 and 28) in grooves in
pistons (19 and 29) and front clutch carrier (24). Soak
teflon rings (21,22, 26 and 27) in hot water to expand
the rings. Install the rings over the "O" rings and
allow to cool and contract. Lubricate the rings v^th
petroleum jelly and install pistons flat side first in the
clutch carrier. Install spacer (45), thrust bearing (44)
and needle bearing (43) over front end of shaft. Using
a new seal ring (39) on 5th-6th driven gear (42),
install the gear over the needle bearing (43). Install
thrust washers (40) with thrust bearing (41) between
washers. Install snap ring (33) in groove next to
thrust washer (40) so that gap in snap ring is centered
over slotted spring pin in shaft. Install the 13 piston
return Belleville washers (31) as follows: Install first
Fig. 125—View showing front clutch carrier being re- washer concave side up, second washer concave side
moved from speed transmission output shaft. down, third washer concave side up and so on until
82
all 13 washers are installed. Install snap ring (30) tor discs (36), install the seven friction discs and six
over shaft so snap ring lays on top of last Belleville separator discs over splines of gear (42). Install reac-
washer (31). Install the washer compression sleeve tion plate (34) flat side down and install the three
CAS-1903-5 over the Belleville washers. Install com- Belleville washers (32) concave side down. Align the
pression sleeve CAS-1903-3 over the previously in- etch mark on front face of front clutch carrier (24)
stalled sleeve. Use a press and apply down pressure with the etch mark on front end of output shaft (51)
on sleeves until snap ring (30) is positioned in its and install the carrier. Aligning the etch marks will
groove. Place snap ring (38) over shaft and lay it on align the oil holes in shaft and carrier. Use a screw-
gear (42). Install backing plate (37) flat side up. Soak driver to install snap ring (38) in its groove inside the
all friction discs in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid. Starting carrier. Install snap ring (18) over the shaft. Using
with a friction disc (35) and alternating with separa- washer compression sleeve CAS-1903-5 and compres-
51
10
Fig, 126—Exploded view of speed transmission output shaft rear dutches (1st speed and 5th speed). Refer to Fig. 124
for exploded view of front dutches.
1. Bolt (4) 12. Seal ring
2. Bearing case 13. Snap ring 21. Snap ring 31. "O"ring
3. Shim 14. Backing plate 22. Piston 32. Piston 39. Friction discs (7)
4. Bearing cup 15. Separator discs (9) 23. "O"ring 33. Snap ring 40. Backing plate
5. Rear bearing cone 16. Friction discs (10) 24. Teflon ring 34. Belleville washers 41 Snap ring
6. Thrust washers 17. Reaction plate 25. Teflon ring (13) 42. Seal ring
7. Thrust bearing 18. Snap ring 26. "O"Hng 35. Belleville washers 43 Thrust washers
8. Needle bearing 19. Belleville washers 27. Rear clutch carrier (3) 44. Thrust bearing
9. lst-2nd driven gear (3) 28. "(F ring 36. Snap ring 45. 3rd-4th driven gear
10. Thrust washers 20. Belleville washers 29. Teflon ring 37. Reaction plate 46. Needle bearing
11. Thrust bearing (13) 30. Ti»non ring 38. Separator discs (8) 51. Output shaft
83
sion sleeve CAS-1903-3 and a press, apply down of the snap ring. Install compression sleeve CAS-
pressure on sleeves until snap ring is installed in its 1903-3 over the shaft. Use a press and apply down
groove. Install the 11 piston return Belleville washers pressure on sleeves until snap ring (15) is positioned
(17) as follows: Install first washer concave side down, in its groove. Install the three Belleville washers (16)
second washer concave side up, third washer concave concave sides up and reaction plate (14) flat side up.
side down and so on until all 11 washers are installed. Soak all friction discs in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid.
Install centering sleeve CAS-1903-4 over the shaft. Starting with a friction disc (12) and alternating with
Install snap ring (15) over the centering sleeve. Align separator discs (13), install the seven friction discs
opening in snap ring with slotted spring pin in the and six separator discs. Install backing plate (11) flat
shaft. Install the washer compression sleeve CAS- side down and install snap ring (10). Install thrust
1903-5 over the shaft and centering sleeve and on top washers (7) with thrust bearing (8) between washers
and install needle bearing (5). Using new seal ring (9)
on reverse driven gear (6), install gear so that splines
COILED SPRING PIN (5) - of gear engages all of the friction discs (12). Install
PRESS FLUSH .WITH SHAFT OD thrust washers (3) with thrust bearing (4) between
washers. Heat front bearing cone (2) in a bearing oven
to a temperature of 250° F (121° C) and install on
shaft.
^ =
DOWEL PIN (4) - PRESS
IN FLUSH AS SHOWN
Install the four seal rings (46) in grooves in output
shaft.
SLOTTED SPRING PIN (4) -
PRESS FLUSH WITH SHAFT OD 159. To air check the clutches on input shaft, output
Fig. 127—Sectionai view showing correct Instailation shaft and countershaft, apply compressed air with an
of dowei pins, coiied spring pins and slotted spring air gun to the various oil ports in shafts. If a clutch
pins in output shaft. fails to move under air pressure, it would indicate
3R0 SPEED HYDRAULIC

CLUTCH PACK - (8) FRICTIOI^
DISCS,{7) SEPARATOR DISCS
AND (13) BELLEVILLE RETURN REVERSE SPEED HYDRAULIC
SPRINGS.. CLUTCH PACK - (7) FRICTION
DISCS,(6) SEPARATOR DISCS
AND (11) BELLEVILLE RETURN
SPRINGS.
1ST SPEED HYDRAULIC 5TH SPEED HYDRAULIC
CLUTCH PACK - (10) FRICTION CLUTCH PACK - (7) FRICTION
DISCS.fQ) SEPARATOR DISCS AND DISCS.(6) SEPARATOR DISCS
(13) BELLEVILLE RETURN SPRINGS. AND (13) BELLEVILLE RETURN
SPRINGS.
SPEED TRANSMISSION
OUTPUT SHAFT
FRONT BEARING CONE

REAR BEARING CONE
(5TH-6TH) SPEED
DRIVEN GEAR REVERSE SPEED
(1ST-2ND) SPEED DRIVEN GEAR
DRIVEN GEAR
FRONT CLUTCH
(3RD-4TH) SPEED PLATE CARRIER
DRIVEN GEAR
Fig, 126Sectional view ofassembied speed transmission output shaft and 1st, 3rd, 5th and reverse dutches.
84
leaking seals on that clutch piston. Disassemble and rear of input shaft and inside of bearing cage (6), then
reseal as required. install input shaft assembly if equipped with creeper
drive, lubricate seal rings on rear of countershaft,
then on all models, install countershaft assembly.
160, Before installing the speed transmission
shafts, renew bearing cups (15,16 and 20—Fig. 129) NOTE: Raise the input shaft approximately IV4
infi:'ontbearing support (19 or 20). Do not install new inches (45 mm), install countershaft so gears are
oil seal (18) at this time. Unbolt and remove rear engaged, then lower both shafts into position.
bearing cages (2, 6 and 10), keeping shim packs (3, 7
and 11) with their respective cage. Renew bearing
cups (4,8 and 12) as required. Inspect needle bearing Apply Loctite 515 gasket eliminator to flange of
(13) for fi'ont drive axle drive shaft and renew if fi:-ont bearing support (19 or 20). Install support and
necessary. tighten bolts (17) to a torque of 69-78 ft.-lbs. (94-106
Reinstall bearing cages (2, 6 and 10) with original N.m). Lubricate lips of new oil seal (18) and carefully
shim packs (3, 7 and 11), but do not tighten bolts (1, install seal over end of input shaft with lips of seal
5 and 9) at this time. Install the output shaft assem- facing inward. Drive seal in until flush with top of
bly in transmission bousing. Lubricate seal rings on bore in bearing support.
14
Fig. 129—Speed transmission with front bearing support and rear bearing cages removed.
1. Bolt (4)
2. Bearing cage 6. Bearing cage 10. Bearing cage 14. Speed transmission 19. Front hearing
(output shaft) (input shaft) (countershaft) 15. Bearing cup support (w/creeper)
3. Shim 7. Shim 11. Shim 16. Bearing cup 20. Bearing cup
4. Bearing cup 8. Bearing cup 12. Bearing cup 17. Bolt (11) 21. Front bearing
5. Bolt (4) 9. Bolt (6) 13. Needle hearing 18. Oil seal support (w/o creeper)
85
Turn speed transmission so rear end is facing up- snap ring (12), spacer (11) and shims (10). Press shaft
ward. Remove bearing cages (2, 6 and 10) and shims (1) out through rear of cage (3). Remove bearing cone
(3,7 and 11). Install bearing cages without shims and (9) from front of cage. Use a puller to remove bearing
install two opposite bolts in each bearing cage. cup (8), then remove retaining ring (7). Drive bearing
Tighten the two opposite bolts in each cage alter- cup (6), be£iring cone (5) and spacer (4) out front of
nately to a torque of 4.0 ft.-lbs. (5.6 N.m). Rotate shaft cage.
while tightening bolts. Using a feeler gage, measure Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or
clearance next to each of the two bolts. Average the other damage and renew as necessary. Reassemble as
two measurements and add the following dimension follows: Install spacer (4) over front end of shaft. Heat
to determine shim pack thickness for each shaft. bearing (5) in a bearing oven to a temperature of 250°
Input shaft without creeper drive 0.009 in. F (121° C) and install bearing cone on shaft.
(0.229 mm)
Input shaft with creeper drive 0.008 in.
(0.203 mm)
Countershaft without creeper drive 0.014 in.
Install shaft through front of cage. Press bearing
(0.356 mm)
cup (6) in position on bearing cone (5). Install retain-
Countershaft with creeper drive 0.008 in.
ing ring (7), then press shaft forward to seat bearing
(0.203 mm)
cup against retaining ring. Press bearing cup (8) in
Output shaft 0.014 in. against retaining ring. Press the front bearing cone
(0.356 mm) (9) into the cup until a rolling torque of 13.0-19.5
Shims are available in thicknesses of 0.003, 0.004, in.-lbs. (1.5-2.2 N.m) is reached. Install snap ring (12),
0.005,0.012 and 0.030 inch (0.08,0.10,0.12,0.30 and flat side toward inside. Measure the distance from
0.76 mm). Remove cages, select correct shim packs front face of bearing cone to front face of snap ring.
and reinstall cages with shims. Tighten retaining This measurement minus 0.008 inch (0.2 mm) will be
bolts to a torque of 40-45 ft.-lbs. (54-61 N.m). Check the correct overall measurement of spacer (11), snap
end play of shafts with a dial indicator, use a pry bar ring (12) and shim pack (10) to be installed. Shims
to raise and lower the shaft. End play of shafts must are available in thicknesses of 0.010, 0.012 and 0.016
be within the range of 0.0012-0.005 inch (0.03-0.13 inch (0.25,0.30 and 0.41 mm). Install new oil seal (13)
mm). If not, add or remove shims to obtain the correct with lips toward inside of cage. Front face of seal must
end play. be flush with front face of cage. Install the shaft and
Install the creeper clutch supply tube at front and cage assembly into the speed transmission housing.
oil pressure tube at rear of speed transmission if Install snap ring on rear of shaft.
equipped with creeper drive. On models so equipped, Install input shaft coupling and damper driven
check the front drive axle drive shaft bearings (Fig. shaft, long splined end flrst. Using new "O" rings on
130) as follows: Remove oil seal (13), then remove the three oil distributor tubes, lubricate "O" rings
with petroleum jelly and install in input shaft rear
bearing cage. Apply Loctite 515 gasket eliminator on
mounting flange of lube manifold. Install lube mani-
fold and tighten retaining bolts to a torque of 40-45
ft.-lbs. (54-61 N.m).
Apply a light coat of molydisulfide grease on splines
of damper driven shaft. Attach a hoist to transmission
housing and remove from engine stand. Reinstall
speed transmission to flywheel housing. Tighten bolts
to the following torques:
12 mm diameter (grade 10.9) 99-111 ft.-lbs.
(134-151 N.m)
(235-260 N.m)
U (335-375 N.m)
Fig. 130—Exploded view of front drive axle drive shaft
removed from speed transmission. 20 mm diameter (grade 10.9) 479-538 ft.-lbs.
1. Shaft (650-730 N.m)
2. "O"ring 8. Bearing cup 22 mm diameter (grade 10.9) 653-734 ft.-lbs.
3. Cage 9. Front bearing cone (885-995 N.m)
4. Spacer 10. Shim
5. Rear bearing cone 11. Spacer
6. Bearing cup 12. Snap ring Refer to paragraph 150 and reassemble tractor by
7. Retaining ring 13. Oil seal reversing the disassembly procedures. Reinstall con-
86
trol valve assembly as outlined in paragraph 148. Use harness, then unbolt and remove the sensor from
a new gasket between speed and range transmission transmission housing. Loosen bolts and remove
housings. Use guide studs to align the transmission transmission filter screen cover, locator plug and fil-
housings. Tighten M16 x 55 mm bolts to a torque of ter screen. Unbolt and remove filter screen housing,
173-192 ft.-lbs. (235-260 N.m) and M20 x 60 mm bolts container, gasket and "O" ring. Working through the
to a torque of 420-476 ft.-lbs. (570-645 N.m). filter screen opening, disconnect the three internal
When attaching front of cab, rotate square plates range transmission clutch supply tubes at the 90
on cab mounting studs until plates bottom on studs. degree elbows. Disconnect wiring from oil filter pres-
Tighten inside nut on lower part of studs to a torque sure switch and oil temperature sending unit. Re-
of 35-45 ft.-lbs. (47-61 N.m). Tighten jam nut to inside move hose from gear pump to hydraulic filter base.
nut to a torque of 136-153 ft.-lbs. (184-207 N.m). Disconnect oil cooler return tube from hydraulic filter
Lower cab onto cab mounts. Install upper nuts and base. Remove hose from remote valves to filter base
washers on the studs. Tighten upper nuts to a torque and reservoir return tube to filter base. Disconnect
of 140-180 ft.-lbs. (190-244 N.m). inlet tube from hydraulic pump. Unbolt and remove
Remove split stands and rear housing handler. hydraulic filter and pump inlet tube. Disconnect and
\N^th tractor reassembled, fill transmission to correct remove steering signal tube from bulkhead and con-
level with Hy-Tran Plus fluid. System capacity is 202 nector under hydraulic pump. Disconnect wiring from
U.S. quarts (191 L). Bleed fuel system as in para- engine rpm sensor on gear pump. Disconnect the park
graph 55 and adjust linkage to transmission as out- brake cable, variable flow and control cables from
lined in paragraphs 134, 135, 136 and 137. Check remote control valves. Disconnect the pto control
transmission pressures as in paragraph 149. valve cable. Disconnect cab ground strap from hy-
draulic pump and wiring harness from cab floor.
Remove nuts from rear cab mounting studs. Remove
drawbar pivot pin and drawbar.
RANGE TRANSMISSION Install splitting stands (17-526A or equivalent) un-
der tractor and bolt adapter plates to the frame side
The range transmission contains the input shaft rails. Use a jack and wood block to support speed
with high and medium range clutches, countershaft transmission housing. Raise hood and lock in raised
with low range clutch and if so equipped, front drive position. Install cab supports and raise rear of cab to
axle shaft and clutch. The master clutch is also lo- clear cab mount studs. Place rear housing handler
cated at front end of input shaft. under rear housing and bolt to drawbar support.
Unbolt range transmission housing from speed trans-
All Models mission housing and install guide studs. Separate
front half of tractor from rear half. Cab will stay with
161. R&R AND OVERHAUL. To remove the front half.
range transmission assembly for service, proceed as
follows: Place transmission shift lever in PARK posi- NOTE: The master clutch can be removed at this
tion and block rear wheels securely. Remove front end time if desired.
weights, if so equipped. Remove drain plug £uid drain
transmission fluid. Remove battery cover and discon- Remove the pximp signal tubes, pump drive lube
nect battery cables. Remove cab floor mat, then un- tube, pto valve inlet tube, gear pump to oil cooler tube,
bolt and remove access panel from cabfloor.Remove left and right brake tubes to rear housings and differ-
speed transmission lube supply tube and lube mani- ential lock supply tube. Remove the pto valve with
fold supply tube. Disconnect shift control valve tube, regulated supply lines to transmission control valve,
brake tube and drain tube from pto valve. If so hitch control valve and front drive axle solenoid valve.
equipped, disconnect creeper lube tube from top of Attach a lifting strap and hoist to pump assembly,
range transmission. Disconnect oil cooler tube and unbolt Eind remove the pumps and drive assembly.
steering supply tube from bulkhead fittings. Discon- Remove valve tubes, then remove remote valves and
nect left and right brake supply tubes from bulkhead the steering priority valve. Unbolt and remove park
fittings. lock assembly. Remove lube tubes as required, then
On left side of tractor, remove batteries, then unbolt unbolt and remove lube manifold. Disconnect wires
and remove battery box and cab steps as an assembly. from transmission speed sensor, differential lock so-
Clamp off fuel hose between main tank and auxiliary lenoid valve and front drive axle solenoid valve. Dis-
fuel tank. Drain auxiliary tank, place a floor jack connect tubes, then unbolt and remove hitch valve.
under tank, then unbolt and remove auxiliary tank On left side of housing, unbolt and remove access
and support. On right side of tractor, unbolt and cover, bracket and solenoid valve.
remove lower cab trim, transmission filter cover and Working through park lock opening, move snap
cover supports. Disconnect true ground speed wiring ring and spacer forward on bevel drive pinion shaft.
87
Attach a lift chain at both rear sides and to front of aid in installation. Install teflon seal rings over "O"
range transmission housing. Attach chains to a hoist rings. Lubricate seal rings with petroleum jelly and
and support the transmission. Unbolt range trans- install piston (16), tang side out. Apply petroleum
mission from rear frame and move constant mesh jelly to clutch springs (15) and install springs over
gear forward on bevel pinion shaft as housings are guide pins on spring plate (13). Install plate and
separated. With range transmission removed, remove spring assembly into carrier and against the piston.
constant mesh gear through park lock cover opening. Put snap ring (12) on top end of the carrier, flat side
Attach right side of range transmission housing to an up. Use a bridge plate and press to compress springs
engine stand. Remove the transmission speed sensor (15). Install snap ring (12) into groove in carrier.
from the housing. Install new seal ring (6) inside clutch hub. Place snap
ring (7) inside clutch hub. Install thrust washers (8)
with thrust bearing (9) between washers and install
retaining ring (11) on clutch hub. Install retaining
162. Ib remove the master clutch, first remove ring (10) on clutch carrier and install clutch hub into
lubrication tube from inside the range transmission clutch carrier. Working through hole in clutch hub,
input shaft. Remove the Allen screw and clutch reinstall snap ring (7) into groove on clutch carrier. Soak
tainer from front end of shaft. Refer to Fig. 131 and all friction discs in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid. Install
remove master clutch as shown. a separator disc (4), then a friction disc (3) and alter-
Ib disassemble the master clutch, refer to Fig. 132 nating the discs, install all discs. Install reaction
and remove snap ring (1). Remove reaction plate (2), plate (2) flat side down and install snap ring (1). Lay
nine friction discs (3) and nine separator discs (4).
Move snap ring (7) out of groove in clutch carrier, then
remove clutch hub (5). Remove retaining ring (10)
from clutch carrier. Remove retaining ring (11) from
inside clutch hub (5), then remove thrust washers (8)
and thrust bearing (9). Remove snap ring (7) and seal
ring (6) from inside the clutch hub. Use a bridge plate
and press to compress springs (15) and remove snap
ring (12) from its groove. Release the press and re-
move the snap ring. Remove spring plate (13) with
guide pins (14), then remove springs (15). Remove
clutch piston (16). Remove teflon seal rings (18 and
20) and "O" rings (17 and 19) from clutch carrier.
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or other
damage and renew parts as required. Guide pins (14)
are only available with spring plate (13). Springs (15)
should have a free length of 1.41 inches (35.28 mm)
and should test 25 lbs. (111.25 N) when compressed
to a length of 0.91 inch (23.12 mm).
Ib reassemble the master clutch, install new "O"
rings (17 and 19) in grooves in carrier (21). Soak teflon
seal rings (18 and 20) in hot water to expand them for
Fig. 132—Exploded view of master dutch used on all

models.
1. Snap ring
2. Reaction plate 12. Snap ring
3. Friction discs (9) 13. Spring plate
4. Separator discs (9) 14. Guide pins (16)
5. Clutch hub 15. Springs (16)
6. Seal ring 16. Piston
7. Snap ring 17. "O*'ring
8. Thrust washers 18. Ifeflon ring
9. Thrust bearing 19. "O**ring
Fig. 131—View showing removal of master dutch from 10. Retaining ring 20. Teflon ring
front of range transmission. 11. Retaining ring 21. Clutch carrier
88
master clutch assembly aside in a clean area for later was removed to clean ports in shaft (26), apply Loctite
installation. 262 to threads of screw and tighten screw to a torque
of 20-25 ft.-lbs. (30-35 N.m). If needle bearing (2) is
being renewed in carrier (1), press new bearing in
163. Tb remove the range transmission shafts, refer from inside of carrier to a depth of 0.256 inch (6.5 mm)
to Fig. 133 and proceed as follows: Turn transmission below flush with face of bore.
housing so that front end is pointing upward. Remove Th reassemble the shaft and clutch assembly, in-
snap ring from front end of input shaft and remove stall new "O" rings (9 and 12) in grooves in hub (8).
seal ring (7) from bearing cage (5). Remove retaining Soak teflon seal rings (10 and 11) in hot water to
bolts (6) and remove input shaft bearing cage (5) with expand them, then install them over "O" rings. Soak
bearing cup (4) and shims (3). Remove bolts (15), then all friction discs (6) in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid.
remove countershaft bearing cage (16) with bearing Starting with a friction disc and alternating with
cup (17) and shim (18). Pump drive gear (10) and separator discs (7), install all eight friction discs and
bearing (13) will also be removed with bearing cage separator disc. Install backing plate (5) and snap ring
(16). Keep shims (3 and 18) with their bearing cages. (4). Lubricate teflon rings (10 and 11) with petroleum
Unbolt and remove front bearing support (1). Using jelly, then install piston (13) on the hub. Install snap
a lift strap and hoist, remove countershaft assembly ring (28) and driven gear (24) over front of shaft so
first, then the input shaft assembly. Remove the bevel that long side of gear hub is to front. Install gear
pinion constant mesh gear from the housing. shield (22) and snap ring (20). Install the hub, clutch
If so equipped, remove front drive axle drive clutch plates and piston assembly in carrier so piston is
and shaft assembly as follows: Remove inlet fitting facing up. Do not install belleville washer (14) at this
and inlet tube for the clutch shaft bearing cage (34— time. Install piston spring retainer (16) with steel "O"
Fig. 134). Unbolt and remove clutch shield from rear ring (15) on piston with steel "O" ring down. Install
cover (19), then unbolt and remove front and rear retaining ring (18). Place assembly in a press with
upper gear shields for gear (24). Unbolt bearing cage clutch carrier down. Use a cross block and spacers on
(34) from range transmission housing and withdraw spring retainer and apply down pressure of 2090-
front drive axle drive shaft and clutch assembly.
164. TD disassemble the front drive axle drive shaft

and clutch assembly, refer to Fig. 134 and remove "O"
ring (35) from bearing cage (34). Remove snap ring
(39) and back-up ring (38). Unbolt front gear shield
(22) and remove snap ring (20) from its groove. Move
gear (24) forward on shaft (26) and unbolt rear gear
shield (33). Using a suitable puller, remove bearing
cage (34) and rear bearing cone (37). Remove rear
gear shield (33) and two seal rings (40). Use a puller
to remove center bearing cone (30) and backup ring
(29). Remove gear retaining snap ring (28). Turn shaft
assembly over and remove clutch carrier (1). Remove
retaining ring (3), then remove hub (8) with clutch
assembly. Remove clutch shield rear cover (19) and
gear retaining snap ring (20). Remove front gear
shield (22) and driven gear (24). Remove two seal
rings (25) from shaft. Place compression sleeve CAS-
1903-3 over piston spring retainer (16). Use a press
and apply down pressure on sleeve to compress
Belleville washer (14). Working through slot in com-
pression sleeve, remove retaining ring (18) from its Flg. 133—Exploded view of front bearing support and
bearing cages removed from range transmission.
groove in hub (8). Remove compression sleeve and
snap ring. Remove shims (17), spring retainer (16) 1. Front bearing support
2. Bolt (6) 11. Seal ring
with steel "O" ring (15), Belleville washer (14) and 3. Shims 12. Snap ring
piston (13). Turn unit over and remove snap ring (4), 4. Bearing cup 13. Ball bearing
backing plate (5), eight friction discs (6) and seven 5. Input shaft bearing cage 14. Snap ring
6. Bolt (3) 15. Bolt (4)
separator discs (7). 7. Cage seal ring 16. Countershaft bearing cage
8. Clutch tube (medium) 17. Bearing cup
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or 9. Clutch tube (high) 18. Shim
other damage and renew as required. If screw (27) 10. Pump drive gear 19. Clutch tube (low)
89
2610 lbs. (9300-11600 N) on cross block to compress with concave side toward piston. Install spring re-
the clutch pack. Measure the distance from top of tainer (16) steel "O" ring side down. Install selected
spring retainer to top of retaining ring (18). This shim pack (17) and position retaining ring (18) on top
(^stance minus 0.065 inch (1.65 mm) is the total of clutch hub. Use cross block and press to compress
thickness of retaining ring (18) and shim pack (17) to clutch plates and install retaining ring in groove in
be installed. Remove cross block, retaining ring (18) hub. Remove aligning tool. Install the two seal rings
and piston spring retainer (16). Install clutch plate (25) on the shaft and lubricate the rings with petro-
aligning tool CAS-1908 through clutch hub from pis- leum jelly. Remove carrier (1) from hub assembly,
ton side until seated. Install Belleville washer (14) carefully install hub assembly, piston side first, on the
Fig. 134^-Exploded view of front drive axle drive clutch and shaft assembly used on models so equipped.
1. Clutch csurrier
2. Needle bearing 10. Ifeflon ring 18. Retaining ring 25. Seal rings 33. Rear gear shield
3. Retaining ring 11. Ifeflon ring 19. Clutch shield 26. Shaft 34. Bearing cage
4. Snap ring 12. "Oaring rear cover 27. Allen head screw 35. "O"ring
5. Backing plate 13. Piston 20. Snap ring 28. Snap ring 36. Bearing cup
6. Friction discs (8) 14. Belleville washer 21. Nut (2) 29. Back-up ring 37. Rear bearing cone
7. Separator discs (7) 15. Steel «0" ring 22. Front gear shield 30. Center bearing cone 38. Back-up ring
8. Clutch hub 16. Spring retainer 23. Screw (5) 31. Bearing cup 39. Snap ring
9. "Oaring 17. Shim 24. Driven gear 32. Bolt (5) 40. Seal rings
90
shaft and secure with retaining ring (3). Install clutch (38). Remove the 13 piston return Belleville washers
carrier over clutch plates. Install back-up ring (29) (39). Use a puller and remove rear bearing cone (52).
over rear end of shaft. Heat center bearing cone (30) Remove snap ring (51) and high range clutch carrier
in a bearing oven to a temperature of 250° F (121° C) (50). Remove snap ring (44) and seal ring (53). Bump
and install on shaft. carriers (4 and 50) on a wood block to remove pistons
(7 and 47). Remove teflon rings (5 and 9) and "O" rings
(6 and 8) from piston (7) and ceurier (4) and teflon
WARNiNG: Aiways wear heat protective gloves rings (46 and 48) and "O" rings (45 and 49) from piston
when handiing heated parts. (47) and carrier (50).
Install new bearing cups (31 and 36) in bearing
cage (34) as required. Install rear gear shield (33) on
bearing cage. Install the five bolts and tighten to a
torque of 27-32 ft.-lbs. (37-43 N.m). Install new seal
rings (40) on rear end of shaft. Install bearing cage
assembly on shaft, then bolt gear shields together.
Place shaft assembly in a press and position rear
bearing cone (37) on end of shaft. Press bearing cone
on shaft while rotating bearing cage until a rolling
torque of 1.55-2.35 ft.-lbs. (2.1-3.19 N.m) is obtained.
Measure distance from back face of rear bearing cone
(37) to outside face of snap ring groove. This distance
minus 0.0067 inch (0.169 mm) will be total thickness
of snap ring and back-up ring to be installed. Back-up
rings are available in thicknesses of 0.123, 0.126,
0.130, 0.133, 0.137 and 0.141 inch (3.12, 3.21, 3.30,
3.39,3.48 and 3.57 mm). Install selected back-up ring
(38) and snap ring (39). Install new "O" ring (35) on
bearing cage. Lay shaft and clutch assembly aside in
a clean area for later installation.
165. Ib (Hsassemble the range input shaft and high

range and low range clutches, refer to Fig. 135 and
proceed as follows: Remove the four seal rings (1).
Fig. 135~-Expioded view of range transmission Input
Using a puller, remove low range drive gear (3) and shaft with high range and medium range dutch
front bearing cone (2). Use a screwdriver to move snap assemblies.
ring (15) out of its groove in carrier (4). Use a suitable 1. Seal rings (4)
puller to remove medium clutch carrier (4) with pis- 2. Front bearing cone 28. Seal ring
ton assembly from shaft. Remove the three Belleville 3. Low range drive gear 29. Needle bearing
washers (10), reaction plate (11), ten friction discs 4. Clutch carrier ^ 30. Snap ring
5. Tfeflonring 31. Backing plate
(12), nine separator discs (13), backing plate (14) and 6. "O"ring 32. Friction discs (10)
the snap ring (15). Use compression sleeve CAS-1903- 7. Piston 33. Separator discs (9)
3 and a press to compress Belleville washers (17) and 8. "O"ring 34, Reaction plate
9. Tfeflonring 35. Belleville washers (3)
remove snap ring (16) from its groove in shaft. Re- 10. Belleville washers (3) 36, Thrust washers
move sleeve and snap ring. Remove the 13 Belleville 11. Reaction plate 37. Thrust bearing
washers (17), snap rings (18 and 19), thrust washers 12. Friction discs (10) 38. Snap ring
(20) and thrust bearing (21). Remove medium range 13. Separator discs (9) 39. Belleville washers (13)
14. Backing plate 40. Dowel pins (3)
drive gear (23) with seal ring (22), needle bearing (24), 15. Snap ring 41, Input shaft
thrust bearing (25) and spacer (26). Remove high 16. Snap ring 42. Coiled spring pin (5)
range drive gear (27) with seal ring (28) and needle 17. Belleville washers (13) 43. Slotted spring pin (1)
18. Snap ring 44. Snap ring
bearing (29). Remove snap ring (30) from groove in 19. Snap ring 45, «0" ring
high range clutch carrier (50). Remove backing plate 20. Thrust washers 40. Ifeflonring
(31), ten friction discs (32), nine separator discs (33), 21. Thrust bearing 47^ Piston
22. Seal ring 43. ifeflon ring
reaction plate (34), three Belleville washers (35), 23. Medium range drive gear 49. "O" ring
thrust washers (36) and thrust bearing (37). Use 24. Needle bearing 50* Clutch carrier
compression sleeve CAS-1903-3 and a press to com- 25. Thrust bearing 51. Snap ring
press Belleville washers (39) and remove snap ring 26. Spacer 52. Rear bearing cone
27. High range drive gear 53. Seal ring
91
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or install pistons flat side first into carriers. Install snap
other damage £ind renew as required. If dowel pins ring (44) over rear end of shaft (41) and into the
(40), coiled spring pins (42) or slotted spring pin (43) second groove in splines. Install high range clutch
have been removed to clean oil ports in input shaft carrier (50) against snap ring (44) so that oil hole in
(41), refer to Fig. 136 and reinstall as shown. carrier is aligned with hole in shaft. Install snap ring
Ib reassemble range input shaft and clutches, refer (51). Heat rear bearing cone (52) in a bearing oven to
to Fig. 135 and proceed as follows: Install new "O" a temperature of 250° F (121° C) and install on shaft.
rings (6, 8,45 and 49) in grooves in pistons (7 and 47)
and carriers (4 and 50). Soak teflon rings (5,9,46 and WARNiNG: Aiways wear heat protective gioves
48) in hot water to expand them, then install them when handiing heated parts.
over the "O" rings. Allow teflon rings to cool and
contract, lubricate them with petroleum jelly and Install first piston return Belleville washer concave
side down, second washer concave side up, third
SLOTTED SPRING PIN - DOWEL PIN (3) - PRESS
washer concave side down and so on until all 13
PRESS FLUSH WITH SHAFT OD IN FLUSH Belleville washers are installed as shown in Fig. 137.
Install centering sleeve CAS-1903-4 over the shaft.
Install snap ring (38—Fig. 135) over the centering
ring so that opening in snap ring is aligned with
slotted spring pin in the shaft. Install compression
sleeve CAS-1903-5 over the centering sleeve and on
top of snap ring. Install compression sleeve CAS-
1903-3 and using a press, apply down pressure on
sleeves until snap ring is positioned in groove. Re-
move the sleeves. Install thrust washers (36) with
thrust bearing (37) between the washers. Install the
three Belleville washers (35) concave side up and
reaction plate (34) flat side up. Soak all finction discs
(32) in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid. Starting with fi:iction
disc and alternating with separator plates (33), in-
Fig, 136—Sectional view showing correct installation of
dowel pins, coiied spring pins and siotted spring pin in
stall all ten friction discs and nine separator discs.
range input shaft Install backing plate (31) flat side down, then install
snap ring (30). Install needle bearing (29) and using
a new seal ring (28), install high range drive gear (27)
so that splines of gear engage all friction discs (32).
Install spacer (26), thrust bearing (25), needle bear-
ing (24) and medium range drive gear (23) with new
seal ring (22). Install thrust washers (20) with thrust
bearing (21) between the washers, then install snap
Fig. 137—View showing correct stacking of Belleviiie
washers for high range dutch. rings (18 and 19). Install first piston return Belleville
REAR BEARING CONE
FRONT BEARING CONE

HIGH RANGE CLUTCH MEDtUM RANGE CLUTCH
PLATE CARRIER PLATE CARRIER
Fig, 136—Sectional view of assembied range transmission input shaft and high range and low range clutches.
92
washer (17) concave side up, second washer concave remove piston. Remove teflon rings (8 and 10) and "O"
side down, third washer concave side up and os on rings (7 and 9) from piston (11) and carrier (6). Install
until all 13 Belleville washers are installed. Install new "O" rings (7 and 9) in grooves in piston and
centering sleeve CAS-1903-4 over the shaft. Install carrier. Soak teflon rings (8 and 10) in hot water to
snap ring (16) over the centering ring and install expand them, then install them over the "O" rings.
compression sleeve CAS-1903-5 over the centering Lubricate rings with petroleum jelly, then install
sleeve and on top of snap ring. Install compression piston.
sleeve CAS-1903-3 and using a press, apply down
pressure on sleeves until snap ring is positioned in When reassembling, drive new roller bearing (23)
groove in shaft. Remove sleeves. Place snap ring (15) in rear end of countershaft until bearing is 0.810 inch
over shaft and lay it on gear (23). Install backing plate (20.64 mm) below flush with top of bore. Install first
(14) flat side up. Soak all finction discs in clean Hy- piston return Belleville washer (20) concave side up,
Tran Plus fluid. Starting with a fidction disc (12) and second washer concave side down, third washer con-
alternating with separator discs (13), install all 10 cave side up and so on until all 13 Belleville washers
fi:iction discs and nine separator discs. Install reac- are installed. Install thrust washers (18) with thrust
tion plate (11) flat side down and install the three bearing (19) between the washers. Install snap ring
Belleville washers (10) concave side down. Install (17) against thrust washers. Use compression sleeve
medium range clutch carrier (4) so that oil hole in
carrier is aligned with oil hole in shaft. Working
through slots in carrier (4), use a screwdriver to
install snap ring (15) in groove inside the carrier.
Install low range drive gear (3). Heat front bearing
cone (2) in a bearing oven to a temperature of 250° F
(121° C) and install on shaft.
WARNING: Aiways wear heat protective gioves

Install four new seal rings (1) on front of shaft and

new seal ring (53) on rear of shaft. Lay input shaft
assembly aside in a clean area for later installation.
166. To disassemble the countershaft and low

range clutch, refer to Fig. 139 and proceed as follows:
Using a suitable puller, remove constant mesh gear
(35) and rear bearing cone (36). Remove spacer (34),
high range driven gear (33) and medium range driven
gear (32) with seal ring (31). Remove snap ring (30),
backing plate (29), 15 fiiction discs (27), 14 separator
discs (28), reaction plate (26) and three Belleville
washers (25). Remove snap ring (24). Turn unit over
and press the shaft assembly out through low range
driven gear and carrier (6), removing front bearing Fig. 139—Exploded view of range transmission coun-
cone (1), spacer (2), thrust washers (3) and thrust tershaft and iow range clutch assembly.
bearing (4). Remove seal rings (5) from gear (6). 2. Spacer 19. Thrust bearing
Remove needle bearing (12), spacer (13), needle bear- 3. Thrust washers 20. Belleville washers (13)
ing (14), thrust washers (15) and thrust bearing (16). 4. Thrust bearing 21. Countershaft
Use compression sleeve CAS-1903-3 and a press to 5. Seal rings 22. Coiled spring pin (3)
6. Low range driven gear & 23. Roller bearing
compress Belleville washers (20) and remove snap clutch carrier 24. Snap ring
ring (17) from its groove in shaft. Remove sleeve and 7. "O"ring 25. Belleville washers (3)
snap ring. Remove thrust washers (18), thrust bear- 8. Tfeflonring 26. Reaction plate
9. "O" ring 27. Friction discs (15)
ing (19) and the 13 Belleville washers (20). Use an 10. Teflon ring 28. Separator discs (14)
inside puller to remove roller bearing (23) from rear 11. Piston 29. Backing plate
of countershaft. 12. Needle bearing 30. Snap ring
1^. Spacer 31. Seal ring
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or 14. Needle bearing 32. Medium range driven gear
other damage and renew as required. If coiled spring 15. Thrust washers 33. High range driven gear
pins (22) were removed, press new pins in uritil flush 16. Thrust bearing 34. Spacer
17. Snap ring 35. Constant mesh gear
with top of bores. Bump carrier (6) on a wood block to 18. Thrust washers 36. Rear bearing cone
93
and press to compress Belleville washers, then install 167. Before reassembling the range transmission,
snap ring in its groove in shaft. Install thrust washers renew rear bearing cups in transmission housing and
(15) with thrust bearing (16) between washers. In- front bearing cups in bearing cages as required. If
stall needle bearing (14) spacer (13) and needle bear- desired, check hydraulic pump drive gear bearing as
ing (12). Install two new seal rings (5) on hub of low follows: Working through slots in front side of gear
range driven gear (6), then install gear and carrier on (10—Fig. 133), use snap ring pliers and remove snap
shaft. Install thrust washers (3) with thrust bearing ring (12) out of its groove in bearing cage (16). Remove
(4) between washers. Install spacer (2). Heat front hydraulic pump drive gear from bearing cage. Re-
bearing cone (1) in a bearing oven to a temperature move snap ring (14) from gear and drive bearing (13)
of 250° F (121° C) and install bearing. from gear. Tb reinstall gear and bearing, place new
seal ring (11) inside gear and lay snap ring (12) inside
the gear and over the hub, flat side down. Install
when handiing heated parts. bearing (13) and secure with snap ring (14). Install
on countershaft bearing cage and working through
slot in gear, install snap ring (12) in its groove in
Turn shaft over and install snap ring (24) in its bearing cage.
groove. Install the three Belleville washers (25) con-
cave side up and reaction ring (26) flat side up. Soak 168. To install the front drive axle drive shaft and
all firiction discs (27) in clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid. clutch assembly, lubricate seal ring (35—Fig. 134) on
Starting with a friction disc and alternating with bearing cage (34). Install the shaft and clutch assem-
separator discs (28), install all 15 firiction discs and bly into the range housing. Align oil hole bearing cage
14 separator discs. Install backing plate (29) flat side with hole in housing. Apply Locktite 262 to threads
down, then install snap ring (30) in groove in clutch of retaining bolts and tighten bolts to a torque of 38-45
carrier. Using new seal ring (31) on medium range ft.-lbs. (52-61 N.m). Install clutch shield over clutch
driven gear (32), install gear so that splines on gear assembly and bolt to rear clutch cover (19). Use new
engage all friction discs (27). Install high range "O" rings on bolts and bolt clutch shield bracket to
driven gear (33), spacer (34) and constant mesh gear housing. Place bevel pinion constant mesh gear, long
(35). Heat rear bearing cone (36) to a temperature of hub forward, in range housing. Use new "O" rings and
250° F (121° C) and install on shaft. install oil inlet tube through range housing and into
front drive axle drive shaft bearing cage (34).
169. To install the range input shaft and clutches,
lubricate seal ring (53—Fig. 135) with petroleum jelly
Lay countershaft assembly aside in a clean area for and install the assembly. Tilt the input shaft to the
later installation. side so the countershaft can be installed.
MEDIUM RANGE
DRIVEN GEAR
REAR BEARING CONE

RANGE TRANSMISSION
COUNTERSHAFT
LOW RANGE DRIVEN GEAR

AND CLUTCH PLATE CARRIER
Fig. 140—Sectional view of assembled countershaft and low range clutch.
94
Install the countershaft assembly in range hous- correct shim pack thickness to be installed. Shims (3
ing. Lubricate seal rings (5—Fig. 139) on low range and 18) are available in thicknesses of 0.003, 0.004,
driven gear (6). Install bearing front support (1—Fig. 0.005,0.012 and 0.030 inch (0.08,0.10,0.13, 0.30 and
133) and secure with the six bolts (2) tightened to a 0.76 mm).
torque of 66-79 ft.-lbs. (90-107 N.m). Remove bearing cages and install selected shim
packs. Tighten bolts to a torque of 40-45 ft.-lbs. (54-61
The end play for the countershaft is 0.0005-0.004
N.m). Install new seal ring (7) on bearing cage (5).
inch (0.013-0.100 mm) and end play for the input
Connect all oil tubes.
shaft is 0.001-0.005 inch (0.03-0.13 mm). Tb set the
Tb install the master clutch on front end of input
end play, install the bearing cage (16—Fig. 133) and
shaft, install the clutch positioning snap ring in
pump gear assembly without shims (18). Install bolts
groove on input shaft. Place clutch assembly on shaft
(15) loosely. Tighten two opposite bolts alternate^, in
and tap in place using a soft hammer. Install clutch
three steps until tightened to a torque of 6.6 ft.-lbs.
retainer flat side to front and secure with the Allen
(9.0 N.m). Rotate shaft while tightening. Measure the
screw tightened to a torque of 19-23 ft.-lbs. (26-31
gap between bearing cage (16) and front support (1)
N.m). Install lubrication tube in end of range input
next to the tightened bolts. Take an average of the
shaft.
two readings and add 0.011 inch ().279 mm). This will
Tb install the lubrication manifold (Fig. 141), in-
be the correct shim pack thickness to be installed.
stall new "O** rings on pressure tubes. Lubricate "O"
Apply petroleum jelly to the four seal rings (1—Fig.
rings and install tubes in lube manifold. Use new
135) on front of input shaft, then install bearing cage
gasket and install manifold assembly. Lower ends of
(5—Fig. 133) without shims (3). Install bolts (6)
tubes must go into holes in range input shaft bearing
loosely. Tighten two opposite bolts alternately, in
cage. Tighten manifold retaining bolts to a torque of
three steps, to a torque 4.0 ft.-lbs. (5.6 N.m). Rotate
38-45 ft.-lbs. (52-61 N.m).
shaft while tightening. Measure the gap between
bearing cage (5) and front support (1) next to the
tightened bolts. Take an average of the two readings 170. When reinstalling the range transmission,
and add 0.009 inch (0.241 mm). This will be the attach lifting chains and hoist, then remove from
engine stand. As transmission housing is guided to
rear frame, install constant mesh gear, spacer and
LUBRICATION snap ring over the bevel drive pinion shaft. When
MANIFOLD
BOLT
housings are together, install and tighten bolts to a
torque of 173-192 ft.-lbs. (235-260 N.m). Move con-
stant mesh gear and spacerfiiUyrearward and install
snap ring in its groove. Use Loctite 515 gasket elimi-
GASKET
nator when installing park lock and hydraulic pump
assemblies on right side and access cover on left side.
Tighten bolts to a torque of 38-45 ft.-lbs. (52-61 N.m).
The balance of reassembly is the reverse of disas-
sembly procedure.
O-RING
O-RING
PRESSURE TUBE PRESSURE TUBE
O-RING
O-RING
INPUT SHAFT FRONT

BEARING CAGE
Fig, 141—View showing iubrication manifold, pressure Fig, 142—View showing constant mesh gear, spacer
tubes and range input shaft bearing cage. and snap ring instailed on bevel drive pinion shaft.
95
MAIN DRIVE BEVEL GEARS

AND DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL preioad must be adjusted. Reassembie as foiiows,
but do not instaii seai rings (4 and 36), iocic siip ring
(33) or bevei ring gear.
All Models
Heat bearing cones (5 and 32) in a bearing oven to
171. R&R AND OVERHAUL. To remove the dif- a temperature of 250° F (121° C) and install on
ferential assembly, disconnect battery cables and bearing retainers (3 and 38).
drain rear frame and axle housings. Drain, discon-
nect and remove main fuel tank and mounting plat- WARNiNG: Aiways wear heat protective gioves
form. Remove rear frame cover as outlined in when handiing heated parts.
paragraph 222. Attach rear housing handler 17-527
to support rear frame. Remove rear axle housings Install oil seals (1 and 40) into retainers (3 and 38)
with planetaries as outlined in paragraph 176. Re- so rubber lips face outside. Install seals until they are
move brake cylinders as in paragraph 179. Remove 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) below flush with top of bore.
the pto drive gear lube line from rear frame. Remove Install new bearing cups (6 and 31) in cover (9) and
the differential lock supply line, then unbolt and case (28). Install thrust washer (27) and side gear (26)
remove the pto drive gear assembly. Remove the pto in differential case (28). On Model 7110, lubricate
drive shaft and couplers. Remove pinion shaft lube thrust washers (18) and inside of pinion gears (20)
line. Attach a differential lifting tool CAS-1952 or with petroleum jelly and install in case. Insert long
equivalent on the differential and connect to a hoist. shaft (25) through case, pinion gears and long spacer
Raise hoist to support the differential. Unbolt and (24). Install short shafts (23) through case and gears
remove bearing retainers (3 and 38—Fig. 143) and so small end of shafts are inserted into hole in long
shims (7). Tag shims as to their location. Remove lock spacer and shaft. Secure short shafts in case with
slip ring (33) from retainer (38). Remove ring gear bolts (29). On Models 7120, 7130 and 7140, apply
and differential assembly and lay on bench. Remove petroleum jelly to the four thrust washers (18). Install
the 12 bolts (8) and lift off ring gear. Turn assembly the two washers for the long shaft (25). Apply petro-
over and remove cover (9). Remove thrust washer leum jelly to inside the four pinion gears (20) and
(11), four separator plates (12) and three friction install 28 needle rollers (21) inside each gear. Install
plates (13). Remove the differential lock side gear (17) thrust rings (19) on top of needle rollers. Install two
and six dowel pins (10) from case (28). Turn case pinion gear assemblies for the long shaft in the case
piston side down and using compressed air in supply against the thrust washers. Place long spacer (24)
port, remove piston (15). Remove "O" rings (14 and between the gears. Insert long shaft through the case,
16) from piston and case. Remove the two bolts (29) gears and spacer. Install the other two thrust washers
securing short shafts (23) in case (28). Thread an M8 into the case, then install the two pinion gear assem-
bolt into short shafts £ind pull short shafts (23) from blies. Install the short spacers (22) and two short
case. On Model 7110, remove thrust washers (18) and shafts so that small ends of shafts are inserted into
pinion gears (20) for short shafts (23). Remove long hole in long spacer and shaft. Secure short shafts with
shaft (25) and long spacer (24), then remove thrust bolts (29). On all models, lubricate new "O" rings (14
washers and pinion gears for long shaft (25). On and 16) and install in grooves on piston (15) and
Models 7120, 7130 and 7140, remove thrust washers inside of case (28). Install piston flat side up in case
(18), thrust rings (19), pinion gears (20), needle roll- and install the six dowel pins (10) in the case. Install
ers (21) and short spacers (22) for short shafts (23). differential lock side gear (17). Install one separator
Remove long shaft (25) and long spacer (24), then plate (12) so that notches engage dowel pins, then one
remove thrust washers, thrust rings, pinion gears friction plate (13) so it will mesh with lock side gear.
and needle rollers for long shaft (25). On all models, Alternate plates until three friction plates and four
remove side gear (26) and thrust washer (27) from separator plates are installed. Use grease to stick
case (28). Remove bearing cups (6 and 31) from dif- thrush washer (11) in position on cover (9) and install
ferential case and cover. Remove oil seals (1 and 40), cover on differential case. Use bolts and nuts to secure
seal rings (4 and 36) and bearing cones (5 and 32) from cover to case. Do not install ring gear at this time.
bearing retainers (3 and 38). Remove seal rings (30) Install differential assembly into rear frame. Install
from case. Clean and inspect all parts for excessive two aligning dowel pins (2 or 39) in each side of rear
wear or other damage and renew as necessary. frame. Install left bearing retainer (3) without shims
(7) and install three retainer bolts equally spaced
around retainer. Tighten bolts to a torque of 85 ft.-lbs.
NOTE: If carrier bearings (5 and 32) or differential (115 N.m). Install right bearing carrier (38) without
case (28) or cover (9) have been renewed, bearing
96
shims. Install and tighten three retaining bolts (41) torque the bolts evenly and equally until a rolling
evenly in steps of 25 in.-lbs. (2.82 N.m) until 100 torque of 45 in.-lbs. (5.08 N.m) is reached. Using a
in.-lbs. (11.3 N.m) is reached. Rotate differential depth micrometer, measure the distance from right
while tightening. Install a rolling torque adapter bearing retainer face to the rear frame through the
CAS-1902-2 into differential assembly and loosen three jackscrew holes. Average the three measure-
right carrier bolts evenly until finger tight. Now re- ments and record the dimension. Support differential
28
33 /
37
38
Fig. 143—Exploded view of differentlai assembly, insets show different types of pinions and shafts used.
1. Oil seal
2. Dowel pin (5) 8. Bolt (12) 15. Piston 22. Short spacer 29. Bolt (2)
3. Left bearing 36. Seal ring
9. Cover 16. "Oaring 23. Short shaft 30. Seal rings 37. Dowel pin (3)
retainer 10. Dowel pin (6) 17. Side lock gear 24. Long spacer
4. Seal ring 31. Bearing cup 38. Right bearing
11. Thrust washer 18. Thrust washer 25. Long shaft 32. Bearing cone retainer
5. Bearing cone 12. Separator plate 19. Thrust ring 26. Side gear
6. Bearing cup 33. Lock slip ring 39. Dowel pin (5)
13. Friction plate 20. Pinion gears 27. Thrust washer 34. Pressure tube 40. Oil seal
7. Shims 14. "O** ring 21. Needle rollers 28. Differential case 35. "Oaring 41. Bolt (6)
97
and remove both bearing retainers (3 and 38). Meas- rings (4 and 36) on carriers (3 and 38, making sure
ure the thickness of the right bearing retainer as ends are locked together. Install differential lock slip
shown in Fig. 144. Subtract this dimension from the ring (33) on right retainer (38). Lube hole in retainer
recorded dimension. The difference will be the total must be near the differential lock tube hole in the lock
shim pack thickness to be installed. Split total shim slip ring. Install both bearing carriers with the deter-
pack evenly and install half with each bearing carrier. mined shim packs, aligning lube passages in rear
Tighten carrier bolts to a torque of 85 ft.-lbs. (115 frame with slots in shims and bearing retainers.
N.m) while rotating differential. Check differential Using a dial indicator against a tooth on ring gear,
rolling torque which should be 40-70 in.-lbs. (4.5-7.9 check ring gear to bevel drive pinion backlash which
N.m) for new bearings or 20-35 in.-lbs. (2.26-3.95 should be 0.007-0.011 inch (0.179-0.279 mm). Tb
N.m) for used bearings. Desired setting is in the change backlash, move shims from one side of differ-
upper half of ranges. Tb increase rolling torque, re- ential to the other. Moving a 0.010 inch (0.254 mm)
move shim thickness of 0.002 inch (0.05 mm). Tb shim from one side to the other will change backlash
decrease rolling torque add to shim thickness. approximately 0.006 inch (0.169 mm).
With bearing preload set, remove differential and Using new "O" rings, install the pinion shaft lube
keep shim packs with their respective bearing carri- tube and differential lock supply tube. Install pto
ers. Unbolt cover (9--Fig. 143) from case (28), then drive shaft and bolt the pto drive gear assembly in
install ring gear on right side of case. Install the place. Install pto drive assembly oil lube tube.
twelve bolts (8) securing ring gear, case and cover The balance of reassembly is the reverse of disas-
together and tighten to a torque of 230 ft.-lbs. (310 sembly procedure.
N.m). Install new seal rings (30) on the case, making
sure ends of rings are locked together. Install new seal
BEVEL GEARS
All Models
172. The main drive bevel pinion (2—Fig. 145) and
ring gear (1) are a matched set and must be renewed
as such. Tb remove bevel pinion and ring gear, proceed
as follows: Tractor must first be split between range
transmission housing and rear frame as outlined in
paragraph 161. Remove rear frame cover as outlined
MEASURE RETAINER THICKNESS in paragraph 222 and rear axle housings and plane-
Fig. 144^Measure bearing retainer thickness as shown. taries as outlined in paragraph 176. Remove pto
shaft, differential bearing carriers and differential
with ring gear as outlined in paragraph 171. Remove
mounting bolts (9—Fig. 145) from bearing cage (8),
then withdraw bevel pinion assembly from rear
frame. Remove and measure thickness of shim pack
(7). Record thickness.
Tb disassemble bevel pinion, remove snap ring (12),
then press bevel pinion shaft and bearing cone (4)
from front bearing cone (11) and bearing cage assem-
bly. Press bevel pinion from rear bearing cone (4).
Remove bearing cup (5), snap ring (6) and bearing cup
(10) from bearing cage. Clean and inspect all parts
and renew any showing excessive wear or other dam-
age and renew as necessary. Make certain that hole
in plug (3) is open.
Tb reassemble pinion shaft and adjust bearings,
proceed as follows: Press rear bearing cup (5) in cage
until seated. Install snap ring (6) in groove in cage.
Fig. 145—Exploded view of ring gear and bevel drive Press front bearing cup (10) in cage until seated
pinion assembly used on aii modeis. Items 13, 14 and against snap ring. Heat rear bearing cone (4) in a
15 will remain in range housing. bearing oven to a temperature of 250° F (121° C) and
1. Ring gear 6. Snap ring 11. Bearing cone install in place on bevel pinion shaft.
2. Drive pinion 7. Shim 12. Snap ring
3. Plug 8. Bearing cage 13. Constant mesh gear
4. Bearing cone 9. Bolt (6) 14. Spacer WARNING: Aiways wear heat protective gloves
5. Bearing cup 10. Bearing cup 15. Snap ring when handiing heated parts.
98

Install bearing cage assembly on shaft and bearing mm). Remove pinion shaft assembly and install the
cone, then press front bearing cone in place while selected shim pack on bearing cage.
rotating bearing cage. Hold cage flange in a vise and If ring gear (1) or carrier bearings are renewed,
using a dial indicator, measure pinion shaft end play adjust bearing preload as in paragraph 171. Install
which should be at least 0.0005 inch (0.013 mm). bevel drive pinion assembly with shim pack and
Apply a force of approximately 50-100 lbs. (222-445 tighten retaining bolts to a torque of 87-98 ft.-lbs.
N) to one end, then the other when measuring end (118-133 N.m). Adjust ring gear to bevel pinion back-
play. Measure the distance from bearing cone (11) to lash, if necessary, as outlined in paragraph 171.
front of snap ring groove. Select a snap ring with a
thickness from 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) less to 0.0025 174. When attaching range transmission to rear
inch (0.07 mm) more than your measurement. Install frame, install a new gasket over dowel pins on rear
snap ring (12) in its groove. Back seat bearing (11) frame. As transmission housing is guided to rear
against snap ring with 10000-15000 lbs. (44480- frame, install constant mesh gear, spacer and snap
66720 N) of force. Using a dial indicator, check pinion ring (13, 14 and 15—Fig. 145) over the bevel drive
shaft end play again. End play must be 0.0005-0.004 pinion shaft. When housings are together, install and
inch (0.013-0.102 mm). If end play is incorrect, select tighten bolts to a torque of 173-192 ft.-lbs. (235-260
a thicker or thinner snap ring as required. Snap rings N.m). Move constant mesh gear and spacer fully
are available in thicknesses of 0.146, 0.149, 0.152, rearward and install snap ring in its groove. The
0.155 and 0.158 inch (3.70, 3.78, 3.86, 3.94 and 4.02 balance of reassembly is the reverse of disassembly
mm). procedure.
173, Tb adjust pinion mounting distance, record the DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

+ or - reference number etched in hundredths of a
millimeter on the end of pinion shaft (Fig. 146). Add All Models
or subtract the reference niimber from the standard
nominal dimension of 33.92 mm. The result will be 175, The differential lock clutch pack and actuating
the desired dimension. Install bevel drive pinion and piston are located within the differential case. When
cage assembly into rear frame without shims and operator depresses differential lock switch, an elec-
secure with mounting bolts. Install pinion depth set- tric solenoid controlled hydraulic valve directs pres-
ting tool CAS-1902-1 as shown in Fig. 147 so that bar surized oil to actuate clutch assembly. The clutch
is centered on pinion shaft. Hold pinion shaft forward locks one differential side gear to the differential case
to remove all bearing end play, then measure distance which prevents differential action and causes both
between rear face of pinion shaft and front face of bar final drive sun gear shafts to rotate at the same speed.
in millimeters. This is your measured dimension. When switch is turned off or foot brake applied (auto-
Subtract this measured dimension from the pre- matic switch activated), actuating piston hydraulic
viously calculated desired dimension. The result will pressure is relieved and clutch pack disengages.
be the correct thickness shim pack (7—Fig. 145) to be Removal and installation of clutch pack and piston
installed. Shims are available in thicknesses of 0.003, is outlined in paragraph 171 covering differential
0.004,0.005 and 0.012 inch (0.076,0.10,0.13 and 0.30 service. Solenoid control valve is located on right side
of tractor rear frame and removal is obvious. Refer to
Fig. 148 and remove jam nut (1) and solenoid coil (2).
Fig, 146—The plus or minus reference number (1) Is Fig, 147—Bevel pinion shaft setting tool CAS'1902'1 In-
etched in face of bevel pinion in hundredths of a mllll' stalled in differential bearing retainer bores In rear
meter as shown. frame.
99
Unscrew and remove cartridge (3) from body (9). Lubricate "O" rings and back-up rings with petro-
Remove all "O" rings and back-up rings from car- leum jelly when reassembling. Tighten cartridge in
tridge. A seal kit consisting of "O" rings (4, 6 and 8) valve body to a torque of 180 in.-lbs. (20 N.m). Tighten
and back-up rings (5 and 7) are available to reseal the jam nut to a torque of 30-40 in.-lbs. (3.4-4.5 N.m).
unit. All other parts are available only as a complete
valve assembly.
FINAL DRIVES
The final drive assemblies used on all models con- Install sun gear shaft alignment tool CAS-1902-5
sist of rear axle, planetary reduction unit and axle for Models 7110 and 7120 or CAS-1902-3 for Models
housing. The final drive is removed from tractor as a 7130 and 7140. See Fig. 149. Apply Loctite 515 gasket
unit. eliminator on mounting surface, then recouple axle
housing to rear frame. When sun gear shaft and
All Models planetary gears are engaged, remove alignment tool.
Push axle housing into final position and install bolts.
176. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Drain oil from Tighten bolts to a torque of 173-192 ft.-lbs. (235-260
rear frame and axle housing. Remove drawbar pivot N.m).
pin and drawbar. Move rear frame handler under Install cab mounting bracket and tighten bolts to a
tractor and bolt to drawbar support. Raise tractor and torque of 247-276 ft.-lbs. (335-375 N.m). Install
remove rear wheel and tire assembly. Raise hood and mounting stud and isolators. Tighten inside nut on
lock in raised position. Remove top nut from rear cab lower part of stud to a torque of 35-45 ft.-lbs. (47-61
mounts. Install rear cab supports and raise rear of N.m) and tighten jam nut to inside nut to a torque of
cab. LfOosen cab mount center plate and remove cab 136-153 ft.-lbs. (184-207 N.m). Lower the cab onto the
mount stud and isolators from mounting bracket. cab mounts and install mounting nuts and washers.
Unbolt and remove mounting bracket from rear axle Tighten nuts to a torque of 140-180 ft.-lbs. (190-244
housing. Remove a bolt from front and rear of axle N.m). Install rear wheel and tire and remove rear
housing and install guide studs. Attach lift brackets frame handler. Install drawbar and refill transmis-
and chain hoist to axle housing. Remove remaining sion with Hy-Tran Plus fluid. Repeat operation for
bolts and lift off axle housing and planetary assembly. opposite side if necessary.
Be careful not to drop the sun gear shaft if it is
removed with planetary.
Tb reinstall final drive, first use tool 89-581-5 and
align brake discs. Install sun gear shaft into brake
housing, then remove brake alignment tool.
NOTE: A iocator pin is used in inner end of right

sun gear shaft oniy on Modeis 7130 and 7140. Use
petroieum jeiiy to stick iocator pin in piace.
Fig. 149Speciai tool CAS'1902'5 (Models 7110 and

7120) or CAS 1902-3 (Models 7130 and 7140) instailed
Fig. 146—Exploded view of differential lock solenoid to hoid sun gear shaft in alignment^^when Installing fi-
control valve. nal drive.
1. Jam nut 4. "O"ring 7. Back-up rings 1. Sim gear shaft
2. Solenoid coil 5. Back-up rings 8. "O"ring 2. Aligning dowel 4. Adjusting holt
3. Cartridge 6. «O"ring 9. Valve body 3. Locating screws 5. Alignment tool
100
177. OVERHAUL. With final drive removed, pro- (14). Remove snap ring (3), thrust ring (4) and shims
ceed as follows: Remove sun gear shaft from brake or (5). Using a bridge 89-525-18 and a 30 ton ram CAS-
planetary and lay aside. Remove planetary ring gear 10030 as shown in Fig. 152, push axle out of axle
from axle housing as shown in Fig. 150. Remove snap housing. Remove oil seal (15—Fig. 151), then press
ring (1—Fig. 151), then lift off planetary unit (2). axle (14) from bearing cone (10). Remove "O" ring (11)
Remove nylon wear insert (13) from end of axle shaft and press axle from spacer bushing (12). Using a
suitable puller, remove bearing cups (7 and 9) from
axle housing (8).
Before disassembling the planetary unit, index
planet gears (3—Fig. 153) to carrier (9) so gears can
be installed in their original positions, if reused.
Drive roll pin (8) into shaft (10), then drive gear shaft
from planetary carrier. Remove planet gear (3) and
bearings. Remove bearing cones (1 and 7) and bearing
cups (2 and 6) noting spacer (5) (Models 7130 and
7140 only) and snap ring (4) between the cups. Repeat
operation for other two planet gears.
Tb reassemble planetary unit, assemble bearing

cups and cones into planet gears. If planet gears are
Flg. 150—Remove planetary ring gear from axie hous-
being reused, match index marks made during disas-
ing as shown. sembly. Align pin holes in carrier and shaft, then
press shaft into carrier and planet gear. Install the
1 2
Fig. 152—Using a bridge, 69-525-16, and a 30-ton ram,

CAS-10030, to push axle from axie housing.
Fig. 153—Exploded view of typicai final drive planetary

Fig. 151—Exploded view of typicai final drive unit used reduction unit. Spacer (5) is used oniy on Modeis 7130
on all models. and 7140.
1. Snap ring 6. Bearing cone 11. "O"ring 1. Bearing cone 6. Bearing cup
2. Planetary unit 7. Bearing cup 12. Spacer bushing 2. Bearing cup 7. Bearing cone
3. Snap ring 8. Axle housing 13. Axle wear insert 3. Planet gear (3) 8. Roil pin
4. Thrust ring 9. Bearing cup 14. Axle shaft 4. Snap ring 9. Planetary carrier
5. Shim 10. Bearing cone 15. Oil seal 5. Spacer 10. Shaft (3)
101
roll pin until flush with carrier. Lay unit aside for Apply antiseize compound on the outside diameter
later installation. of bearing cups (7 and 9) and drive cups into axle
housing until seated. Install axle shaft assembly in
Tb disassemble the sun gear shaft, refer to Fig. 154 axle housing. Apply a light coat of oil to inside diame-
and remove snap ring (2). Remove washer (3) and ter of bearing cone (6) and place bearing on inner end
adaptor hub (4). On models so equipped, remove shaft of axle shaft. Use a 30 ton ram, spacer and M20
locator pin (1) only if pin is excessively worn or threaded rod as shown in Fig. 155 to press inner
damaged. Inspect sun gear shaft for any damaged bearing cone on axle shaft. Press bearing until read-
splines and renew as necessary. Reassemble sun gear ing on pressure gage is 4000 psi (27580 kPa) for 3.5
shaft by reversing the disassembly procedure. inch (88.9 mm) axles or 5000 psi (34474 kPa) for 4.0
Tb reassemble the final drive, heat spacer bushing inch (101.6 mm) axles. Remove the ram and spacer
(12—Fig. 151) in a bearing oven to a temperature of without rotating the axle shaft. Install thrust ring
375-400° F (191-204° C) and install until seated (4—Fig. 151 and snap ring (3). Measure gap between
against shoulder on axle shaft. Lubricate new "O" thrust ring (4) and bearing cone (6). Select a shim
ring (11) with Hy-Tran Plus fluid and install in groove pack (5) equal to the measurement. Remove snap ring
in spacer bushing. Heat bearing cone (10) to a tem- and thrust ring, then install shim pack, thrust ring
perature of 250° F (121° C) and install against spacer and snap ring. Back press inner end of axle shaft imtil
bushing. snap ring is tight against its groove, then check
rolling torque of axle shaft which should be as follows:

when handiing heated parts. Rolling torque for 96 and 112 inch axles—
New bearings,
3.5 inch axle 100-170 in.-lbs.
(11.3-19.2 N.m)
(15.8-23.7 N.m)
Used bearings,
(5.6-9.6 N.m)
(7.9-11.9 N.m)
I
Rolling torque for 120 inch axle—
Fig, 154—Exploded view of typical sun gear shaft.
New bearings 160-210 in.-lbs.
Shaft iocator pin (1) is used only on right sun gear
shaft on Models 7130 and 7140. (18.1-23.7 N.m)
1. Locator pin Used bearings 80-105 in.-lbs.
2. Snap ring 4. Brake adaptor hub (9.0-11.9 N.m)
3. Washer 5. Sun gear shaft
Rolling torque can be adjusted by adding or remov-

AXLE HOUSING ing shims. Changing shim pack thickness by 0.001
inch (0.025 mm) will change rolling torque approxi-
mately 20 in.-lbs. (2.3 N.m) for the 3.5 inch axle or 25
AXLE SHAFT in.-lbs. (2.8 N.m) for the 4.0 inch axle. Shims are
available in thicknesses of 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.012
and 0.030 inch (0.076, 0.10, 0.13, 0.30 and 0.76 mm).
Fill the two inner grooves of a new oil seal (15—Fig.
151) approximately half full with CASE IH 251H EP
grease.
Apply Loctite 515 gasket maker on the outside
diameter of the seal, then install seal until flush with
axle housing. Install planetary carrier unit (2) and
secure with snap ring (1). Install new nylon wear
RAM insert (13) in axle shaft. Apply Loctite 515 gasket
eliminator on axle housing side of ring gear and
Fig. 155—Use a 30-ton ram, spacer and M20 threaded install ring gear on axle housing.
rod as shown to force Inner bearing cone onto axle Reinstall sun gear shaft and final drive assembly
shaft. as outlined in paragraph 176.
102
BRAKES
All models use multiple disc, wet-t5rpe brakes lo- aligned as shown in Fig. 156. Adjust pedal stop bolts
cated between final drives and rear frame housing. so that bottom of bolts extend V4 inch (6.3 mm) from
Brakes are power actuated, self-adjusting and self- support. Check to see that top of brake valve contacts
equalizing. Brake hydraulic pressure is regulated at the alignment bar. If not, loosen valve mounting bolts,
260 psi (1793 kPa). A one-way check valve is used in push brake valve upward agednst the alignment bar,
brake inlet port elbow to close the brake hydraulic then retighten valve bolts. Check to see that pedal
circuit when pressure ceases. Brakes then can be lock plate on left pedal will freely engage slot in right
operated manually using fluid trapped in the circuit pedal. If not, adjust one pedal stop bolt to align the
when engine is inoperative. pedals.
WARNING: Service (foot) braices iVIUST NOT be With brake pedals aligned, measure the distance
used for parking or any other stationary job that that valve spool is screwed into yoke. See Fig. 157.
requires tractor to be heid in position. Even a smaii
amount of fiuid seepage wouid resuit in brakes
This distance must be at least V2 inch (12.7 mm).
ioosening and severe damage to equipment or in- Loosen the yoke clamp bolt and hold the yoke from
jury to personnei couid resuit. USE PARK LOCK turning. Using a pin through the hole in spool, rotate
when parking tractor. spool until holes in yoke and link are aligned. Install
pin through yoke and link. Tum spool counterclock-
wise until pin is tight, then tum spool clockwise V4
ADJUSTMENT turn. Secure pin with flat washer and cotter pin.
Tighten yoke clamp bolt. Repeat adjustment on the
All Models opposite spool.
178. The only external adjustments that can be Tb adjust differential lock release switch position,
made on brakes are brake pedal alignment, pedal depress one brake pedal. Refer to Fig. 156 and loosen
height, differential lock release switch adjustment jam nuts on switch. Move the switch as required until
and control valve linkage adjustment. the extended tip of plunger on switch is % inch (16
To make brake pedal adjustments, disconnect mm) from switch mounting bracket. Tighten jam
brake pedals from brake valve spools. Make certain nuts. Release brake pedal and measure distance fi'om
that timing marks on pedals and valve levers are switch mounting bracket to brake pedal. This dis-
PEDAL LOCK PLATE

ALIGN TIMING MARKS
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
SWITCH
ALIGNMENT BAR MUST

CONTACT BRAKE VALVE
3/8 TO 7/16 INCH
(9.5 TO 11.1 MM)
BOLT MUST
EXTEND
1/4 INCH
(6.3 MM)
FROM
SUPPORT
Fig. 156—View showing brake pedal and differential lock release switch adjustment.
103
YOKE
Fig. 157—Side and front views of brake vaive iinkage. Refer to text for adjustment.
PISTON
O-RING
O-RING
SUN GEAR SHAFT

ASSEMBLY Qs.
/
LOCATING PIN
USE FOUR PER SIDE IN 7130, 7140 TRACTORS'^

USE THREE PER SIDE IN 7110, 7120 TRACTORS
USE FOUR PER SIDE IN 7130. 7140 TRACTORS

USE THREE PER SIDE IN 7110. 7120 TRACTORS
ADJUSTER RETURN
PUTE
Fig, 156—Exploded view of brake assembiy used on Models 7130 and 7140, Brake used on Models 7110 and 7120 are
the same except for number of friction discs and separator discs used.
104
tance must be %-Vi6 inch (9.5-11.1 mm). Repeat the inlet opening before installing. Install brake cylinder
adjustment on the other switch. over guide studs and push into position. Install re-
taining bolts and tighten to a torque of 172-194 ft.-lbs.
(233-263 N.m). Lubricate new "O" rings with petro-
BRAKE ASSEMBLIES leum jelly and install on jumper supply tubes. Install
jumper supply tubes through rear frame and into
All Models brake cylinder. Install fittings and the brake pressure
and lubrication lines.
179. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove brake Reinstall final drive as outlined in paragraph 176
from either side, first remove rear axle housing and and bleed brakes as in paragraph 181.
planetary as outlined in paragraph 176. Disconnect
brake and lubrication lines and fittings from rear
main frame housing, then remove jumper tubes and
"O" rings. See Fig. 158. Remove two mounting bolts BRAKE CONTROL VALVE
and install guide studs. Remove remaining bolts and
withdraw brake cylinder assembly. Remove adjuster All Models
return plate, friction and separator discs from rear
frame. Remove the three brake adjusting tubes and 180. R&R AND OVERHAUL. The brake valve is
five locating pins. Use compressed eiir to remove located on the right side of firewall inside the engine
brake piston from brake cover. Remove the large "O" compartment. Tb remove the brake valve, tag hydrau-
ring and small "O" ring from brake cover. Inspect lic hoses with their port locations on brake valve for
separator discs for burning or uneven wear and renew aid in reassembly. Disconnect the hoses and remove
as needed. Inspect friction discs for burning or uneven pins from brake spool yokes. Remove the two mount-
wear or if all the grooves are worn off, renew the ing bolts and remove brake control valve.
friction discs. Minimum thickness for brake friction Tb disassemble the brake valve, remove yokes from
discs is 0.136 inch (3.45 mm). If desired, sun gear spool ends. Remove body cap mounting screws and
shaft oil seal in bearing retainer can be renewed at remove cap (15—Fig. 160) and gasket (14). Withdraw
this time. valve spool and piston assemblies from valve body (3).
Lubricate new "O" rings and install in grooves in
brake cover. Carefully install piston fully into brake NOTE: Mark spoois and pistons so they can be
cover. Install the five locating pins. If new friction reinstaiied in their originai bores.
discs and separator discs are being installed, reset
brake adjusters to dimension shown in Fig. 159. In- Use a pin through hole in spool to hold spool sta-
stall type 1 adjusters with button end out. Install type tionary and remove locknut (13). Remove small pis-
2 adjusters with Belleville washers into bearing car- ton (10). Inspect valve body bores and valve spools (8)
rier. Starting with a separator disc, then a friction for scratching or scoring and renew as required. Valve
disc as shown in Fig. 158, install four separator discs spools and body are a matched set and cannot be
and four frictions discs on Models 7130 and 7140 or serviced separately.
three separator discs and three friction discs on Mod- Inspect pistons for scoring or scratches. Renew all
els 7110 and 7120. Install adjuster return plate so gaskets and "O" rings. Be sure inlet orifice (2) is clean
that plate tabs contact the adjuster tubes. Fill brake and that inlet elbow check valve is operating cor-
cylinder with clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid through brake rectly.
BRAKE ADJUSTER TYPE 2

BRAKE ADJUSTER TYPE 1
1.00 INCH 1.00 INCH- BELLEVILLE

(25.4 mm) (25.4 mm) WASHERS
Fig, 159—Views showing two types of brake adjusters used. If new friction discs and separator discs are installed, set
adjusters to the dimension shown.
105
Reassemble valve by reversing disassembly proce- BLEED BRAKES

dure. Tighten valve spool locknuts (13) to a torque of
12-18 ft.-lbs. (16.2-24.4 N.m). Tighten valve cap bolts All Models
to a torque of 9-11 ft.-lbs. (12.2-14.9 N.m). When
installing brake valve, push valve upward against the 181. Tb bleed air from brake system, place shift
alignment l)ar. Tighten valve mounting bolts to a lever in PARK position. Start engine and operate at
torque of 35-42 ft.-lbs. (47.5-57.0 N.m). low idle speed. Press brake pedals several times to
remove air from brake valve. Depress and hold brake
pedal down. Loosen brake line nut at inlet fitting on
rear main frame. When a solid flow of fluid appears,
After brake valve is reinstalled, adjust linkage as tighten the nut. Repeat the operation for opposite
outlined in paragraph 178 and bleed air from brakes brake. If brake pedal operation feels spongy rather
as in paragraph 181. than having a solid feel, repeat bleeding operation.
15
11 13
Fig. 160—Exploded view of brake control valve used on all modeis. Vaive spooi assembiies are identical. However,
they are matched to valve body bores and are not interchangeable.
4. Small spring 7. "O"ring 10. Small piston 13. Locknut
2. Orifice plate 5. Large spring 8. Valve spool 11. "Oaring 14. Gasket
3. Valve body 6. Large piston 9. Retaining ring 12. Piston retainer 15. Cap
SPRING PtN
PAWL LEVER
COVER
WASHER
LONG STRIP
BEARING
ILSEAL SHORT STRIP
I WASHER
WASHER BEARING CLEVIS P 1 N \ |
i I WASHER \ BELLCRANKX ^ ^
PAWL LEVER SHAFT
BOLT- 1 COTTER PIN
SPRING PIN<
P U a LEVER ROD
CLEVIS PIN
CLEVIS PIN OVER CENTER

COTTER PIN LOCK UNK
WASHER
Fig. 161—Exploded view of the park lock unit used on ail models.
106
PARK LOCK cover. Remove spring pin from pull lever rod. Remove
"C" clamp, then remove hold down spring. Remove
the spring pin from pawl lever and remove pawl lever
All Models shaft and pawl lever. Remove the three clevis pins,
flat washers and cotter pins. Remove over center lock
182. LINKAGE ADeJUSTMENT. Before adjust- link, bellcrank, pull lever rod and flat washer. Then,
ing park lock linkage, make sure transmission link- pry out oil seal.
age is correctly adjusted as outlined in paragraph
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or
136. Then, adjust park lock linkage as outlined in
other damage and renew as required. Hold down
paragraph 137.
spring should have a free length of 3.541 inches (89.95
mm) and should test 100 lbs. (444.8 N) when com-
183. R&R AND OVERHAUL PARK LOCK. Tb pressed to a length of 2.34 inches (59.44 mm).
remove the park lock assembly, first remove remote
control valves and steering priority valve as outlined Install new oil seal and strip bearings and reassem-
in paragraphs 198 and 225. Then, disconnect linkage ble by reversing the disassembly procedure. Apply
and unbolt and remove park lock unit. Loctite 515 gasket eliminator to mounting flange on
range transmission. Install park lock unit and
NOTE: To remove park lock gear, refer to para- tighten retaining bolts to a torque of 38-45 ft.-lbs.
graph 161 and split tractor between range transmis- (52-61 N.m).
sion housing and rear main frame.
Reinstall steering priority valve and remote control
Tb disassemble the park lock unit, refer to Fig. 161 valves, then refer to paragraph 182 for linkage ad-
and using a "C" clamp compress pawl lever against justment information.
POWER TAKE-OFF
All models are equipped with an independent operated multiple disc clutch. Models 7110 and
power take-off that is controlled through a ca- 7120 are available with a two-speed (540 and
ble-operated hydraulic valve to a hydraulically 1000 rpm) unit. Models 7120, 7130 and 7140 are
GAP BETWEEN LEVER AND SLOT-1/4 INCH (6 mm)
BULKHEAD NUTS
FLANGE
SPACER
Fig. 162—View showing pto control valve linkage adjustment.
107
available with a single speed (1000 rpm) unit. gage to the test port. Stait tractor engine and warm
Pto speeds are based on 2200 rpm engine hydraulic oil to a temperature of 150° F (65.5° C)
speeds. before making adjustments. With engine operating at
1000 rpm, loosen locknut (23—Fig. 164) and tum
regulated pressure plug (25) as required to set regu-
lated pressure at 265-275 psi (1827-1896 kPa). Stop
LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT engine and tighten the locknut to a torque of 30-40
ft.-lbs. (41-54 N.m). Remove test gage and install plug
All Models in test port.
184. Adjust pto linkage with engine OFF and trans- Check the pto detent adjustment as follows: Start
mission shift lever in PARK position. Move pto control the engine and engage the pto. Engage and disengage
lever rearwsird to end of slot in console. Remove the the transmission several times. The pto must stay
access panel from cab floor. Refer to Fig. 162 and engaged during the shifts. Stop the engine. The pto
loosen locknut at cable sleeve. Loosen the two flange
mounting bolts and turn sleeve counterclockwise un-
til the sleeve no longer contacts spacer. Tum sleeve
clockwise until sleeve contacts spacer, then tighten
sleeve V4 turn more. Tighten flange mounting bolts.
Install locknut tight against sleeve. Adjust bulkhead
nuts until there is V4 inch (6 mm) between lever and
rear end of slot, then tighten nuts.
Start engine and check to see that pto shaft is not
turning. Push pto lever forward into engaged position
and check to see that pto shaft is turning. If the
adjustment does not work, disconnect linkage from
valve spool and check the disengaged (spool ex-
tended) position. The end of the valve spool must be
2Vs inches (56 mm) from valve face. Readjust as
required.
PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
All Models
185. Before making any pressure adjustments, ad-
just control linkage as in paragraph 184. Then, place
pto control lever in OFF position. Working through
access panel opening in cab floor, remove plug from Fig, 164—Exploded view of pto control valve and pres-
pressure test port in pto control valve as shown in Fig. sure regulator valve used on all models.
163. Connect a 0-400 psi (0-2758 kPa) pressure test 1. Locknut
2. Washer 22. "O"ring
3. Thread seal 23. Locknut
4. Detent adjusting screw 24. "O"ring
5. Detent spring 25. Regulated pressure
6. Guide adjusting plug
7. Detent ball 26. Regulator spring
8. Spool 27. Spring seat
9. Poppet 28. Regulator spool
10. Relief spring 29. Valve spool
11. Washer 30. Spool stop
12. Retaining ring 31. Snap ring
13. Pressure spring 32. Shoulder stop
14. Minimum pressure 33. Poppet
adjusting plug 34. Large washer
15. "O''ring 35. Secondary spring
16. Locknut 36. Small washer
17. Oil seal 37. Primary spring
18. Plug 38. Centering spring
19. "O"ring 39. "O"ring
Fig, 163—View showing removal ofpiug from pto con- 20. Valve body 40. End cap
trol vaive pressure test port. 21. Neutral start switch 41. Retaining ring
108

must self-disengage when engine is stopped. Loosen the valve. Remove the by-pass to sump tube. Discon-
locknut (1) and adjust detent screw (4) as necessary. nect the regulated pressure line to transmission con-
Tb check the pto clutch and brake pressure, discon- trol valve from pto valve. Unbolt valve bracket from
nect the brake and clutch lines at pto unit. Install a transmission housing and remove valve assembly.
0-300 psi (0-2068 kPa) test gage at the end ofeach Cap or plug all lines.
line. Start tractor engine. Refer to Fig. 165 and with Tb disassemble the pto control valve, first unbolt
pto lever in disengaged position, brake pressure gage and remove valve from mounting bracket. Identify
should read 260-280 psi (1793-1931 kPa) and clutch and remove all extemal fittings for aid in reassembly.
pressure gage should read 0-5 psi (0-34 kPa). As the Remove the neutral start switch (21—Fig. 164). Re-
control lever is moved forward from disengaged posi- move locknut (1), washer (2), thread seal (3), adjust-
tion, brake pressure should drop to 10-30 psi (68-209 ing screw (4), detent spring (5), guide (6) and detent
kPa) and clutch pressure shoidd remain at 0-5 psi ball (7). Remove locknut (16), minimum pressure
(0-34 kPa). ^^^th control lever in neutral position, adjusting plug (14) with "O" ring (15), pressure spring
both pressure gages should read 0-5 psi (0-34 kPa). (13) and relief valve assembly (8 through 12). Remove
As the control lever is moved further forward (inter- retaining ring (12), washer (11), reHef spring (10) and
mediate position) and an increase in lever effort is poppet (9) from spool (8). Remove locknut (23), regu-
noticed, brake pressure will remain at 0-5 psi (0-34 lated pressure adjusting plug (25) with "O" ring (24)
kPa) and clutch pressure will increase to 110-150 psi and regulator spring (26). Remove plug (18) and push
(758-1034 kPa). Then, with control lever in fully regulator spool (28) and spring seat (27) from valve
engaged position, brake pressure should be 0-5 psi bocfy. Place valve body in a press with blocks to protect
(0-34 kPa) and clutch pressure should be 260-280 psi the valve spool (29). Apply pressure against end cap
(1793-1931 kPa). (40) and remove retaining ring (41). Slowly release
Any great differences from outlined pressure read- pressure on end cap to release spring pressure on the
ings would indicate problems in pto control valve. cap. Remove valve body from press, then remove end
Refer to paragraph 186. Remove test gages and re- cap and primary spring (37). Remove centering
connect lines. spring (38). Push outer end of valve spool into body
and remove the small washer (36), secondary spring
PTO CONTROL VALVE (35), large washer (34) and poppet (33). Remove pto
spool assembly (29 through 32) from valve b o ^ . Re-
All Models move oil seal (17).
186. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the pto excessive wear or other damage. Spool (8), spool (29)
control valve, first unbolt and remove access panel and valve body (20) are not serviced separate^. Check
from cab floor. Clean exterior of the valve, lines and springs against the following specifications:
surrounding area. Remove the inlet hose between
park lock cover and pto valve. Disconnect control Secondary spring (35)
cable linkage from valve. Remove the steering prior- Free length 0.772 in.
ity valve supply line. Disconnect wires from neutral (19.63 mm)
start switch (21—Fig. 164). Remove the pilot pressure Test load 0.50-0.62 lbs.
tube from pto valve and hitch control valve. Discon- (2.24-2.74 N)
nect brake supply tube and the pto valve drain tube. Test length 0.240 in.
Disconnect pto brake and clutch pressure tubes from
(6.10 mm)
PTO BRAKE PTO CLUTCH PTO LEVER

PRESSURE PRESSURE POSITION
260 to 280 PSI (1 793 to 1 931 kPa) 0 to 5 PSI (0 to 34 kPa) Disengaged
Drop to 10 to 30 PSI (68 to 209 kPa) 0 to 5 PSI (0 to 34 kPa)
0 to 5 PSI (0 to 34 kPa) 0 to 5 PSI (0 to 34 kPa) • Neutral

0 to 5 PSI (0 to 34 kPa) Rise to 110 to 150 PSI (758 to 1 034 kPa) Intermediate
0 to 5 PSI (0 to 34 kPa) 260 to 280 PSI (1 793 to 1 931 kPa) Engaged
Fig. 165—Chart showing pto brai<e and clutch pressures at various controi iever positions.
109
Primary spring (37) Test load 74.5-91.1 lbs.

Free length 1.536 in. (331.6-405.3 N)
(39.01 mm) Test length 1.310 in.
Test load 7.38-9.02 lbs. (33.27 mm)
(32.82-40.12 N)
Test length 1.090 in. Relief spring (10)
(27.69 mm) Free length 1.354 in.
(34.39 mm)
Centering spring (38) Test load 28.03-34.25 lbs.
Free length 3.738 in. (69.06-84.40 N)
Test load 16.2-19.8 lbs. (20.32 mm)
(72.1-88.1 N)
Test length 2.210 in. Pressure spring (13)
(56.13 mm) Free length 1.492 in.
(37.90 mm)
Regulator spring (26) Test load 16.56-20.24 lbs.
Free length 2.138 in. (73.75-90.13 N)
(21.6 mm)
Detent spring (5)

Free length 1.085 in.
(27.55 mm)
Test load 27-33 lbs.
(120.1-146.8 N)
Test length 0.76 in.
(19.30 mm)
When reassembling, use all new "C* rings, thread
seal and oil seal and reverse the disassembly proce-
dure, keeping the following points in mind. Install
regulator adjusting plug (25) and locknut (23) so that
plug extends two or three threads beyond locknut.
Additional adjustment may be needed after valve
installation. Install minimum pressure plug (14) and
locknut (16) so that plug extends two or three threads
beyond locknut. Tighten locknut to a torque of 25-35
fl.-lbs. (41-54 N.m). No further adjustment should be
needed after valve is reinstalled. Install detent ad-
justment screw (4) and locknut (1) so that adjusting
screw extends about Vg inch (22 mm) out of locknut.
Additional adjustment may be required after valve is
reinstalled.
Fig, 166—Exploded view of pto clutch used on all Use all new "O" rings and reinstall pto control valve
models. by reversing removal procedure. Adjust control link-
1. Needle bearing
2. Snap ring 19. Back plate age as outlined in paragraph 184 and pressure adjust-
3. Oil seal 20. Snap ring ment as in paragraph 185.
4. "O** ring 21. Needle bearing
5. Lube tube 22. Clutch hub & shaft
6. Tubing nut 23. Seal ring PTO ASSEMBLY
7. Elbow 24. Pto housing
8. Clutch housing 25. Seal rings
9. Oil seal 26. Clutch carrier All Models
10. Snap ring 27. Thrust washer
11. Snap ring 28. Snap ring 187. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove the
12. Thrust washers 29. Piston seal
13. Thrust bearing 30. Piston pto assembly, first drain oilfromtransmission and pto
14. Snap ring 31. "O" ring housings. Unbolt and remove pto safety shield, then
15. Retainer 32. Snap ring clean pto exterior and surrounding area. Unpin and
16. Bolt (4) 33. Spring
17. Friction disc (10) 34. Spring seat remove hitch upper link. Disconnect clutch, brake
18. Steel disc (11) 35. Snap ring and lube tubes from pto housing. Remove bolts that
110
hold pto unit to rear frame. Connect a hoist to pto Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing
housing and remove pto unit from tractor. excessive wear or other damage. Renew oil seal, gas-
Tb reinstall the pto unit, install two M12 x 150 mm ket and all "O" rings and reassemble by reversing
guide studs into rear frame. Install a new gasket over disassembly procedure.
guide studs. Slide pto into position and install retain-
ing bolts. Remove the guide studs and the hoist. 190. OVERHAUL DUAL SHAFT UNIT. With
Install new seal washers on the top two retaining the pto clutch removed as outlined in paragraph 188,
bolts. Tighten retaining bolts to a torque of 93-112 remove the two cover bolts (1) and remove cover (4).
ft.-lbs. (125-150 N.m). Reconnect pto clutch, brake Remove thrust washers (12) and idler gear (14) with
and lube tubes. Install safety shield and tighten bolts needle bearings (13) and idler shaft (15). Using a slide
to a torque of 54-64 ft.-lbs. (73-87 N.m). Fill transmis- hammer puller, remove needle bearing (24) from pto
sion with Hy-Tran Plus fluid to correct level on dip- housing (11). Remove "O" ring (10) from 1000 rpm
stick. output shaft (9). Remove snap ring (23), driven gear
(22) and spacer (21) from 540 rpm output shaft (18).
188. DISASSEMBLE PTO CLUTCH. With pto Remove snap ring (20), then drive the 540 rpm output
unit removed as outlined in paragraph 187, refer to shaft with bearing (19) out front of pto cover. Press
Fig. 166 and remove bolts (16) and retainer (15). shaft from bearing. Remove oil seal (17), dust ring
Remove snap ring (14), thrust washers (12) and (16) and seal ring (3) from cover. Remove snap ring
thmst bearing (13). Remove snap ring (11), then (8) and drive the 1000 rpm output shaft (9) with
unbolt and remove clutch housing (8). Remove "O" bearing (7) out front of cover. Remove snap ring (6)
ring (4) and remove lube tube, nut and elbow (5,6 and and press output shaft from bearing (7). Remove oil
7). Remove snap ring (10) and oil seal (9). Using a seal (2) from cover. Remove needle bearings (13) from
slide hammer puller, remove needle bearing (1), then idler gear (14).
remove snap ring (2) and oil seal (3). Remove snap Refer to Fig. 168 and remove pto brake cylinders
ring (20), back plate (19) and clutch hub and shaft (22) and tubes as an assembly from pto housing. Discon-
with seal ring (23) and needle bearing (21). Remove nect and remove pressure tubes (1 and 8). Remove
needle bearing from clutch hub and shaft. Remove pistons (4) from cylinder (2), then remove "O" rings
steel discs (18) and friction discs (17) from clutch (3, 5 and 6).
carrier. Using a bridge CAS-1907 or equivalent, com- Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing
press clutch spring (33) and remove snap ring (35) excessive wear or other damage. Renew oil seals, seal
from its groove. Carefully loosen nuts on the bridge ring, gasket and all "O" rings and reassemble by
and release clutch spring pressure. Remove snap ring reversing the disassembly procedure.
(35), spring seat (34) and clutch spring (33). Remove
snap ring (32) and pull piston (30) from carrier (26).
Remove "O" ring (31) and seal (29) from piston. Re- 191. REASSEMBLE PTO CLUTCH. With pto
move snap ring (28) and thrust washer (27), then rear unit overhauled as in paragraphs 189 or 190,
remove clutch carrier (26) with seal rings (25). place unit on a bench with output shaft(s) pointing
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or downward. Refer to Fig. 166 and install new seal
other damage and renew as required. Clutch spring rings (25) in grooves in carrier (26). Lubricate seal
(33) should have a free length of 4.97-4.99 inches rings with clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid and install clutch
(126.29-126.79 mm) and should test 200 lbs. (890 N)
when compressed to a length of 1.80-1.82 inches
(45.77-46.27 mm). Refer to paragraph 191 for reas-
sembly procedures.
189. OVERHAUL SINGLE SHAFT UNIT. With

the pto clutch removed as outlined in paragraph 188,
remove the two cover bolts (1—Fig. 167) and remove
cover (3). Remove "O" ring (10) and snap ring (9) from
output shaft. Remove snap ring (8) and drive output
shaft and bearing out front of pto cover (3). Remove
oil seal (2) from cover. Remove snap ring (7), then
press output shaft from bearing (6). Fig, 167—Exploded view of single shaft (1000 rpm) pto
Refer to Fig. 168 and remove pto brake cylinders unit.
and tubes as an assembly from pto housing. Discon- 1. Bolt (2)
2. Oil seal 7. Snap ring
nect and remove pressure tubes (1 and 8). Remove 3. Cover 8. Snap ring
pistons (4) from cylinders (2), then remove "O" rings 4. Gasket 9. Snap ring
(3i 5 and 6). 5. Output shaft 10. **O"ring
6. Bearing 11. Pto housing
111
carrier on the output shaft. Install thrust ring (27) inches (50.8 mm). Install snap ring (35) over end of
and snap ring (28) on the output shaft. Install new output shaft, compress spring and install snap ring
piston seal ring (29) and "O" ring (31) in grooves in in its groove. Remove bridge and starting with a steel
piston (30). Carefully install piston into clutch carrier. disc (18), then a friction disc (17) alternate discs until
Install snap ring (32) flat side up, then install clutch 10 friction discs and 11 steel discs are installed.
spring (33) and spring seat (34). Using bridge CAS- Install steel back plate (19). Install new needle bear-
1907 or equivalent, compress clutch spring about 2 ing (21) into clutch hub and shaft (22) until top of
bearing is flush with bottom end of chamfer. Install
new seal ring (23) in groove on clutch hub and shaft.
Align friction discs (17) and install clutch hub and
shaft, then install snap ring (20). Install oil seal (3)
from inside of clutch housing (8) until top of seal is
even with bottom of snap ring groove. Install snap
ring (2), then press new needle bearing (1) into hous-
ing until seated against the snap ring. Install oil seal
(9) from outside of clutch housing (8) until top of seal
is even with bottom of snap ring groove, then install
snap ring (10). Install lube tube, nut and elbow (5, 6
and 7) and install new "O" ring (4) over lube tube. On
dual shaft units, align idler shaft slot toward clutch
carrier. On all units, install clutch housing (8). Apply
Lx)cktite 242 on clutch housing retaining bolts, install
Fig, 166—Exploded view of pto brakes used on ali
bolts and tighten secure^. Install snap ring (11),
models. thrust washers (12) with thrust bearing (13) between
1. Brake pressure tube 5. "O"ring
the washers and snap ring (14). Install retainer (15)
2. Cylinder (3) 6. "O"ring and secure with bolts (16).
3. "O"ring 7. Pto housing Reinstall pto assembly as outlined in paragraph
4. Brake piston (3) 8. Brake pressure tube 187.
PTO REDUCTION GEARS
All Models ,
192. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the pto
reduction gears, first remove pto unit as outlined in
paragraph 187. Remove clamps and disconnect drain
tubes. Unbolt and remove transmission fill tube. Un-
bolt and remove upper link bracket, then unbolt and
remove pto adapter plate. Refer to Fig. 170, remove
clips (31) and shield cover (30). Remove bolts (29) and
lift out driven gear (28). Working through holes in hub
(27), remove the six bolts (23). Remove hub and
bearing cage assembly and gear oil shield (34) from
rear frame. Remove the four bolts (12) and withdraw
drive gear assembly (9 through 18).
Fig, 169—Exploded view of dual shaft (540 and 1000 Tb disassemble the driven hub assembly, remove
rpm) pto unit. snap ring (33) and shim (32) from driven hub. Using
1. Bolt (2) 13. Needle bearings a suitable puller, pull bearing cage (22) with bearing
2. Oil seal 14. Idler gear
3. Seal ring 15. Idler shaft cups (21 and 24) and bearing cone (20) from driven
4. Pto cover 16. Dust shield hub (27). Use a dish puller and remove bearing cone
5. Gasket 17. Oil seal (25) from driven hub. Remove bearing cups from
6. Snap ring 18. Output shaft (540 rpm) bearing cage (22). Remove cup plug (26) from driven
7. Roller bearing 19. Ballbearing
8. Snap ring 20. Snap ring hub.
9. Output shaft (1000 rpm) 21. Spacer Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing
10. "O" ring 22. Driven gear excessive wear or other damage. Then, reassemble as
11. Pto housing 23. Snap ring
12. Thrust washers 24. Needle bearing follows: Install cup plug (26) in drive hub. Heat bear-
112

ing cone (25) in a bearing oven to a temperature of to a torque of 54-64 ft.-lbs. (73-87 N.m). Install driven
250° F (121° C) and install on driven hub until seated gear (28) on driven hub (27). Apply Loctite 242 to
against flange. threads on bolts (29), then install and tighten bolts to
a torque of 54-64 ft.-lbs. (73-87 N.m). Install shield
WARNING: Always wear heat protective gloves cover (30) and secure with clips (31).
Use a new gasket and install pto adapter plate.
Install new bearing cups (21 and 24) in bearing Install bolts and tighten securely. Install new gasket
cage (22). Install bearing cage assembly on driven and upper link bracket. Tighten bracket bolts to a
hub. Press bearing cone (20) on driven hub, but do not torque of 350-540 ft.-lbs. (610-730 N.m). Install fill
press tight. Install a dial indicator and check bearing tube with new gasket. Connect drain tubes and
cage end play. Press bearing on until end play is clamps.
0.0004-0.0035 inch (0.01-0.09 mm). Install snap ring Reinstall pto assembly as outlined in paragraph
(33) on driven hub, then using a feeler gage, measure 187.
distance between snap ring and bearing cone. This
distance is the correct shim thickness to be installed.
Remove snap ring, install selected shim and reinstall
snap ring. Shims are available in thicknesses of
0.136, 0.137, 0.139, 0.140, 0.142, 0.143, 0.145 and
0.147 inch (3.442, 3.482, 3.522, 3.562, 3.602, 3.642,
3.682 and 3.722 mm).
Tb disassemble the drive gear assembly, remove
snap ring (18—Fig. 170), spacer (17) and shim (16).
Using a suitable puller, pull bearing cage (13) with
bearing cups (11 and 14) and bearing cone (15) from
drive gear (9). Remove bearing cups (11 and 14) and
bearing cone (15) from drive gear (9). Remove bearing
cups from bearing cage. Using a dish puller, remove
bearing cone (10) from drive gear.
excessive wear or other damage. Heat bearing cone
(10) in a bearing oven to a temperature of 250° F (121°
C) and install bearing on drive gear.

Install new bearing cups (11 and 14) in bearing cage

(13). Install bearing cage assembly on drive gear.
Press bearing cone (15) on drive gear, but do not press
tight. Install a dial indicator and check bearing cage
end play. Press bearing on until end play is 0.0004-
0.0035 inch (0.01-0.09 mm). Install spacer (17) and
snap ring (18) on drive gear, then using a feeler gage, Fig. 170—Exploded view of pto reduction gears and
measure distance between spacer (17) and snap ring relative parts used on all models.
(18). This distance is the correct thickness shim pack 1. Pto drive shaft 18. Snap ring
to be installed. Remove snap ring and spacer, install 2. Washer 19. Coupler
3. Seal ring 20. Bearing cone
the selected shim pack, then reinstall spacer and snap 4. "O"ring 21. Bearing cup
ring. 5. Union 22. Bearing cage
Tb reinstall drive gear assembly, align splines on 6. Lube tube 23. Bolt (6)
7. Elbow 24. Bearing cup
drive gear and coupler (19) and slide assembly into 8. «O"ring 25. Bearing cone
place. Flat side of bearing cage (13) must be up. 9. Drive gear 26. Cup plug
Install bolts (12) and tighten to a torque of 54-64 10. Bearing cone 27. Driven hub
ft.-lbs. (73-87 N.m). 11. Bearing cup 28. Driven gear
12. Bolt (4) 29. Bolt (6)
Tb reinstall driven hub assembly, install two MIO 13. Bearing cage 30. Shield cover
X 50 mm guide studs. Slide gear oil shield (34) and 14. Bearing cup 31. Clip (4)
15. Bearing cone 32. Shim
driven hub assembly over the guide studs. Remove 16. Shim 33. Snap ring
guide studs and install the six bolts (23). Tighten bolts 17. Spacer 34. Gear oil shield
113
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
The hydraulic system provides power for the steer- kPa). At this time, the flow gage should read 27 gpm
ing, brakes, pto clutch and brake, power shift clutches (102 L/min) minimum. If flow specification cannot be
and valves, air/oil seat valve and cylinder (if so reached, renew or overhaul piston pump. Close signal
equipped), front drive axle clutch (if so equipped) and line valve. Low stand by pressure should be 340-390
differential lock, as well as hydraulic lift and control psi (2344-2689 kPa). If not, remove left plug from
of carried and towed implements. Hydraulic pumps compensator and tum adjusting screw in to increase
and drive unit are located on right side of range pressure or out to decrease pressure, then reinstall
transmission housing. Refer to paragraph 13 for serv- plug. Remove flowmeter. Install a 5000 psi (34474
ice information on hydraulic fluid and filters. kPa) pressure gage in upper port of No. 1 remove
Refer to following paragraphs for hydraulic pumps coupler at rear of tractor. With tractor operating at
and system components. 2200 rpm, push No. 1 remote control lever forward
and check pressure gage reading. Pressure should be
HYDRAULIC PUMPS 2600-2700 psi (17927-18617 kPa). If not, turn slotted
plug on compensator in to increase pressure or out to
decrease operating pressure. Remove test gage.
All Models
194. R&R AND OVERHAUL GEAR PUMP. Tb
193. PRESSURE AND FLOW TESTS. To check
remove the gear (charge) pump, disconnect oil cooler
the gear (charge) pump rear section pressure and
supply tube from front port of pump. Disconnect oil
flow, disconnect hose from rear pump outlet. Install
filter hose from rear port of pump. Remove flange
inlet hose on flowmeter (CAS-10280 or equivalent).to
clamp on suction tube at bottom of pump. Plug or cap
pump rear outlet and outlet hose from flowmeter to
all openings. Unbolt and remove pump from drive
the disconnected hose. Open load valve on flowmeter,
housing.
start engine and operate until hydraulic oil is
warmed. Then, with engine speed at 2200 rpm, adjust Tb disassemble the pump, refer to Fig. 171 and
load valve until pressure gage on flowmeter reads 250 remove cup (12), orifice (13), washer (11) and snap
psi (1724 kPa). At this time, flowmeter should read ring (14) above each through bolt (10). Place a match
43 gpm (163 IVmin) minimum. If pressure or flow mark across front flange (9), front housing (23) and
specifications cannot be met, renew or overhaul rear housing (17) for aid in reassembly. Remove the
pump. Remove flowmeter and reconnect hose. through bolts (10) and remove rear housing (17).
Tb check the gear (charge) pump front section pres- Remove the two gears (18 and 19) from drive shaft
sure and flow, disconnect hoses at oil cooler. Connect (2). Mark location of each gear on shaft for aid in
the lower (supply) hose of oil cooler to the flowmeter reassembly. Remove key (1) from drive shaft. Remove
inlet and the upper (return) hose of oil cooler to the gears (20 and 21) from driven shaft (3). Mark location
flowmeter outlet. Open load valve on flowmeter, start ofeach gear on shaft. Remove "O" ring (22) from front
engine and allow hydraulic oil to warm. Then, with housing (23), then separate front housing from front
engine speed set at 2200 rpm, adjust load valve until flange (9). Remove oil cooler relief valve (27) from
pressure gage on flowmeter reads 500 psi (3447 kPa). front housing (23). Remove small "C* ring (24), back-
At this time, flowmeter gage should read 11.5 gpm up ring (25) and large "O" ring (26) from relief valve.
(43.5 L/min) minimum. If pressure or flow specifica- Remove "O" ring (8) from front flange (9). Remove
tions cannot be met, renew or overhaul pump. Tb driven shaft with gear (3), then remove drive shaft
check the oil cooler relief valve (on gear pump), oper- with gear (2). Remove wear plate (4), bearing seal (5),
ate engine at 2200 rpm and adjust load valve to rubber back-up seal (6) and back-up gasket (7). Re-
increase pressure to 1525-1625 psi (10515-11204 move shaft oil seal (15) and washer (16) from front
kPa). At this time, flow should start to decrease (relief flange (9).
valve opening). If flow does not start to decrease at Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or
this pressure, renew pressure relief valve. Remove other damage. Check ID of the shaft bore bushings.
flowmeter and reconnect oil cooler hoses. Maximum ID allowed is 0.879 inch (22.33 mm). In-
Tb check flow and adjust standby pressure and spect wear plate bronze surface for wear or scoring.
operating pressure, connect flowmeter inlet line to Check bearing journal areas on OD of shafts. Mini-
piston pump outlet end cap. Connect flowmeter outlet mimi OD allowed is 0.873 inch (22.17 mm). Check
line to remote valve end cap. Tbe the signal line from width of front gears (on shafts). Minimum gear width
pump compensator to the flowmeter. Open flowmeter allowed is 0.637 inch (16.18 mm). Check the width of
load valve, start engine and warm hydraulic oil. With narrow gears (18 and 21). Minimum gear width al-
engine speed set at 2200 rpm, adjust load valve on lowed is 0.909 inch (23.09 m). Measure width of wide
flowmeter until pressure gage reads 2400 psi (16547 gears (19 and 20). Minimum gear width allowed is
114

1.317 inches (33.45 mm). Check gear pocket depth in plate (39) from pump housing (8). Remove bearing
front housing (23). Maximum gear pocket depth al- plate (17) from valve plate. Remove piston (35) from
lowed is 0.775 inch (19.69 mm). Measure gear pocket piston rod (36), then unbolt and remove compensator
depth in rear housing (17). Maximum gear pocket valve from valve plate. Remove "O" ring (43) and
depth allowed is 2.237 inches (56.82 mm). Renew all retaining ring (42) from piston rod (36), then remove
parts showing excessive swear or other damage. As- piston rod from valve plate. Remove check valve seat
semble relief valve (27) to a test pump CAS-10016. (47), check valve (46) and spring (44). Using a slide
Pump pressure up and observe gage reading where hammer and blind hole puller, remove bearing cup
valve relieves the pressure. Valve setting must be (18) from valve plate. Remove bearing cone (19) and
1525-1625 psi (10515-11204 kPa). spacer (20) from drive shaft (13). Bearing cone is a
When reassembling pump, use all new seals and slip fit on shaft. Remove cylinder head and piston
"C* rings. Install washer (16) in outer portion of shaft assembly from pump housing. Remove pistons (33)
counterbore in front flange (9). Install oil seal (15) and shoe plate (30) assembly from cylinder block (25),
(metal side out) until seated against the washer. then remove pistons from shoe plate. Remove pivot
Install back-up gasket (7) in front flange so that ring (29), three pins (28) and pin retainer (27) from
smooth side of gasket is flush with face of flange. block (25). Place cylinder block assembly in a press
Install rubber back-up seal (6) inside the bearing seal and apply pressure to notched washer (22) to com-
(5). Install the bearing seal in the groove until smooth press spring (23) until snap ring (21) can be removed.
side of seal is flush with face of the flange. Install
wear plate (4) so bronze face will be toward gears.
Carefully install drive shaft (2) taking care not to
damage shaft oil seal. Install driven shaft (3) into
front flange. Lubricate "O" ring (8) with petroleum
jelly and install "O" ring in its groove in front flange.
Align match marks and install front housing (23) on
front flange (9). Lubricate "O" ring (22) with petro-
lexmi jelly and install "O" ring in groove on front
housing. Install one narrow gear (21), then one wide
gear (20) on the driven shaft (3). Install shaft key (1)
into groove in drive shaft (2). Install wide gear (19),
then narrow gear (18) on drive shaft. Align match
marks and install rear housing (11) on front housing
(23). Install through bolts (10) and tighten to a torque
of 40-50 ft.-lbs. (55-70 N.m). Install snap ring (14),
washer (11), orifice (13) and cup (12) on top ofeach
through bolt. Install large "O" ring (26), back-up ring
(25) and small "O" ring (24) on relief valve (27).
Back-up ring and small "O" ring go in the same
groove. Install relief valve in front housing (23).
Using a new gasket and "O" rings, reinstall gear
pump assembly by reversing removal procedure.
195. R&R AND OVERHAUL PISTON PUMP.

Tb remove the piston pump, first remove the following
hydraulic lines: Hydraulic filter to gear pump hose,
hydraulic filter to remote valve hose, suction tube to Fig. 171—Exploded view of gear (charge) pump used
hydraulic filter and the tube from pump inlet tee to on all models.
lube manifold. Disconnect the following hydraulic 1- Key 15. Oil seal
lines from piston pump: Pump to priority valve tube, 2. Drive shaft 16. Washer
3. Driven shaft 17. Rear housing
compensator valve to priority valve tube and pump to 4. Wear plate 18. Narrow gear
hydraulic filter tube. Remove inlet and outlet tees 5. Bearing seal 19. Wide gear
from pimip. Plug or cap all openings. Unbolt and 6. Rubber back-up seal 20. Wide gear
7. Back-up gasket 21. Narrow gear
remove piston pump assembly from pump drive hous- 8. "O"ring 22. "O'^ring
ing. Clean exterior of pump. 9. Front flange 23. Front housing
10. Bolt 24. "O"ring
Tb disassemble the piston pump, refer to Fig. 172 11. Washer 25. Back-up ring
and remove plugs (37 and 40) with "O" rings (38 and 12. Cup 26. "O"ring
13. Orifice 27. Relief valve
41). Remove the six bolts (32), then separate valve 14. Snap ring 28. Dowel pin (2)
115
Release pressure and remove snap ring, notched slip fit in housing and on the swashplate. Remove
washer (22), spring (23) and washer (24) from cylin- pivot bearing from opposite side of pump housing in
der head. Unbolt and remove bearing cover (2). Tag the same manner. Remove swashplate (16) from
any shims (3) that are present so they can be returned housing. Remove pump drive shaft (13) with bearing
to original location if pivot bearings (7) are being cone (12), then press bearing cone from drive shaft.
reused. Remove "O" ring (4), spacer (5), bearing cup Remove spring (9) and spring seat (10) from housing.
(6) and bearing cone (7). Bearing cup and cone are a Using a slide hammer and blind hole puller, remove
bearing cup (11).
Clean all parts and inspect for excessive wear or

other damage as follows: Check bearings for pitting
or roughness and renew as required. Check pistons
(33) and bores in cylinder block (25) for deep grooves
or scoring. Check for looseness between shoe and
piston. Looseness must not be more than 0.005 inch
(0.127 mm). Measure thickness of shoe on each pis-
ton. Thickness must not vary more than 0.001 inch
(0.025 mm) for all nine pistons. Pistons and cylinder
block are not available separately and if damaged,
renew piston and block assembly. Check the shoe
plate (30) and pivot ring (29) for deep grooves and
pitting in pivot area. Pins (28) must be straight and
of equal length. Inspect bearing plate (17) and face of
cylinder block for scratches or scoring. Inspect piston
shoe contact area on swashplate for excessive wear or
scoring. Check to see that spring pivot seat (14) is not
damaged and is secured tight with roll pin (15). Check
piston (35) and piston rod (36) for scoring or binding
action.
When reassembling piston pump, use all new gas-
kets and "O" rings and proceed as follows: Install
bearing cup (11) in housing until seated. Press bear-
ing cone (12) on drive shaft (13) until seated against
shoulder on shaft. Install drive shaft and bearing into
piomp housing. Install spring (9) and spring seat (10)
on the raised boss in housing. Install swashplate (16)
over pump drive shaft and into bearing bores. Install
pivot bearing cones (7), bearing cups (6), spacers (5),
Fig. 172—Exploded view of piston pump used on ali
"O" rings (4), original shims (3) and bearing covers
models.
1. Bolt
(2). Secure with bolts (1) tightened to a torque of
2. Bearing cover 25. Cyiinder head 170-190 in.-lbs. (19-21 N.m). If pivot bearings or
3. Shim 26. Dowel pin swashplate are being renewed, adjust begiring pre-
4. "O" ring 27. Pin retainer load as follows: Assemble new bearing cone (7), bear-
5. Spacer 28. Pin (3)
6. Bearing cup 29. Pivot ring ing cup (6), spacer (5) and "O" ring lubricated with
7. Bearing cone 30. Shoe plate petroleum jelly on one side of pump housing. Install
8. Pump housing 31. Washer one 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) shim under cover (2).
9. Spring 32. Bolt (6)
10. Spring seat 33. Hston(9) Install bolts (1) and tighten to a torque of 170-190
11. Bearing cup 34. Gasket in.-lbs. (19-21 N.m). On opposite side, install pivot
12. Bearing cone 35. Piston bearing cone (7), bearing cup (6) and spacer (5). Using
13. Drive shaft 36. Piston rod a depth gage, measure distance from top of bearing
14. Spring pivot seat 37. Plug
15. Roll pin 38. "O"ring spacer to the face of housing. This measurement less
16. Swashplate 39. Valve plate 0.007-0.009 inch (0.178-0.229 mm) will be the correct
17. Bearing plate 40. Plug shim pack thickness needed. If the required shim
18. Bearing cup 41. "O"ring
19. Bearing cone 42. Retaining ring pack thickness is more than 0.020 inch (0.508 mm),
20. Spacer 43. "O"ring split total shim thickness (both sides) between the
21. Snap ring 44. Spring pivot bearings. No more than 0.020 inch (0.508 mm)
22. Notched washer 45. Dowel pin
23. Spring 46. Check valve plate should be used on either side. Shims are available in
24. Washer 47. Check valve seat thicknesses of 0.003, 0.005 and 0.010 inch (0.076,
116
0.127 and 0.254 mm). Install selected shim packs, stall plug. Check and adjust pressure, flow and
lubricate "O" rings with petroleum jeUy, install "O" standby pressure as in paragraph 193.
rings and pivot bearing covers. Tighten bolts to a
torque of 170-190 in.-lbs. (19-21 N.m).
Install flat washer (24), spring (23) and notched 196. R&R AND OVERHAUL COMPENSATOR
washer (22) into center of cylinder block (25). Apply VALVE. Tb remove the compensator valve, first clean
pressure £âinst notched washer to compress spring, valve and surrounding area, then unbolt and remove
then install snap ring (21). Install pin retainer (20) valve assembly. Refer to Fig. 173 and remove plug (21)
into splined end of cylinder block until retainer is V2 with "O" ring (20), spring (19), seat (18) and compen-
inch (12 mm) from end of cylinder block. Install the sator spool (17).Remove plug (16) with "O" ring (15).
three pins (28) into large grooves in splined area of Remove adjusting screw (14), lower seat (13), spring
cylinder block. Install pivot ring (29) with flat side on (12), upper seat (11) and load sensing spool (10).
pins. Install pistons (33) in shoe plate (30), lubricate Remove check plug (3), outer plug (9), orifice (8), plugs
pistons with clean Hy-Tran Plus fluid and install in (4) and plug (7) with "O" ring (6).
cylinder block.
If drive shaft, shaft bearings, valve plate or pump
housing is being renewed, drive shaft bearing preload
must be adjusted as follows: A spacer kit, consisting
of 11 spacers ranging in thicknesses from 0.139 inch
(3.531 mm) to 0.169 inch (4.293 mm) in increments of
0.003 inch (0.076 mm), must be acquired for this
adjustment. Install the 0.169 inch (4.293 mm) thick
spacer (20) from spacer kit, on the drive shaft so that
chamfered side is facing inward. Install bearing cone
(19) against spacer. Install bearing cup (18) in valve
plate (39). Install valve plate on pump housing with-
out gasket (34). Tighten valve plate mounting bolts
(32) eventy, while rotating drive shaft, to a torque of
5 in.-lbs. (0.565 N.m). Using a feeler gage, measure
the gap between valve plate and pump housing at four
locations. Take an average of the four dimensions.
Subtract the correct dimension 0.022 inch (0.559 mm)
from the average measured dimension. Then, sub-
tract the difference from spacer thickness installed,
0.169 inch (4.293 mm). The result will be the spacer
size needed. Select the nearest size spacer available
in kit. Unbolt and remove valve plate, bearing cone
and spacer. Install cylinder block assembly over drive
shgdt and into pump housing. Install selected spacer
(20) and bearing cone (19). Install spring (44), check
valve (46 and seat (47) in valve plate. Install piston
rod (36) through valve plate, then install spiral re-
taining ring (42) in inner groove of piston rod. Lubri-
cate new "O" ring (43) with petroleum jelly and install
in outer groove of piston rod. Using a new gasket,
install compensator valve and tighten bolts to a
torque of 60-70 in.-lbs. (7-8 N.m). Install piston (35)
on piston rod (36). Lubricate bearing plate (17) and
install on valve plate so that notch in bearing plate is Fig, 173—Exploded view of the compensator valve
seated over dowel pin in valve plate. Using a new used on all modeis.
gasket (34), install valve plate and bearing plate 1. Gasket
2. "O"ring 12. Spring
assembly on pump housing. Tighten retaining bolts 3. Check plug 13. Lower seat
to a torque of 23-26 ft.-lbs. (31-35 N.m). Install plugs 4. Plugs 14. Adjusting screw
(37 and 40) with new "O" rings (38 and 41). 5. Valve body 15. "O"ring
6. "O"ring 16. Plug
Use a new gasket on pump flange and reinstall 7. Plug 17. Compensator spool
piston pump assembly by reversing the removal pro- 8. Orifice 18. Seat
9. Plug 19. Spring
cedure. Remove upper plug from valve plate and 10. Load sensing spool 20. "Oaring
install one pint (0.437 L) of Hy-Tran Plus fluid. Rein- 11. Upper seat 21. Adjusting plug
117
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing from drive gear shaft. On all models, remove bearing
excessive wear or other damage. Use all new "O" rings cones (14 and 16) from drive gear shaft. Remove
and reassemble by reversing disassembly procedure. bearing cup (17) from housing (1).
Use new "O" ring (2) and gasket (1) and reinstall Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or
compensator valve assembly. Tighten mounting bolts other damage and renew as necessary. Install bearing
to a torque of 60-70 in.-lbs. (7-8 N.m). Adjust pressure, cups (11 and 17) in bearing cage and housing. Install
flow and standby pressure as outlined in paragraph snap rings (6 and 8) in idler gear (7). Install bearing
193. (9) against snap ring (8). Install spacer (5), then
install bearing (4) against snap ring (6). Install idler
197. R&R AND OVERHAUL PUMP DRIVE gear assembly in housing and install idler shaft (3).
UNIT. Tb remove the hydraulic pump drive unit, first Install idler shaft retaining bolt with flat washer and
remove the hydraulic pumps as outlined in para- tighten securely. Press bearing cones (14 and 16) on
graphs 194 and 195. On models prior to P.I.N. drive gear shaft (15 or 15A). Install drive gear assem-
AJB0041175, disconnect the external lube line. On all bly in housing and install bearing cage (10 or lOA)
models, disconnect and remove engine speed sensor without shims (12) or "O" ring (11). Install and tighten
(2—Fig. 174). Unbolt and remove the pump drive bearing cage bolts evenly to a torque of 30 in.-lbs.
unit. (3.39 N.m) while turning the shaft. Using a feeler
gage, measure the gap between bearing cage and
NOTE: Pry pto valve and bracket upward to pro- drive housing at each bolt. Take an average of the
vide room to remove drive unit. measurements. Add 0.0027 inch (0.07 mm) to the
average dimension. This will be the shim pack thick-
ness needed. Shims are available in thicknesses of
Unbolt and remove bearing cage (10 or lOA), " C 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.012 and 0.030 inch (0.08, 0.10,
ring (11) and shim (12). Remove bearing cup (13) from 0.13, 0.30 and 0.76 mm). Remove bearing cage from
bearing cage. Remove drive gear assembly (15 or drive housing. Lubricate "O" ring (11) with petroleum
15A). Remove idler gear shaft bolt, then using a slide jelly and install on bearing cage. On models prior to
hammer, pull out idler gear shaft (3). Remove idler P.I.N. AJB0041175, install new seal ring (18) on drive
gear assembly (4 through 9). Drive out bearing (4) and gear shaft (15). Lubricate seal ring with petroleum
remove spacer (5). Drive out bearing (9) and remove jelly, then reinstall drive gear shaft assembly. On all
snap rings (6 and 8) from idler gear (7). On models models, install selected shim pack (12) and bearing
prior to P.I.N. AJB0041175, remove seal ring (18) cage (10 or lOA). Tighten bearing cage retaining bolts
to a torque of 40-45 ft.-lbs. (55-60 N.m). Using a dial
indicator, check end play of drive gear shaft. End play
must be 0.001-0.004 inch (0.025-0.100 mm). Change
shim pack (12) thickness, if necessary, to correct the
end play. Use new "O" ring and install engine speed
sensor (2).
Apply a bead of Loctite 515 to mounting surface of
pump drive unit. Install pump drive unit by reversing
the removal procedures.
PRIORITY VALVE
All Models
198. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the pri-
ority valve, first remove the remote valves as outlined
in paragraph 225. Disconnect tubes from priority
Fig. 174—Exploded view of hydrauiic pump drive unit.
Minor differences between early and iate production valve, then remove the valve.
units are shown. Tb disassemble the priority valve, remove all fit-
1. Housing lOA. Bearing cage (late) tings and "O" rings. Refer to Fig. 175 and remove plug
2. Engine speed sensor 11. "O"ring (2) with "O" ring (3), priority spool (4) and spring (5).
3. Idler shaft 12. Shim Remove the 0.033 inch (0.84 mm) orifice plug from
4. Bearing 13. Bearing cup
5. Spacer 14. Bearing cone spool. Loosen locknut (27) and remove adjusting
6. Snap ring 15. Drive gear (early) screw (26) with "O" ring (25), spring (24), poppet (23)
7. Idler gear 15A. Drive gear (late) and seat (22). Remove relief valve body (21) with "O**
8. Snap ring 16. Bearing cone
9. Bearing 17. Bearing cup ring (20), back-up ring (19) and "O** ring (18). Remove
10. Bearing cage (early) 18. Seal ring (early) the 0.018 inch (0.46 mm) orifice plug (7) and the 0.090
118

inch (2.28 mm) orifice plug (17) from valve body. OPERATION
Remove plug (16) with "O" ring (15), spring (14), ball
(13) and check valve body (12) with back-up rings (8
and 11) and "O" rings (9 and 10). All Models
Clean and inspect all parts for pitting, scoring or
grooves and renew as necessary. Spool (4) and body 200. The electronic hitch system consists of the
are a matched set and are not available separately^. operator's control panel, the control module with
Check valve spring (14) should have a free length of automatic reset, two load pin sensors, hitch hydraulic
0.455 inch (11.56 mm) and should test 0.090-0.108 control valve, hitch position feedback sensor and wir-
lbs. (0.40-0.48 N) when compressed to a length of ing harness.
0.400 inch (10.16 mm). Relief valve spring (24) should The electronic hitch system operates in one of two
have a free length of 1.118 inch (28.40 mm) and modes: Position Control and Load Control. In Posi-
should test 12.8-15.74 lbs. (57.0-70.0 N) when com- tion Control, the hitch position and movement is
pressed to a length of 0.826 inch (20.98 mm). Priority directly proportional to the position and movement of
spool spring (5) should have a free length of 2.51 the control lever. The hitch always raises at maxi-
inches (63.63 mm) and should test 40.45-49.46 lbs. mum speed. In lowering, the hitch moves at the speed
(180-220 N) when compressed to a length of 1.91 selected by the hitch position drop speed control. In
inches (48.51 mm).
Reassemble priority valve by reversing the disas-
sembly procedure keeping the following points in
mind: Use all new "O" rings and back-up rings when
reassembling. Make sure holes in orifice plugs are
clean. When installing orifice plug (17) use Loctite
242 on plug threads and tighten to a torque of 12-14
ft.-lbs. (16-19 N.m). Install orifice plug (7) and tighten
to a torque of 12-14 ft.-lbs. (16-19 N.m). Install and
tighten spool orifice plug (6) to a torque of 45-60
in.-lbs. (5-7 N.m). Tighten relief valve body (21) to a
torque of 30-35 ft.-lbs. (41-48 N.m). Tighten plug (2)
to a torque of 25-30 ft.-lbs. (34-41 N.m).
Use all new "O" rings and install priority valve by
reversing the removal procedure. Check and adjust
steering priority valve pressure as outlined in para-
graph 15.
PTO CONTROL VALVE
All Models
199. For information on PRESSURE ADJUST-

MENT and R&R AND OVERHAUL of the pto control
valve, refer to paragraphs 185 and 186.
-15
Fig. 175—Expioded view of the steering priority valve

HYDRAULIC LIFT 1.
used on all models,
Valve body
SYSTEM 2.
3.
Plug
"O" ring
; 15.
16.
"O"ring
Plug
4. Vialve spool |v 17. Orifice plug
5. Spring • 18. "Oaring
All models are available with a 3-point Category III 6. Orifice plug 19. Back-up ring
hydraulic operated hitch. The electronic hitch control 7. Orifice plug 20. "O"ring
8. Back-up ring 21. Relief valve body
system gives load control and position control of soil 9. "O"ring 22. Seat
engaging implements. Tractors are equipped with one 10. "O" ring 23. Poppet
internal hitch cylinder and either one (Models 7110 11. Back-up ring 24. Spring
12. Check valve body 25. «O"ring
and 7120) or two (Models 7130 and 7140) external 13. Ball 26. Adjusting screw
hitch cylinders. 14. Spring 27. Locknut
119
Load Control, the electronic hitch system adjusts the pushed forward to the lower position or the up/down
hitch position to maintain a constant implement load rocker switch is pushed to down position. The position
on the tractor in changing soil conditions and varying drop speed control is only effective in the position
terrain. With a load increase, the electronic hitch control mode. Rotate control knob clockwise to in-
system will lower the hitch. The amount of hitch crease or counterclockwise to decrease lowering
movement to a particular load change is determined speed of hitch. The position drop speed control knob
by the hitch travel control and the speed that the is located under a cover at rear of control console. See
hitch raises or lowers is determined by the hitch Fig. 177.
response speed control. The load control knob (Fig. 176) sets the depth of
TTie amber enable or reset indicator light is located the implement to control the load on the tractor.
as shown in Fig. 176. After tractor is started, the Turning the load control knob clockwise will increase
indicator light will be ON continuously for one to two the tractor load and the implement depth. Turning
seconds for a bulb check. If the position control lever the knob counterclockwise will decrease tractor load
and the actual hitch position match, the hitch system and implement depth. At lighter load settings (No. 1
is enabled. If not, the amber light flashes ON and to No. 4), some implements will not lower in load
OFF. Tb enable the hitch, move position control lever control operation. The tractor must be moving in
to match the actual hitch position. When the indicator order for load control to be functional.
light stops flashing, hitch system is enabled and hitch The travel control knob varies the range of hitch
will follow the control lever movement. height corrections in response to load variations. A
The position control lever is used to raise and lower higher (clockwise) travel control setting results in a
implements and to select the working position of the closer control of load and a better following of soil
implements. To lift the implement, pull position con- contours but larger amounts of hitch movement. Set-
trol lever to the rear. The hitch is fully up when tings in the upper range should be used for fully
control lever is in transport lockout position. Tb lower mounted equipment, especially when operating in
the implement, push control lever forward. The me- terrain that varies significantly (such as crossing
chanical stop on the console provides an adjustable terraces). A lower (counterclockwise) travel setting
lever stop which allows control lever to be returned reduces the hitch movement and increases load vari-
to the same set position. ations, but limits the amount of hitch movement.
The transport lockout is built into the control lever Settings in the lower range should be used with
slot in console. Pull control lever rearward and into semi-mounted implements or flat terrain where the
the offset to lock hitch in the raised position to pre- amount of hitch movement can be restricted without
vent the lowering of an implement during transport. affecting performance.
The up/down rocker switch is a convenience for The hitch response control knob (Fig. 177) varies
field work. When the switch is in down position, hitch the speed that the hitch raises and lowers in the load
will lower to the position set by the position control control mode onfy. Turning the knob clockwise, raises
lever at the speed set by the hitch position drop speed or lowers the hitch faster. Turning the knob counter-
control. When the switch is in up position, hitch will clockwise, raises or lowers the hitch slower. The
raise at maximum speed to the fully raised position. slower action reduces the sharpness of hitch action.
The hitch position drop speed control varies the Tbo slow a speed will limit ability to follow varying
lowering speed of the hitch as the control lever is terrain.
MECHANICAL
AOJUSTASLE
MECHANICAL
TRANSPORT
LOCKOUT
AMBER FLASHING
ENABLE (RESET) TRAVEL CONTROt KNOB
INDICATOR LAMP UP/DOWN
SELECTOR SWITCH LOAD
Fig. 176~~View showing location of some of the electronic hitch controls on console. Refer also to Fig. 177.
120

201. OPERATING IN POSITION CONTROL. rapid changes in implement operating depth and
The tractor and implement must be operated in the rapidly changing loads on the tractor. If adjusted too
field to select the correct position of the hitch. Set the slowly, implement may not follow the terrain prop-
position control lever in the transport lockout posi- erly.
tion. Place all control knobs in maximum setting of
11. Set up/down rocker switch in down position. If the
enable or reset indicator light flashes, move position ELECTRONIC HITCH DIAGNOSTIC
control lever to match the actual hitch position. When CODES
lowering the hitch with the control lever, decrease the
hitch position drop speed until implement drops at a Ail Models
desirable rate. (Aii empty hitch may not lower at a
setting of 1). Operate tractor and implement in the
203. The electronic hitch diagnostic monitor (Fig.
field. Set the desired implement depth with position
177) shows the condition of electronic load control
control lever. Move the mechanical stop against fi-ont
system by a diagnostic code. When key switch is
side of control lever. Move the rocker switch to up
tumed to ON position, all seven segments of the LED
position to temporarily raise the implement without
(light emitting diode) display (Fig. 178) are continu-
changing any of the hitch position adjustments. Press
ously on for 1 to 2 seconds for a display check.
the down switch to return the implement to its origi-
nal working position. Adjust load control operation as The "O" code indicates the system is normal. Sys-
outlined in paragraph 202. tem normal means that electrical and electronic parts
of the hitch system are functioning correctly. How-
ever, this display does not tell if controls are not
NOTE: Always place position control lever in adjusted correctly or if there is a hydraulic problem.
hitch lockout position for implement road trans- If the "O" code is displayed and there is poor lever
port.
to hitch movement or the hitch stops abruptly or over
shoots in relation to the control lever, the hitch posi-
202. OPERATING IN LOAD CONTROL. Tum tion potentiometer (14—Fig. 179) is out of adjust-
the load control knob counterclockAvise to decrease ment.
load setting until hitch begins to raise. Move position If the "O" code is displayed and the hitch does not
control lever fully forward. Tum travel control knob raise, lower or enable, the control lever potentiometer
counterclockwise to reduce the changes in the work- (9) and/or hitch position potentiometer (14) are out of
ing depth with changing loads. Atypical operation for adjustment.
a fully mounted implement is a setting of 7 to 10 and If the "O" code is displayed and the hitch will not
a setting of 3 to 5 for a semi-mounted implement. Use lower, the load control potentiometer (3) or the drop
the hitch response speed control to adjust the speed speed potentiometer (6) is in the fully counterclock-
at which the electronic hitch will respond to changing wise position.
soil and load conditions. Slowly tum the control knob If the "O" code is displayed and hitch will not raise
counterclockwise to^slow the hitch response. If hitch or lower, or the hitch has erratic movement, control
response speed is adjusted too quickly, it will cause valve spool is sticking or binding
HITCH FOSlTiON
DBOP SPEED
CONTROI KNOB
SEVEN SEGMENT
DiSPLAY
Fig. 177—View showing location of some of the electronic hitch controls on console. Refer also to Fig. 176.
121
If the "A" code is displayed, it indicates low battery The "E" code indicates too high battery voltage. If
voltage (less than 9.8 volts) or a ground in the 8 volt battery voltage exceeds 19 volts, electronic hitch con-
circuits to the left or right hitch pin sensors (15 or 16), trols will shut down.
or the control lever potentiometer (9), or the hitch The "2" code indicates a failure in the lower portion
position potentiometer (14). of the control valve solenoid. Hitch will not lower but
will raise.
The **H" code indicates hitch position circuit failure.
Circuit open or grounded or hitch position potenti-
ometer is out of adjustment.
The "P'* code indicates a failure in the control lever
circuit. Circuit has an open or ground or the control
lever potentiometer is out of adjustment.
The "9" code indicates a travel control circuit fail-
ure. Circuit has an open or ground. Electronic hitch
system will function in position control only^.
The "L" code indicates a failure in the load control
lYS—View of the seven segment LED dispiay on circuit. Circuit is open or has a ground. Electronic
the electronic hitch diagnostic monitor. hitch system will function in position control only.
If the "S" code is displayed, it indicates a failure in
the circuit for the hitch pin sensors (15 and 16).
Electronic hitch system will function in position con-
trol only.
The "1" code indicates an up/down switch failure.
Up/down switch is inoperative.
The "6" code indicates a drop speed circuit failure.
Drop speed operates in maximum speed only.
The "7" code indicates a hitch response speed con-
trol circuit failure. Response speed operates in maxi-
mum speed only.
The "4" code indicates an enable or reset indicator
light circuit failure. All other hitch functions are
operative.
The "C" code indicates a valve compensation failure
12 (failure of potentiometer or module to synchronize the
control lever to hitch).
If a decimal point only is shown as a code, it indi-
cates that tractor ground speed is less than 0.5 mph
(0.8 km/h) or ground speed signal is not present.
13 Hitch system will not operate in load control.
If no code is shown, wire or wires are open, seg-
ments are not functioning, monitor is disconnected,
monitor is defective, fuse is blown or module is defec-
tive.
NOTE: If any of the following codes exist, there
wiil be no hitch controi. An "F" code fiashes aiter-
nateiy with an error code.
The T , 3" code flashing alternately, indicates a

_ ijg^\îew showing hitch wiring and location of failure in the valve raise solenoid circuit.
electronic control units.
The T , A** code flashing alternately, indicates a
1. Reset indicator light 8. Hitch module
2. Up/down rocker switch 9. Control lever potenti- failure of both the supply voltage and the up/down
2A. Diode ometer switch circuits.
3. Load control potentiometer 10. Console hitch wiring The *F, E" code flashing alternately, indicates a too
4. Travel control potenti- 11. Rear hitch wiring
ometer 12. Control valve high battery voltage and a failure of the up/down
5. Hitch response potenti- 13. Wiring protector tubes switch circuit.
ometer 14. Hitch position potenti- The *F, H" code flashing alternately, indicates a
6. Hitch drop speed potentiometer
ometer 15. Left hitch pin sensor failure of both the hitch position and the up/down
7. Diagnostic monitor 16. Right hitch pin sensor switch circuits.
122

The T, P" code flashing alternately, indicates a Check for continuity between terminal 11 for light
failure of both the hitch position lever control and the blue wire #590 and terminal 1 on up/down switch. If
lup/down switch circuits. there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
connection.
ELECTRONIC HITCH CONTROL CIRCUIT Check for continuity between terminal 18 for light
TESTS blue wire #510 and terminal 7 on up/down switch. If
there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
All Models connection.
Batteries must be fully charged and all connections 207. HITCH CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID.
must be clean and tight before testing. Use a mul- Disconnect connector at control valve solenoid.
timeter for all tests. Wire numbers are stamped con- Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
tinuously on wires. terminal C on solenoid. Reading should be 3.8-4.2
ohms. If not, solenoid is bad.
204. HITCH MODULE VOLTAGE TEST. Dis- Connect an ohmmeter between terminal B and
connect the 37 pin connector. Tests will be made at terminal C on solenoid. Reading should be 3.8-4.2
the terminals of the connector. Key switch must be in ohms. If not, solenoid is bad.
ON position. If all readings are good, disconnect connector at
Check the voltage between terminal 5 for red wire control module and test circuits between module con-
#526 and ground. If test shows less than 12 volts, nector and the solenoid. Up/down switch must be in
check for bad 7.5 amp fuse, bad relay, bad circuit DOWN position.
between module and relay or bad relay solenoid. Check for continuity between terminal 15 for light
Check for continuity between terminal 1 for blue wire #513 and terminal A of solenoid connector.
black/white wire #500 and ground. If test shows no If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
continuity, check for bad wire between terminal 1 and connection.
ground junction block. Check for continuity between terminal 9 for light
There is no way to test the hitch module. If all other blue wire #512 and terminal B of solenoid connector.
components and circuits test good and hitch will not If there is no continuity, check for bad wire, bad
operate, renew the module. connection or bad up/down switch.
Check for continuity between terminal 2 for black
205. UP/DOWN SWITCH DIODE. Disconnect wire #511 and terminal C of solenoid connector. If
the connector at the up/down switch side of diode. there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
Tbuch positive probe of ohmmeter to the diode and connection.
negative probe to ground. There should be no conti-
nuity. If there is continuity, diode is bad.
208. RH HITCH PIN SENSOR. Disconnect con-
Tbuch negative probe of ohmmeter to the diode and
nector at hitch pin sensor. Tfests will be made on
positive probe to the ground. There should be conti- sensor.
nuity. If there is no continuity, diode is bad.
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
206. HITCH UP/DOWN SWITCH. Disconnect terminal B. Reading should be 175K-195K ohms. If
connector at up/down switch. Place switch in UP not, hitch pin sensor is bad.
position. Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
Check for continuity between terminal 7 and ter- terminal C. Reading should be 270-330 ohms. If not,
minal 5 on the switch. If there is no continuity, switch hitch pin sensor is bad.
is bad. Connect an ohmmeter between terminal B and
Place switch in DOWN position. Check for continu- terminal C. Reading should be 175K-195K ohms. If
ity between terminal 2 and terminal 6 on switch. If not, hitch pin sensor is bad.
there is no continuity, switch is bad. If all readings are good, disconnect connector at
Check for continuity between terminal 1 and ter- control module and test circuits between module con-
minal 5 on switch. If there is no continuity, switch is nector and RH hitch pin sensor.
bad. Check for continuity between terminal 13 for black
If the above readings are good, disconnect connec- wire #514 and terminal A of hitch pin sensor connec-
tor on hitch control module and check the circuits tor. If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
between module connector and up/down switch. connection.
Check for continuity between terminal 9 for light Check for continuity between terminal 28 for light
blue wire #512 and terminal 2 on up/down switch. If blue wire #514 and terminal B of sensor connector. If
there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
connection. connection.
123
Check for continuity between terminal 32 for red 211. HITCH RESPONSE POTENTIOMETER.
wire #514 and terminal C of sensor connector. If there Disconnect connector at response potentiometer.
is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad connection. Tfests will be made on potentiometer.
209. LH HITCH PIN SENSOR. Disconnect con- terminal C on potentiometer. Reading should be
nector at hitch pin sensor. Tfests will be made on 9000-11000 ohms. If not, potentiometer is bad.
sensor. Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and terminal B. Reading should vary from 0 to 9000-
terminal B. Reading should be 175K-195K ohms. If 11000 ohms as potentiometer is moved from mini-
not, hitch pin sensor is bad. mum to maximum. If not, potentiometer is bad.
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and If all readings are good, disconnect connector at
terminal C. Reading should be 270-330 ohms. If not, hitch control module and test circuits between mod-
hitch pin sensor is bad. ule connector and hitch response potentiometer.
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal B and Check for continuity between terminal 4 for black
terminal C. Reading should be 175K-195K ohms. If wire #503 and terminal A of potentiometer connector.
not, hitch pin sensor is bad. If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
If all readings are good, disconnect connector at connection.
control module and test circuits between module con- Check for continuity between terminal 17 for light
nector and LH hitch pin sensor. blue wire #50S and terminal B of potentiometer con-
Check for continuity between terminal 14 for black nector. If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or
wire #515 and terminal A of hitch pin sensor connec- bad connection.
tor. If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad Check for continuity between terminal 37 for red
connection. wire #503 and terminal C of potentiometer connector.
Check for continuity between terminal 20 for light If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
blue wire #515 and terminal B of sensor connector. If connection.
there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
connection. 212. TRAVEL CONTROL POTENTIOMETER.
Check for continuity between terminal 33 for red Disconnect connector at travel control potentiometer.
wire #515 and terminal C of sensor connector. If there Tfests will be made on potentiometer.
is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad connection. Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
terminal C on potentiometer. Reading should be
210. HITCH POSITION DROP SPEED PO- 9000-11000 ohms. If not, potentiometer is bad.
TENTIOMETER. Disconnect connector at drop Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
speed potentiometer. Tfests will be made on potenti- terminal B. Reading should vary from 0 to 9000-
ometer. 11000 ohms as potentiometer is moved from mini-
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and mum to maximum. If not, potentiometer is bad.
terminal C on potentiometer. Reading should be If all readings are good, disconnect connector at
9000-11000 ohms. If not, potentiometer is bad. hitch control module and test circuits between mod-
ule connector and travel control potentiometer.
Check for continuity between terminal 25 for red
terminal B. Reading should vary from 0 to 9000-
wire #506 and terminal A of potentiometer connector.
11000 ohms as potentiometer is moved from mini-
mum to maximum. If not, potentiometer is bad. If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad
connection.
If all readings are good, disconnect connector at Check for continuity between terminal 26 for light
hitch control module and test circuits between mod- blue wire #506 and terminal B. If there is no continu-
ule connector and drop speed potentiometer. ity, check for bad wire or bad connection.
Check for continuity between terminal 3 for black Check for continuity between terminal 19 for black
wire #502 and terminal A of potentiometer connector. wire #506 and terminal C. If there is no continuity,
If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad check for bad wire or bad connection.
connection.
Check for continuity between terminal 29 for light 213. LOAD CONTROL POTENTIOMETER.
blue wire #502 and terminal B of potentiometer con- Disconnect connector at load control potentiometer.
nector. If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or Tfests will be made on potentiometer.
bad connection. Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
Check for continuity between terminal 34 for red terminal C on potentiometer. Reading should be
wire #502 and terminal C of potentiometer connector. 9000-11000 ohms. If not, potentiometer is bad.
If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and
connection. terminal B. Reading should vary fi:'om 0 to 9000-
124

11000 ohms as potentiometer is moved from mini- Check for continuity between terminal 27 for light
mum to maximum. If not, potentiometer is bad. blue wire #507 and terminal B. If there is no continu-
If all readings are good disconnect connector at ity, check for bad wire or bad connection.
hitch control module and test circuits between mod- Check for continuity between terminal 31 for red
ule connector and load control potentiometer. wire #507 and terminal C. If there is no continuity,
Check for continuity between terminal 35 for red check for bad wire or bad connection.
wire #505 and terminal A of potentiometer connector.
If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad ELECTRONIC HITCH ADJUSTMENTS
connection.
Check for continuity between terminal 22 for light All Models
blue wire #505 and terminal B. If there is no continu-
ity, check for bad wire or bad connection. Be sure batteries are fully charged and all connec-
tions are clean and tight before starting adjustment
Check for continvuty between terminal 7 for black procedures. If necessary, move left rear wheel and tire
wire #505 and terminal C. If there is no continuity, out for access to hitch valve. Unbolt and remove right
check for bad wire or bad connection. console side cover. Using adapter harness CAS-1897,
connect hitch tester and digital voltmeter CAS-1638A
214. CONTROL LEVER POTENTIOMETER. to the test connector on hitch control module. Set
Disconnect connector at control lever potentiometer. hitch load control and travel control knobs in fully
Tfests will be made on potentiometer. clockwise position. Place up/down switch in DOWN
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and position. Plug black wire into common terminal and
terminal C on potentiometer. Reading should be red wire into volt terminal. Put test box slide switch
4000-6000 ohms. If not, potentiometer is bad. in ON position. Put push/pull switch in OFF position.
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and Put digital voltmeter selector switch to DC volts.
terminal B. Reading should vary from 0 to 4000-6000
ohms as potentiometer is moved from minimum to 216. CONTROL LEVER POTENTIOMETER
maximum. If not, potentiometer is bad. CALIBRATION. Tum keyswitch to ON position, but
If all readings are good, disconnect connector at do not start engine. Tum test box position switch to
hitch control module and test circuits between mod- number 1. Move hitch position control lever to full
'ule connector and control lever potentiometer. raise position. Voltmeter reading should be 1.71-1.75
Check for continuity between terminal 30 for red volts. If not, adjust control lever potentiometer as
wire #504 and terminal A of potentiometer connector. follows: With position control lever in full raise posi-
If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad tion, loosen set screw in bottom of lever on potenti-
connection. ometer. Rotate the potentiometer shaft until reading
Check for continuity between terminal 21 for light is 1.71-1.75 volts, then tighten set screw. Move hitch
blue wire #504 and terminal B. If there is no continu- position control lever to the full lower position. Read-
ity, check for bad wire or bad connection. ing on voltmeter should be plus 0.01 to minus 0.01
volts. If not, adjust control lever stop on mounting
Check for continuity between terminal 6 for black
wire #504 and terminal C. If there is no continmty, plate to obtain correct reading.
check for bad wire or bad connection.
217. HITCH POSITION POTENTIOMETER
215. HITCH POSITION POTENTIOMETER. CALIBRATION. Tum keyswitch and start engine.
Disconnect connector at the hitch position potenti- Move hitch position control lever in full lower posi-
ometer. Tfests will be made on potentiometer. tion. Check to see that hitch is completely down. If
not, loosen the link arm clamp bolt and tum the hitch
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and position (rockshaft) potentiometer shaft clockwise
terminal C on potentiometer. Reading should be until hitch is fully down. Stop tractor engine. Tum
4000-6000 ohms. If not, potentiometer is bad. keyswitch to ON position, but do not start engine.
Connect an ohmmeter between terminal A and Tum test box position switch to number 2. Make sure
terminal B. Reading should vary from 0 to 4000-6000 the link rod is in the bottom of the slot on the lever
ohms as potentiometer is moved from minimum to bracket on end of rockshaft. At this time, reading on
maximum. If not, potentiometer is bad. voltmeter must be 0.0 to minus 0.02 volts. If neces-
If all readings are good, disconnect connector at sary, rotate potentiometer shaft to correct reading.
hitch control module and test circuits between mod- Tighten link arm clamp bolt. Check to be sure the
ule connector and hitch position potentiometer. potentiometer voltage is still at 0.0 volts.
^ Check for continuity between terminal 12 for black
wire #507 and terminal A of potentiometer connector. 218. CENTERING HITCH VALVE. Make sure
If there is no continuity, check for bad wire or bad hitch is fully lowered before starting adjustment.
connection. Disconnect the 37 pin connector from the hitch control
125
module, then connect the 37 pin connector on the CAS a flashing bar on either the top or bottom of the
2028 test box cable. Connect the remaining 37 pin display which will alternate with a flashing number
connector to the test box. Connect the 9 pin connector between 1 and 9. A flashing bar on the top indicates
to the test box. Connect the 16 pin connector to the the hitch valve is out of adjustment in the raise
digital readout box. Tum keyswitch and start engine. direction. A flashing bar on the bottom indicates the
Check to see if hitch raises on its own when engine is hitch valve is out of adjustment in the lower direction.
started. If there is no hitch movement, turn adjust- The flashing number indicates the amount of hitch
ment screw on control valve solenoid core counter- valve adjustment necessary to reach zero. One being
clockwise until hitch begins to raise. Make a mark on a small amount of adjustment and nine, a large
the solenoid core for the screw slot position. Turn amount of adjustment.
adjustment screw clockwise until hitch begins to
lower. Make a mark on solenoid core for screw slot NOTE: Do not make any hitch valve adjustment
position. Then, move adjustment screw slot to the when just the decimai point is flashing on the
center position between the two marks on solenoid dispiay.
core.
Depress and release the rocker switch momentary
position on the digital readout box (Fig. 180) and Adjust the valve solenoid core as required by the
observe the display. A decimal point will flash in the readout box display until the flashing zero without a
lower right corner while hitch is going through a test flashing bar is displayed. Tighten locknut on adjust-
cycle. When cycle is complete, the readout will display ing screw. Disconnect test box cable from the tractor
wiring harness and connect tractor harness to the
hitch control module.
DECIMAL BAR
219. VALVE COMPENSATION ADJUST-

MENT. First adjust the hitch position (rockshaft)
potentiometer calibration as outlined in paragraph
217, then install 500-1000 lbs. (227-454 kg) of weight
on hitch arms Cycle hitch several times to remove any
air from cylinders and lines. Place position control
lever in middle of its travel slot. Measuring from the
lever knob, move control lever 0.016-0.024 inch (4.0-
6.0 mm) in one direction. There must be hitch move-
ment. Move control lever 0.35-0.43 inch (9.0-11.0 mm)
in opposite direction. Again, there must be hitch
movement. If hitch response does not fall within these
specifications, adjust the valve compensation poten-
tiometer on the control module. Adjusting potenti-
ometer screw (Fig. 181) clockwise will increase
control lever to hitch response. Adjusting the screw
counterclockwise will decrease hdtch response or
BAR NUMBER
movement if hitch is overactive or unstable. Remove
weight from hitch.
Fig. 160—Various views of hitch vaive centering tooi, Fig. 161—View showing location of control module po-
CAS'2026, showing decimai point, bars and number in tentiometer adjusting screw used in adjusting valve
dispiay boxes. compensation
126

220. HITCH FREE TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT. (24) and "O" rings (22 and 26) from body. Remove
Tum keyswitch and start engine. Slowly move hitch lockout spool (27) from valve body (15). Unscrew and
control lever to the full raise position. Hitch cylinders remove solenoid switch assembly (6) with "O" ring (7).
must not be fully extended against the intemal stop. Remove locknut (1), adjusting screw (2) with "O" ring
Hitch valve solenoid must not be energized when (3), spring (4) and washer (5) from solenoid. Remove
hitch isftiUyraised. Manually lift outer ends of hitch pilot spool (8) and spring (9) from solenoid mounting
lower lift arms. There must be approximately 1.0 inch body (11). Unbolt and remove solenoid mounting body
(25.4 mm) of free travel as measured from the lift arm from valve body. Remove plug (18) with "O" ring (19)
ball to the ground. If there is more than 1.0 inch (25.4 and pivot plug (16) with "O" ring (17). Remove pivot
mm) of free travel, move link rod ball joint upward in lever (13) and spring (20). Remove end cap (40) with
rockshaft lever bracket slot. See Fig. 182. Tighten ball "O" ring (39), then withdraw control spool assembly
joint retaining nut when adjustment is completed. (33 through 38). Using vise grip pliers, hold control
spool (33) on the nonmachined surface and remove
HITCH CONTROL VALVE spring bolt (38), spring seats (34 and 37), spacer (36)
and spring (35).
All Models
221. R&R AND OVERHAUL. If necessary, move

left rear wheel and tire out for access to hitch valve.
Refer to Fig. 183 and disconnect the following lines
from the hitch valve: Tube to lube manifold, tube to
pto valve, tube to priority valve, tube to rear frame
cover and tube to compensator valve. Disconnect
valve solenoid wiring connector. Unbolt and remove
valve assembly. Plug or cap line openings. Remove
tube fittings from valve. Refer to Fig. 184 and remove
sensing check body (29), then remove plug (32), sens-
ing spring (31) and check ball (30) from sensing check Fig, 162—To reduce amount of hitch free travel, move
body. Remove lockout plug and body assembly (21 link rod ball joint upward in rockshaft iever bracket
through 26). Separate plug (21), spring (23), poppet Blot
LUBE MANiFOLD
HITCH VALVE PTO VALVE
TO REAR FRAME
PRIORITY VALVE-
COMPENSATOR VALVE
Fig. 163—View showing hydraulic lines to be disconnected from hitch control valve.
127
Clean and inspect all parts for excessive wear or NOTE: The hitch control valve must be centered
as outlined in paragraph 218 after valve overhaul.
other damage. Inspect all spools and bores for nicks,
burrs or scoring. Minor nicks and burrs can be re-
moved with fine emery cloth.
When reassembling, renew all "O" rings and lubri- HYDRAULIC LIFT HOUSING
cate "O" rings with petroleum jelly. Reassemble by
reversing disassembly procedure. When installing
spring bolt (38), apply Loctite 242 to the threads and All Models
tighten spring bolt to a torque of 60-95 in.-lbs. (7-11
N.m). Tighten solenoid mounting body bolts (10) to a 222. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tb remove the lift
torque of 50-70 in.-lbs. (5-8 N.m). Tighten sensing housing, first drain and remove main fuel tank as
check body (29) to a torque of 95-120 in.-lbs. (11-14 follows: Unholt and remove tail light panel from hack
N.m). Using all new "O" rings, reinstall tube fittings of cah. Disconnect wiring, fuel supply and breather
in valve body. hoses from fuel level sensor. Remove fuel inlet hose,
Using a new "O" ring, install control valve on range then loosen screws and remove fiiel inlet tuhe from
transmissions housing. The balance of installation is tank. Unbolt and remove rear handle from cab. Shut
the reverse of removal procedure. off fuel valve and disconnect engine fuel supply hose
'V ,*.' > I
Fig. 184—Exploded view of typical electronic hitch control valve.

1. Locknut
2. Adjusting screw 10. Bolt (2) 17. "O'ring 25. Lockout body 33. Control spool
3. "O"ring 11. Solenoid mounting 18. Plug 26. "Oaring 34. Spring seat
body 19. "O"ring 27. Lockout spool 35. Spring
4. Spring
12. "Oaring 20. Spring 28. "O"ring 36. Spacer
5. Washer 37. Spring seat
6. Solenoid 13. Pivot lever 21. Plug 29. Sensing check body
14. "O" rings 22. "O"ring 30. Check ball 38. Springbok
7. "O'ring 39. "O"ring
8. Pilot spool 15. Valve body 23. Spring 31. Sensing spring
9. Spring 16. Pivot plug 24. Poppet 32. Plug 40. End cap
128

from valve. Unholt tank support, then using a sling
and hoist, remove tank assembly.
Remove the LH remote lines, hitch control cylinder
lines, hitch lift cylinder lines and transmission dip-
stick. Disconnect the differential lock return line,
hitch control cylinder lube line, hitch lift cylinder
drain lines, pto lines and seat drain line, if so
equipped.
Refer to Fig. 185, then unbolt and remove bracket
(9), cover (10), potentiometer shaft (11) and link arm
(12). Remove bolt (15), lever bracket (14) with link rod
(13) and washer (16). Disconnect lift links from lift
arms (20) and lower lift links to floor. Unpin and
remove external lift cylinders). Remove the lift arms
(20). Install a lift eye in hitch control cylinder port in
top of housing (5). Remove the 16 bolts (8). Attach a
hoist with lift chain and sling, then lift off hydraulic
lift housing assembly.
NOTE: Housing is mounted on two dowel pins

and must be lifted straight up to prevent binding on
dowefs. ;. !
For ease of handling, it is recommended that hous-

ing be mounted on an engine stand. Remove cylinder
lube tube (21). Drive out roll pin (22) and remove Fig. 185—Expioded view of hitch lift housing and rela-
tive parts. Lift arms are timed to rockshaft. Refer to
piston rod (25). Loosen lockscrew (23) and remove Fig. 186.
rockshaft (32) out right side of housing. Remove oil 1. Gasket
seals (2 and 31) and bushings (3 and 30) if necessary 2. Oil seal, left 20. Lift arm, right
Remove bolts (4 and 6) and remove control cylinder 3. Bushing, left 21. Cylinder lube tube
4. Bolt (2) 22. Roll pin
assembly. Remove piston (26) with back-up ring (27) 5. Housing 23. Lockscrew
and "O" ring (28). Remove cushion relief valve (35). 6. Bolt (2) 24. Bellcrank
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing 7. Lube tube 25. Connecting rod
excessive wear or other damage. Install relief valve 8. Bolt (16) 26. Piston
9. Bracket 27. Back-up ring
on the ram and pump CAS 10132 and check pressure 10. Potentiometer cover 28. "O'ring
setting. Pressure setting must be 2750-2850 psi 11. Potentiometer shaft 29. Cylinder housing
(18960-19650 kPa). If not, renew cushion relief valve. 12. Link arm 30. Bushing, right
13. Link rod 31. Oil seal, right
14. Lever bracket 32. Rockshaft
Renew all "O" rings, back-up ring, gasket and oil 15. Bolt 33. Seal ring
seals and reassemble by reversing disassembly pro- 16. Washer 34. "O" ring
cedure keeping the following points in mind. Install 17. Roll pin 35. Relief valve
new rockshaft bushings (3 and 30) into housing (5) 18. Lift cylinder pin 36. "O"ring
19. Pin 37. Plug
until flush with counterbore and with split of bushing
to the top. Tighten cushion relief valve (35) to a torque
of 25 ft.-lbs. (35 N.m). Use new seal (33) with chamfer
toward housing (5) and install cylinder assembly.
Make certain cylinder is tight against machined pad
on housing, then tighten bolts (4 and 6) securely^.
Lubricate rockshaft oil seals (2 and 31) with petro-
leum jelly and install over rockshaft ends. Carefully
install seals until flush with the cover bores. Install
lift arms so that timing arrows (Fig. 186) are aligned
as shown. Arrow on arms must align with arrow on
rockshaft next to the **XX" on the shaft.
Reinstall lift housing assembly by reversing the
removal procedure. Adjust hitch position potentiome- Fig. 186—View showing lift arm to rockshaft timing
ter, if necessary, as outlined in paragraph 217. marks. Refer to text.
129
HITCH LIFT CYLINDERS (EXTERNAL) petroleum jelly, then install cylinder rod with retain-
ing ring in deepest groove in rod. Work retaining ring
into shallow groove using a screwdriver through hy-
AIIIModels draulic fitting port in cylinder tube.
Install cylinder by reversing removal procedure.
223. R&R AND OVERHAUL. With hitch fully Lube fittings (3) must be toward the rear. Repeat
lowered, disconnect hydraulic pressure line and leak operation for opposite lift assist cylinder as necessary,
offline. Remove upper and lower cylinder pivot pins if so equipped.
£ind remove cylinder.
To disassemble cylinder, remove elbow fitting from
cyhnder tube. Extend cylinder rod (10—Fig. 187) REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
until retaining ring (5) on end of cylinder rod is visible
through hydraulic fitting port in cylinder tube. Work-
ing through the port, use a small screwdriver or
All Models
similar tool to unseat retaining ring (5)fi:'omshallow 224. OPERATION. All tractors may be equipped
groove into deep groove in cylinder rod (10). With- with 1, 2, 3 or 4 remote valves. Remote valves are
draw cylinder rod from cylinder, then remove seals located on right side of tractor and are mounted on
fi-om cylinder tube. outside of steering priority valve. First remote valve
Bushings (2 and 4) in cylinder rod and cylinder tube has priority of fiuid fiow. Flow will then be supplied
are renewable. Install back-up ring (6), seal ring (7) to the 2nd 3rd and 4th remote circuits and to hitch
and "O" ring (8) in that order in groove in cylinder control valve. Remote valves are controlled by levers
tube. Install rod seal (9) and wiper seal (11) in top of on console. Each remote valve has a variable fiow
cylinder tube. See Fig. 188. Lubricate seals with control. Flow control levers are located directly be-
hind remote control levers. Each remote valve is
equipped with a single load check valve. Load check
valve will hold implement in hydraulically locked
position with no leakdown. To operate remote circuit
in float control, move fioat lockout from fi-ont of lever
slot in console. This will allow control lever to be
moved fully forward in slot for fioat position. Each
remote valve is connected to a remote coupler at rear
of tractor.
225. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Loosen set screws

and disconnect fiow control cables. Loosen jam nut on
remote control cable, then unbolt fiange from valve.
Turn the sleeve on cable until connecting pin can be
Fig. 187—Exploded view of hitch lift assist (external)

cylinder. Models 7110 and 7120 are equipped with one
lift assist cylinder and Models 7130 and 7140 are
equipped with two lift assist cylinders.
1. Cylinder tube 5. Retaining ring
2. Bushing (2) 6. Back-up ring 9. Rod seal
3. Lube fittings 7. Seal ring 10. Cylinder rod Fig. 188—View showing correct instailation of seals in
4. Bushing(2) 8. "Oaring 11. Wiper seal lift assist cylinder. Refer to Fig. 187 for legend.
130
removed. Disconnect hydraulic hoses and tubes. Un-

bolt and remove end cover, then remove remote
valves.
Disassembly procedure is the same for all remote
valves. Refer to Fig. 189 or 190 and proceed as follows:
Remove flow control gland nut and adjusting rod
assembly (65 through 73). Pull adjusting rod (72)
from gland nut (66). Remove seal ring (65) and "O"
ring (67) from nut and remove back-up ring (68), "O"
ring (69), thrust races (70) and thrust bearing (71)
from adjusting rod (72). Roll pin (73) can be removed
if damaged. Remove flow control sleeve (78) from
valve body. Remove flow control spool (77) from
sleeve.
NOTE: Sleeve (78) for first remote valve has two

rows of holes for oil control. On 2nd, 3rd and 4th
remote valves, sleeve has one row of holes. Fiow
control spool (77) for first remote valve has a center
land. Spool for 2nd, 3rd and 4th remote valves does
not have the center land.
Remove snap ring (74) and plug (75) with "O" ring
(76) from sleeve. Removeflowcontrol spring (79) from
valve body. Loosen locknut (48) and remove adjusting
screw (47). Remove locknut and "O" ring (46) from
adjusting screw. Remove poppet assembly from de-
Fig. 189—Exploded view of typical first remote valve
used on all models.
1. Control spool 41. Washer
2. Dust seal 42. Poppet spring
3. "O"ring 43. Washer
4. Remote valve body 44. "Oaring
5. "O"ring 45. Back-up ring
6. Plug 46. "O"ring
7. Load check piston 47. Adjusting screw
8. Washer 48. Locknut
9. Retaining ring 49. "O"ring
10. "O"ring 50. Retainer
11. Back-up rings 51. Upper cup
12. "Oaring 52. Detent centering spring
13. "O"ring 53. Lower cup
14. Check valve body 54. "O" ring
15. "O"ring 55. Detent stud
16. Load check spool 56. Back-up ring
17. Poppet 57. "0^'ring
18. Load check spool spring 58. Body
19. Retainer plug 59. "Oaring
21. Load check spring 60. Back-up ring
22. "O'ring 61. Check ball
23. Plug 62. Check valve spring
24. Washer (top) 63. "O"ring
25. Detent ball (8) 64. Plug
26. Washer (bottom) 65. Seal ring
27. Back-up ring 66. Gland nut
29. Piston 68. Back-up ring
31. Back-up ring 70. Thrust races
32. Detent spring 71. Thrust bearing
33. Retainer 72. Adjusting rod
34. Plug 73. Roll pin
35. Snap ring 74. Snap ring
. "O"ring 75. Plug
37. Orifice washer 76. "O" ring Flg. 190—Exploded view of typicai second, third or
38. "Oaring 77. Flow control spool fourth remote vaive used on all models so equipped.
39. Detent housing 78. Sleeve Remote valve is identical to first remote valve shown in
40. Poppet 79. Flow control spring Fig. 189 except for Items 77 and 78.
131
tent housing (39). Separate back-up ring (45), "O" ring Using all new "O" rings, back-up rings and seals,
(44), washer (43), spring (42) and washer (41) from reassemble remote valve by reversing disassembly
poppet (40). Remove load check plug (23) with "O" procedure, keeping the following points in mind.
ring (22), load check spring (21) and load check spool Tighten plug (6—Fig. 189 or 190) to a torque of 5-6
assembly. Unscrew retainer plug (19) and remove ft.-lbs. (6-8 N.m). Tighten plug (64) to a torque of
load check spool spring (18) and poppet (17) from load 12-14 ft.-lbs. (16-19 N.m). When installing spring
check spool (16). Remove load check valve body (14) cups (51 and 53), shallow cup (51) goes on the top and
with piston assembly. Remove "O" rings (10, 12 and deep cup (53) goes on the bottom. Tighten detent stud
13) and back-up rings (11) from check valve body and (55) to a torque of 9-12 ft.-lbs. (12-16 N.m). Install
retaining ring (9) and washer (8) from piston (7). orifice washer (37) with small end to the top. Tighten
detent housing bolts to a torque of 45-60 in.-lbs. (5-7
Place valve body (4) in a press and push detent N.m). Apply Loctite 242 to threads of retainer plug
retainer (33) down, remove snap ring (35) and release (19) and tighten to a torque of 3-4 ft.-lbs. (4-5 N.m).
pressure. Remove retainer (33) and detent spring Tighten load check body (14) to a torque of 25-30
(32). Unbolt and remove detent housing (39), then ft.-lbs. (34-41 N.m). Tighten load check plug (23) to a
remove "O" rings (36 and 38) and orifice washer (37) torque of 25-30 ft.-lbs. (34-41 N.m). When installing
from detent housing. Remove detent piston (29), thrust races (70), install the thickest race first.
washers (24 and 26) and eight balls (25). Remove "O" Tighten gland nut (66) to a torque of 30-35 ft.-lbs.
rings (28 and 30) and back-up rings (27 and 31) from (41-47 N.m).
piston. Remove detent stud (55), "O" ring (54), spring Using all new "O" rings, reinstall remote valves by
cups (51 and 53), detent centering spring (52), re- reversing the removal procedure. Tighten end cover
tainer (50) and "O" ring (49). Remove control spool (1), nuts to a torque of 93-112 ft.-lbs. (125-150 N.m).
dust seal (2) and "O" ring (3) from valve bocfy. Adjust valve linkage as outlined in paragraph 226
and detent release pressure as in paragraph 227.
Remove check valve plug (64) v^th "O" ring (63),
check valve spring (62) and check ball (61), then 226. VALVE LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT, To ad-
unscrew and remove check valve body (58). Remove just the remote valve linkage, move control levers to
"O" rings (57 and 59) and back-up rings (56 and 60) neutral position. Install lock pin through slots in
from check valve bo<fy. Remove plug (6) and "O" ring levers. See Fig. 191. Loosen locknut at top of control
(5) from remote valve body. cable sleeve. Loosen mounting bolts for sleeve fiange
Clean and inspect all parts and renew any showing until sleeve is free to turn. Turn sleeve counterclock-
excessive wear or other damage. Check remote valve wise until it no longer contacts the valve surface. Turn
springs against the following specifications: Check sleeve clockwise until sleeve just contacts valve sur-
valve spring (62) should have a free length of 0.455 face, then turn sleeve V4 turn more. Tighten fiange
inch (11.56 mm) and should test 0.09-0.11 lbs. (0.40- mounting bolts. Tighten locknut against the sleeve.
0.48 N) when compressed to a length of 0.4 inch (10.16 Remove neutral lock pin and check all four detented
mm). Detent centering spring (52) should have a free valve spool positions. If adjustment is not correct,
length of 2.36 inches (60.05 mm) and should test disconnect linkage from valve spool and check neutral
20.68-25.40 lbs. (92-113 N) when compressed to a position of valve spool. Top of spool must be IV4 inch
length of 1.25 inches (31.75 mm). Detent spring (32) (32) mm) above valve face. If spool height is not
should have a free length of 1.27 inches (32.16 mm) correct, remove and disassemble valve and check for
and should test 71.94-88.13 lbs. (320-392 N) when improper assembly. If spool height is correct, repeat
compressed to a length of 0.826 inch (20.98 mm). linkage adjustment.
Check valve spool spring (18) should have a free To adjust the flow control linkage, loosen the
length of 1.23 inches (31.22 mm) and should test locknut on lower end of flow control cable. Push flow
9.0-11.0 lbs. (40-49 N) when compressed to a length control lever fully to the right side position. Make
of 0.93 inch (23.52 mm). Load check spring(21) should sure the set screw is tight against the flat side of flow
have a free length of 3.27 inches (83 mm) and should adjusting rod. Turn flow adjusting rod fully counter-
test 3.15-3.82 lbs. (14-17 N) when compressed to a clockwise. Hold bottom end of cable from turning and
length of 1.21 inches (30.78 mm). Poppet spring (42) tighten locknut against the cable.
should have a free length of 1.14 inches (28.93 mm)
and should test 17.1-20.9 lbs. (76-93 N) when com- 227. VALVE DETENT RELEASE PRESSURE.
pressed to a length of 0.79 inch (20.18 mm). Flow To check and adjust detent release pressure, connect
control spring (79) should have a free length of 2.48 flowmeter inlet and outlet hoses to the No. 1 remote
inches (63.09 mm) and should test 26.98-33.05 lbs. coupler. Move flow control to the maximum position.
(120-147 N) when compressed to a length of 2.02 Start tractor and operate at 2200 rpm. Move No. 1
inches (51.23 mm). Renew any spring which fails to remote lever to the lower position. Turn load valve on
meet the specifications. flowmeter until there is a reading of 2250-2300 psi
132
(15513-15858 kPa). The remote valve lever must Disconnect cab to chassis ground cable. Disconnect
Mckout to neutral position at this pressure. If not, hitch wiring harness, transmission harness and en-
oosen locknut (48—Figs. 189 or 190) and turn detent gine harness from cab platform. Identify and discon-
[justing screw (47) clockwise to increase pressure or nect brake tubes at brake valve. Remove nut and
counterclockwise to decrease pressure. When detent washer from left and right front cab mount bolts. Prop
release pressure is correct, tighten locknut. Repeat up hood and remove left hood cylinder. Loosen air
operation for other remote valves. conditioner compressor and remove drive belt. Unbolt
condenser and compressor and carefully lay them in
the cab. Remove cab roof cap bolts, disconnect light
CAB wiring and remove roof cap. Install a chain down
inside of all four corner channels and hook to bottom
All models are equipped with a Silent Gardian II of channels. Connect chains to cab removal lift-
cab, heater and air conditioning.
All Models 3/4 Inch (19 mm) Holes

1/4x2 Inch
228. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tb remove the Angle Iron
cab assembly, first place transmission shift lever in 1/4x2 Inch
PARK position and block tractor wheels secure^. Angle Iron
Remove battery covers and disconnect battery cables.
Unbolt and remove steps. Disconnect forward-re-
verse linkage and the inching pedal spool linkage,
then remove adjusting sleeves from cables. Raise
hood and remove side panels. Shut off valves and
disconnect heater hoses. Disconnect throttle cable
from injection pump. Disconnect cable from cab 8-1/2 Inch (216 mm)
50 Inch (1270 mm)
power relay on firewall. Identify and disconnect steer-
ing lines from hand pump. Disconnect transmission
control linkage. Remove main fuel tank. Disconnect 2 Inch (51 mm)
remote valve linkage and pto valve linkage. Discon-
Fig. 192—View showing cab removai bracket, which
nect park lock linkage. Remove lower cab covers. can be fabricated using dimensions shown.
CONTROL LEVER
LOCK PIN
LOCK NUT
SLEEVE
FLANGE
Fig. 191—View showing remote control valve linkage adjustment. Refer to text.
133
bracket. See Fig. 192. Attach a hoist to lift bracket.

Remove nuts and washers from left and right rear cab
mounts. Slowly raise cab and check to see that
wiring, tubes and cables have been disconnected. Lift'
off cab assembly as shown in Fig. 193.
Reinstall cab by reversing removal procedures. In-

stall cab mount washers and nuts and tighten nuts to
a torque of 140-180 ft.-lbs. (190-244 N.m). Remove lift
bracket and install roof cap.
F/g. i93--Cab being removed, using lifting bracicetand

tioist
134

Case International 7110series Shop Manual Sec Wat Sec

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Case International 7110series Shop Manual Sec Wat Sec

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Case International 7110series Shop Manual Sec Wat Sec

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the steps to remove and reinstall a tractor cab?

What are the steps to remove and reinstall a tractor cab?

What are some components of the tractor's hydraulic system mentioned in the manual?

What are some components of the tractor's hydraulic system mentioned in the manual?

www.classicmachinery.

INDEX (By Starting Paragraph)

AIR CLEANER SYSTEM . . 72 72 72 72

AXLE, FRONT (TWO

FRONT WHEEL DRIVE

HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM

POWER STEERING SYSTEM

CONDENSED SERVICE DATA

CONDENSED SERVICE DATA (CONT.)

*95 U.S. gallons (359 liters) with auxiliary tank.

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraphs 1-4

FRONT AXLE (TWO-WHEEL DRIVE)

All Models All Modeis

2. R&R SPINDLES. Ib remove either spindle, lift

Paragraph 4 (Cont.) CASE/INTERNATIONAL

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraphs 5-6

FRONT DRIVE AXLE

NOTE: The front drive axle clutch is located in

Paragraphs 7-9 CASE/INTERNATIONAL

Inspect bushings (7) and renew as necessary. When FRONT SUPPORT

TIE ROD AND TOE-iN

WHEEL HUB AND PLANETARY

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraph 9 (Cont.)

WARNING: Always wear heat protective gioves

Install bearing cone (2), but do not install oil seal

Fig. &--Expioded view of wheei hub and pianetary unit

Fig. 7—Use torque wrench and speciai tooi CAS-1768

Fig. 9—Expioded view of pivot housing and axie as-

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragrapii 11

DIFFERENTIAL AND BEVEL GEARS

Paragraph 11 (Cont.) CASE/iNTERNATiONAL

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraphs 12-13

FRONT DRiVE SHAFT

Paragraphs 14-15 CASE/iNTERNATiONAL

3. Hard steering through complete cycle.

4. Momentary hard or lumpy steering.

SYSTEM OPERATiNG PRESSURE

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraphs 16-20

OPERATiONAL TESTS HYDRAULIC PUMP

Aii Modeis Aii Modeis

NOTE: Manual steering with power steering sup- Aii Modeis

21. OVERHAUL (ROSS UNIT). Tb disassemble

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraph 21 (Cont.)

0.007 INCH MAXIMUM CLEARANCE

Fig. 18—With rotor positioned in stator as shown,

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraph 23

Fig. 24—Exploded view of one power steering cylinder.

ENGINE AND COMPONENTS

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraph 25

Paragraphs 26-27 CASE/INTERNATIONAL

Complete the assembly by reversing the disassem- Intake

All Models Exhaust

27. VALVE (TAPPET) GAP ADJUSTMENT.

MODELS 7110-7120-7130-7140 Paragraphs 28-32

Paragraphs 33-35 CASE/INTERNATIONAL